Black Box Modem 3600 User Manual
3600  
Modem User’s Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢇ ꢍꢅꢆꢎꢇꢋ  
ꢏꢐꢐꢉꢀꢁꢑꢃꢎ ꢁꢍꢁꢋꢆꢒꢉ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢅꢃꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄꢑꢇꢍꢅꢃꢄꢒꢓꢑꢊꢄꢔꢕꢖꢄꢗꢌꢋꢓꢊꢅꢘꢄꢌꢉꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄꢙꢅꢚꢂꢃꢊꢑꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢛꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢙꢂꢉꢚꢅꢑꢄꢝꢆꢇꢂ ꢓꢍꢅꢉꢋꢅꢄ  
ꢛꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢄ!ꢙꢝꢛ"ꢖꢄ#ꢌꢇꢄꢈꢇꢃꢊꢄ ꢑꢌ ꢂꢘꢅꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢂꢉ$ꢌꢑꢈꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢉ%ꢄꢂ$ꢄꢑꢅꢆꢇꢅꢃꢊꢅꢘꢖꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢅꢄꢙꢅꢚꢂꢃꢊꢑꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢛꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢙꢝꢛꢄꢂꢃꢄꢂꢉꢃꢋꢑꢂꢜꢅꢘꢄꢌꢉꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ ꢑꢂꢉꢊꢅꢘꢄꢋꢂꢑꢋꢇꢂꢊꢄ  
ꢜꢌꢓꢑꢘꢄꢌꢉꢄꢂꢉꢃꢅꢑꢊꢄꢋꢓꢑꢘꢃ&ꢄꢌꢑꢄꢌꢉꢄꢓꢄꢍꢓꢜꢅꢍꢄꢓꢊꢊꢓꢋꢁꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢅꢂꢊꢁꢅꢑꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢋꢁꢓꢃꢃꢂꢃꢄꢜꢌꢊꢊꢌꢈꢄ  
ꢌꢑꢄꢈꢅꢊꢓꢍꢄꢅꢉꢘ' ꢍꢓꢊꢅꢄꢌꢉꢄꢃꢊꢓꢉꢘꢓꢍꢌꢉꢅꢄꢌꢑꢄꢑꢓꢋ(ꢄꢈꢌꢘꢅꢍꢃꢖꢄꢀꢁꢅꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢃꢄꢊꢁꢓꢊꢄ  
ꢊꢁꢅꢃꢅꢄꢉꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢃꢄꢜꢅꢄ ꢑꢌꢈꢂꢉꢅꢉꢊꢍ%ꢄꢘꢂꢃ ꢍꢓ%ꢅꢘꢄꢌꢉꢄꢓꢉꢄꢌꢇꢊꢃꢂꢘꢅꢄꢃꢇꢑ$ꢓꢋꢅꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢖ  
ꢀꢁꢅꢄꢙꢝꢛꢄꢂꢃꢄꢇꢃꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢘꢅꢊꢅꢑꢈꢂꢉꢅꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢉꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢄꢌ$ꢄꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢃꢄ%ꢌꢇꢄꢈꢓ%ꢄꢍꢅꢚꢓꢍꢍ%ꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢄꢊꢌꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢍꢂꢉꢅꢖꢄ)ꢉꢄꢈꢌꢃꢊꢄꢓꢑꢅꢓꢃ&ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢃꢇꢈꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢙꢝꢛꢄꢌ$ꢄꢓꢍꢍꢄ  
ꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢃꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢌꢉꢅꢄꢍꢂꢉꢅꢄꢈꢇꢃꢊꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢅ*ꢋꢅꢅꢘꢄ$ꢂ ꢅꢄ!+ꢖ,"ꢖꢄꢐꢌꢉꢊꢓꢋꢊꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄ  
ꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢉ%ꢄꢊꢌꢄꢘꢅꢊꢅꢑꢈꢂꢉꢅꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢈꢓ*ꢂꢈꢇꢈꢄꢙꢝꢛꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄꢋꢓꢍꢍꢂꢉꢚꢄ  
ꢓꢑꢅꢓꢖ  
-ꢄ ꢓꢑꢂꢅꢊ%ꢄꢌ$ꢄ.ꢉꢂ ꢅꢑꢃꢓꢍꢄ/ꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢅꢄ0ꢑꢘꢅꢑꢂꢉꢚꢄꢐꢌꢘꢅꢄ!./0ꢐ"ꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢎꢓꢍꢍꢄ  
1ꢓꢋ(ꢃꢄꢓꢑꢅꢄꢓ ꢓꢂꢍꢓꢜꢍꢅꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄꢘꢂ$$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢊꢄꢊ% ꢅꢃꢄꢌ$ꢄꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢃꢄꢌꢑꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢅꢃꢖꢄꢀꢁꢅꢄ./0ꢐꢄ  
1ꢓꢋ(ꢄꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢘꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢇꢉꢂꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄꢙ2334ꢙ253/426ꢕꢖ  
ꢀꢁꢅꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢉ%ꢄꢈꢓ%ꢄꢋꢁꢓꢉꢚꢅꢄꢊꢅꢋꢁꢉꢂꢋꢓꢍꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢌꢑꢄ ꢑꢌꢋꢅꢘꢇꢑꢅꢃꢄ  
ꢓ$$ꢅꢋꢊꢂꢉꢚꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢖꢄ#ꢌꢇꢄꢎꢂꢍꢍꢄꢜꢅꢄꢉꢌꢊꢂ$ꢂꢅꢘꢄꢌ$ꢄꢋꢁꢓꢉꢚꢅꢃꢄꢂꢉꢄꢓꢘ ꢓꢉꢋꢅꢄꢊꢌꢄ  
ꢚꢂ ꢅꢄ%ꢌꢇꢄꢓꢈ ꢍꢅꢄꢊꢂꢈꢅꢄꢊꢌꢄꢈꢓꢂꢉꢊꢓꢂꢉꢄꢇꢉꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑꢑꢇ ꢊꢅꢘꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢅꢖ  
)$ꢄ%ꢌꢇꢄꢅ* ꢅꢑꢂꢅꢉꢋꢅꢄꢊꢑꢌꢇꢜꢍꢅꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊ&ꢄ ꢍꢅꢓꢃꢅꢄꢋꢌꢉꢊꢓꢋꢊ  
Black Box  
at 724-746-5500  
$ꢌꢑꢄꢂꢉ$ꢌꢑꢈꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌꢉꢄꢌꢜꢊꢓꢂꢉꢂꢉꢚꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢅꢄꢌꢑꢄꢑꢅ ꢓꢂꢑꢃꢖꢄꢀꢁꢅꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢉ%ꢄ  
ꢈꢓ%ꢄꢓꢃ(ꢄꢊꢁꢓꢊꢄ%ꢌꢇꢄꢘꢂꢃꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄ$ꢑꢌꢈꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢉꢅꢊꢎꢌꢑ(ꢄꢇꢉꢊꢂꢍꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢑꢌꢜꢍꢅꢈꢄꢁꢓꢃꢄꢜꢅꢅꢉꢄꢑꢅꢃꢌꢍ ꢅꢘꢖꢄ)$ꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢋꢌꢉꢊꢂꢉꢇꢅꢃꢄꢊꢌꢄꢘꢂꢃꢑꢇ ꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢉꢅꢊꢎꢌꢑ(ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢉ%ꢄꢈꢓ%ꢄꢊꢅꢈ ꢌꢑꢓꢑꢂꢍ%ꢄꢘꢂꢃꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢅꢖꢄ)$ꢄ  
ꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢌꢋꢋꢇꢑꢃꢄ%ꢌꢇꢄꢎꢂꢍꢍꢄꢜꢅꢄꢂꢉ$ꢌꢑꢈꢅꢘꢄꢌ$ꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄꢑꢂꢚꢁꢊꢄꢊꢌꢄ$ꢂꢍꢅꢄꢓꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢓꢂꢉꢊꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄ  
ꢊꢁꢅꢄꢏꢐꢐꢖ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢈꢈꢈ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ꢊꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢏꢁꢐꢑꢅꢒꢓꢔꢁꢐꢄꢎꢏꢈꢁꢓ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢈꢓ%ꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢜꢅꢄꢇꢃꢅꢘꢄꢌꢉꢄꢋꢌꢂꢉꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢅꢄ ꢑꢌ ꢂꢘꢅꢘꢄꢜ%ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢉ%ꢖꢄꢐꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢊꢌꢄ ꢓꢑꢊ%ꢄꢍꢂꢉꢅꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢃꢇꢜ1ꢅꢋꢊꢄꢊꢌꢄꢃꢊꢓꢊꢅꢄꢊꢓꢑꢂ$$ꢃꢖ  
-ꢉꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢓꢉꢊꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢋꢌꢑꢘꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢈꢌꢘꢇꢍꢓꢑꢄ ꢍꢇꢚꢄꢓꢑꢅꢄ ꢑꢌ ꢂꢘꢅꢘꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄ  
ꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊ&ꢄꢎꢁꢂꢋꢁꢄꢂꢃꢄꢘꢅꢃꢂꢚꢉꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢉꢅꢊꢎꢌꢑ(ꢄ  
ꢌꢑꢄ ꢑꢅꢈꢂꢃꢅꢃꢄꢎꢂꢑꢂꢉꢚꢄꢇꢃꢂꢉꢚꢄꢓꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢊꢂꢜꢍꢅꢄꢈꢌꢘꢇꢍꢓꢑꢄ1ꢓꢋ(ꢄꢊꢁꢓꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄꢒꢓꢑꢊꢄꢔꢕꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢓꢉꢊꢖꢄ/ꢅꢅꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢓꢍꢍꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢑꢇꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢂꢉꢄꢐꢁꢓ ꢊꢅꢑꢄ7&ꢄ)ꢉꢃꢊꢓꢍꢍꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄ  
ꢘꢅꢊꢓꢂꢍꢃꢖ  
ꢏꢐꢐꢉꢏꢅꢓꢉꢔ ꢅꢋꢕꢎꢋꢂꢉꢀꢁꢑꢃꢎ ꢁꢍꢁꢋꢆꢒ  
ꢀꢁꢅꢄꢀꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢐꢌꢉꢃꢇꢈꢅꢑꢄꢒꢑꢌꢊꢅꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄ-ꢋꢊꢄꢌ$ꢄ3883ꢄꢈꢓ(ꢅꢃꢄꢂꢊꢄꢇꢉꢍꢓꢎ$ꢇꢍꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄ  
ꢓꢉ%ꢄ ꢅꢑꢃꢌꢉꢄꢊꢌꢄꢇꢃꢅꢄꢓꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢅꢑꢄꢌꢑꢄꢌꢊꢁꢅꢑꢄꢅꢍꢅꢋꢊꢑꢌꢉꢂꢋꢄꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢄꢊꢌꢄꢃꢅꢉꢘꢄꢓꢉ%ꢄ  
ꢈꢅꢃꢃꢓꢚꢅꢄ ꢂꢓꢄꢓꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅ&ꢄ$ꢓ*ꢄꢈꢓꢋꢁꢂꢉꢅ&ꢄꢌꢑꢄꢈꢌꢘꢅꢈꢄꢇꢉꢍꢅꢃꢃꢄꢃꢇꢋꢁꢄꢈꢅꢃꢃꢓꢚꢅꢄ  
ꢋꢍꢅꢓꢑꢍ%ꢄꢋꢌꢉꢊꢓꢂꢉꢃꢄꢂꢉꢄꢓꢄꢈꢓꢑꢚꢂꢉꢄꢓꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢊꢌ ꢄꢌꢑꢄꢜꢌꢊꢊꢌꢈꢄꢌ$ꢄꢅꢓꢋꢁꢄꢊꢑꢓꢉꢃꢈꢂꢊꢊꢅꢘꢄ  
ꢓꢚꢅꢄꢌꢑꢄꢌꢉꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ$ꢂꢑꢃꢊꢄ ꢓꢚꢅꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢊꢑꢓꢉꢃꢈꢂꢃꢃꢂꢌꢉ&ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢘꢓꢊꢅꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢊꢂꢈꢅꢄꢂꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄꢃꢅꢉꢊꢄ  
ꢓꢉꢘꢄꢓꢉꢄꢂꢘꢅꢉꢊꢂ$ꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢜꢇꢃꢂꢉꢅꢃꢃꢄꢌꢑꢄꢌꢊꢁꢅꢑꢄꢅꢉꢊꢂꢊ%&ꢄꢌꢑꢄꢌꢊꢁꢅꢑꢄꢂꢉꢘꢂ ꢂꢘꢇꢓꢍꢄ  
ꢃꢅꢉꢘꢂꢉꢚꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢈꢅꢃꢃꢓꢚꢅꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢉꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢃꢅꢉꢘꢂꢉꢚꢄꢈꢓꢋꢁꢂꢉꢅꢄ  
ꢌꢑꢄꢃꢇꢋꢁꢄꢜꢇꢃꢂꢉꢅꢃꢃ&ꢄꢌꢊꢁꢅꢑꢄꢅꢉꢊꢂꢊ%ꢄꢌꢑꢄꢂꢉꢘꢂ ꢂꢘꢇꢓꢍꢖ  
ꢒꢑꢌꢚꢑꢓꢈꢈꢂꢉꢚꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢂꢉ$ꢌꢑꢈꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢂꢃꢄꢓꢄ$ꢇꢉꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ$ꢓ*ꢄꢃꢌ$ꢊꢎꢓꢑꢅꢄꢎꢁꢂꢋꢁꢄ  
ꢑꢇꢉꢃꢄꢌꢉꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢅꢑꢖꢄ)ꢉꢄꢌꢑꢘꢅꢑꢄꢊꢌꢄ ꢑꢌꢚꢑꢓꢈꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢂꢉ$ꢌꢑꢈꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉ&ꢄ ꢍꢅꢓꢃꢅꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢉꢃꢇꢍꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢘꢌꢋꢇꢈꢅꢉꢊꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄ ꢑꢌ ꢂꢘꢅꢘꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄ$ꢓ*ꢄꢃꢌ$ꢊꢎꢓꢑꢅꢖ  
ꢏꢐꢐꢉꢖꢅ ꢆꢉꢗꢘꢉꢙꢁꢚꢄꢅ ꢅꢆꢎꢇꢋꢉꢛꢌꢉꢐꢇꢋꢌꢇ ꢍꢎꢆꢈ  
ꢏꢛꢀꢉꢜꢛꢝ ꢉꢛꢀꢉꢛꢏꢏꢊꢐ ꢉ!"  
ꢝꢇꢕꢁꢄꢉ#ꢅꢍꢁ$ꢀꢝꢇꢕꢁꢍꢉ%&''(ꢉꢗꢗꢘꢉ)*ꢐꢉ+ꢁ ꢒꢎꢇꢋꢉꢇꢋꢄꢈ  
ꢐꢅꢃꢆꢎꢇꢋ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢇꢃꢅꢃ&ꢄꢚꢅꢉꢅꢑꢓꢊꢅꢃ&ꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢋꢓꢉꢄꢑꢓꢘꢂꢓꢊꢅꢄꢑꢓꢘꢂꢌꢄ  
$ꢑꢅꢆꢇꢅꢉꢋ%ꢄꢅꢉꢅꢑꢚ%ꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢂꢉꢚꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢑꢓꢘꢂꢌꢄꢋꢌꢈꢈꢇꢉꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄ  
ꢂ$ꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢓꢍꢍꢅꢘꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢇꢃꢅꢘꢄꢓꢋꢋꢌꢑꢘꢂꢉꢚꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢑꢇꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄ  
ꢈꢓꢉꢇꢓꢍꢖꢄ)ꢊꢄꢁꢓꢃꢄꢜꢅꢅꢉꢄꢊꢅꢃꢊꢅꢘꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢅꢃꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢍꢂꢈꢂꢊꢃꢄ  
$ꢌꢑꢄꢓꢄꢐꢍꢓꢃꢃꢄ9ꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢂꢉꢚꢄꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢄꢓꢋꢋꢌꢑꢘꢂꢉꢚꢄꢊꢌꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄꢙꢇꢍꢅꢃ&ꢄ  
ꢒꢓꢑꢊꢄ3+ꢖꢄ0 ꢅꢑꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢂꢉꢄꢓꢄꢑꢅꢃꢂꢘꢅꢉꢊꢂꢓꢍꢄꢓꢑꢅꢓꢄ  
ꢈꢓ%ꢄꢋꢓꢇꢃꢅꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢅꢖꢄ)$ꢄꢂꢊꢄꢘꢌꢅꢃ&ꢄ%ꢌꢇꢄꢈꢇꢃꢊꢄꢋꢌꢑꢑꢅꢋꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢋꢓꢇꢃꢅꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢅꢖ  
ꢐꢁꢓꢉꢚꢅꢃꢄꢌꢑꢄꢈꢌꢘꢂ$ꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢇꢉꢂꢊꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢅ* ꢑꢅꢃꢃꢍ%ꢄꢓ ꢑꢌ ꢅꢘꢄꢜ%ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢓꢑꢊ%ꢄꢑꢅꢃ ꢌꢉꢃꢂꢜꢍꢅꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢓꢉꢋꢅꢄꢋꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄ ꢌꢂꢘꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢇꢃꢅꢑ:ꢃꢄꢓꢇꢊꢁꢌꢑꢂꢊ%ꢄꢊꢌꢄ  
ꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢊꢅꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢖ  
ꢈꢉ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ꢊꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢏꢁꢐꢑꢅꢒꢓꢔꢁꢐꢄꢎꢏꢈꢁꢓ  
",ꢎꢁꢄꢕꢁꢕꢉꢐꢅ-ꢄꢁꢒ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ ꢑꢌꢘꢇꢋꢊꢄꢁꢓꢃꢄꢜꢅꢅꢉꢄꢊꢅꢃꢊꢅꢘꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢅꢃꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄꢍꢂꢈꢂꢊꢃꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄꢓꢄꢐꢍꢓꢃꢃꢄ9ꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢂꢉꢚꢄꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢖꢄꢄꢀꢅꢃꢊꢂꢉꢚꢄꢎꢓꢃꢄꢘꢌꢉꢅꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢃꢁꢂꢅꢍꢘꢅꢘꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢅꢑꢄꢋꢓꢜꢍꢅꢃꢖꢄꢄ  
.ꢃꢂꢉꢚꢄꢇꢉꢃꢁꢂꢅꢍꢘꢅꢘꢄꢋꢓꢜꢍꢅꢃꢄꢋꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄꢋꢓꢇꢃꢅꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄꢃ%ꢃꢊꢅꢈꢄꢊꢌꢄꢅꢈꢂꢊꢄꢅ*ꢋꢅꢃꢃꢄꢑꢓꢘꢂꢌꢄ  
$ꢑꢅꢆꢇꢅꢉꢋ%&ꢄꢂꢉꢋꢑꢅꢓꢃꢂꢉꢚꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢋꢁꢓꢉꢋꢅꢄꢌ$ꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢅꢖꢄꢄꢀꢌꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍ%ꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄ  
ꢑꢅꢚꢇꢍꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢂꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄꢉꢅꢋꢅꢃꢃꢓꢑ%ꢄꢊꢌꢄꢇꢃꢅꢄꢃꢁꢂꢅꢍꢘꢅꢘꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢅꢑꢄꢋꢓꢜꢍꢅꢃꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄ  
ꢂꢉꢃꢊꢓꢍꢍꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢖ  
ꢏꢛꢀꢉꢛꢏꢏꢊꢐ ꢉ!" ꢉꢛ#./  
ꢝꢇꢕꢁꢄꢉ#ꢅꢍꢁ$ꢀꢝꢇꢕꢁꢍꢉ%&''(ꢉꢅꢄꢄꢉꢇꢆ,ꢁ ꢉ+ꢁ ꢒꢎꢇꢋꢒ  
ꢐꢅꢃꢆꢎꢇꢋ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢇꢃꢅꢃ&ꢄꢚꢅꢉꢅꢑꢓꢊꢅꢃ&ꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢋꢓꢉꢄꢑꢓꢘꢂꢓꢊꢅꢄꢑꢓꢘꢂꢌꢄ  
$ꢑꢅꢆꢇꢅꢉꢋ%ꢄꢅꢉꢅꢑꢚ%ꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢂꢉꢚꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢑꢓꢘꢂꢌꢄꢋꢌꢈꢈꢇꢉꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄ  
ꢂ$ꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢓꢍꢍꢅꢘꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢇꢃꢅꢘꢄꢓꢋꢋꢌꢑꢘꢂꢉꢚꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢑꢇꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄ  
ꢈꢓꢉꢇꢓꢍꢖꢄ)ꢊꢄꢁꢓꢃꢄꢜꢅꢅꢉꢄꢊꢅꢃꢊꢅꢘꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢅꢃꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢍꢂꢈꢂꢊꢃꢄ  
$ꢌꢑꢄꢓꢄꢐꢍꢓꢃꢃꢄ-ꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢂꢉꢚꢄꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢄꢓꢋꢋꢌꢑꢘꢂꢉꢚꢄꢊꢌꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄꢙꢇꢍꢅꢃ&ꢄ  
ꢒꢓꢑꢊꢄ3+ꢖꢄ0 ꢅꢑꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢂꢉꢄꢓꢄꢑꢅꢃꢂꢘꢅꢉꢊꢂꢓꢍꢄꢓꢑꢅꢓꢄ  
ꢈꢓ%ꢄꢋꢓꢇꢃꢅꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢅꢖꢄ)$ꢄꢂꢊꢄꢘꢌꢅꢃ&ꢄ%ꢌꢇꢄꢈꢇꢃꢊꢄꢋꢌꢑꢑꢅꢋꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢋꢓꢇꢃꢅꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢅꢖ  
ꢐꢁꢓꢉꢚꢅꢃꢄꢌꢑꢄꢈꢌꢘꢂ$ꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢇꢉꢂꢊꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢅ* ꢑꢅꢃꢃꢍ%ꢄꢓ ꢑꢌ ꢅꢘꢄꢜ%ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢓꢑꢊ%ꢄꢑꢅꢃ ꢌꢉꢃꢂꢜꢍꢅꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢓꢉꢋꢅꢄꢋꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄ ꢌꢂꢘꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢇꢃꢅꢑ:ꢃꢄꢓꢇꢊꢁꢌꢑꢂꢊ%ꢄꢊꢌꢄ  
ꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢊꢅꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢖ  
",ꢎꢁꢄꢕꢁꢕꢉꢐꢅ-ꢄꢁꢒ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ ꢑꢌꢘꢇꢋꢊꢄꢁꢓꢃꢄꢜꢅꢅꢉꢄꢊꢅꢃꢊꢅꢘꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢅꢃꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄꢍꢂꢈꢂꢊꢃꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄꢓꢄꢐꢍꢓꢃꢃꢄ-ꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢂꢉꢚꢄꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢖꢄꢄꢀꢅꢃꢊꢂꢉꢚꢄꢎꢓꢃꢄꢘꢌꢉꢅꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢃꢁꢂꢅꢍꢘꢅꢘꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢅꢑꢄꢋꢓꢜꢍꢅꢃꢖꢄꢄ  
.ꢃꢂꢉꢚꢄꢇꢉꢃꢁꢂꢅꢍꢘꢅꢘꢄꢋꢓꢜꢍꢅꢃꢄꢋꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄꢋꢓꢇꢃꢅꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄꢃ%ꢃꢊꢅꢈꢄꢊꢌꢄꢅꢈꢂꢊꢄꢅ*ꢋꢅꢃꢃꢄꢑꢓꢘꢂꢌꢄ  
$ꢑꢅꢆꢇꢅꢉꢋ%&ꢄꢂꢉꢋꢑꢅꢓꢃꢂꢉꢚꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢋꢁꢓꢉꢋꢅꢄꢌ$ꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢅꢖꢄꢄꢀꢌꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍ%ꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢏꢐꢐꢄ  
ꢑꢅꢚꢇꢍꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢂꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄꢉꢅꢋꢅꢃꢃꢓꢑ%ꢄꢊꢌꢄꢇꢃꢅꢄꢃꢁꢂꢅꢍꢘꢅꢘꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢇꢊꢅꢑꢄꢋꢓꢜꢍꢅꢃꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄ%ꢌꢇꢑꢄ  
ꢂꢉꢃꢊꢓꢍꢍꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢖ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢉ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ꢊꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢏꢁꢐꢑꢅꢒꢓꢔꢁꢐꢄꢎꢏꢈꢁꢓ  
"0ꢁꢚꢎꢅꢄꢉꢀꢁꢑꢃꢎ ꢁꢍꢁꢋꢆꢒꢉꢏꢇ ꢉꢐꢅꢋꢅꢕꢅ  
ꢐꢅꢑꢊꢓꢂꢉꢄꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢈꢅꢉꢊꢃꢄꢅ*ꢂꢃꢊꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄꢘꢓꢊꢓꢄꢋꢌꢈꢈꢇꢉꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄ ꢑꢌꢘꢇꢋꢊꢃꢄ  
ꢈꢓꢉꢇ$ꢓꢋꢊꢇꢑꢅꢘꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄꢇꢃꢅꢄꢂꢉꢄꢐꢓꢉꢓꢘꢓꢖꢄꢒꢑꢂꢉꢋꢂ ꢍꢅꢄꢓꢈꢌꢉꢚꢄꢊꢁꢅꢃꢅꢄꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢈꢅꢉꢊꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢊꢁꢅꢄꢓ ꢍꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ)ꢐꢄꢍꢓꢜꢅꢍꢄꢓꢃꢄꢘꢅꢃꢋꢑꢂꢜꢅꢘꢄꢜꢅꢍꢌꢎꢖꢄ;ꢌꢎꢅ ꢅꢑ&ꢄꢋꢅꢑꢊꢓꢂꢉꢄꢘꢓꢊꢓꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢈꢈꢇꢉꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄ ꢑꢌꢘꢇꢋꢊꢃꢄꢘꢌꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ)ꢐꢄꢍꢓꢜꢅꢍꢄꢉꢌꢑꢄꢓꢘꢁꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢅꢄꢊꢌꢄ)ꢐꢄ  
ꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢈꢅꢉꢊꢃꢖꢄ)$ꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢋꢓꢃꢅꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ)ꢐꢄꢍꢓꢜꢅꢍꢄꢎꢂꢍꢍꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢜꢅꢄꢓ$$ꢂ*ꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢇꢉꢂꢊꢃꢖ  
ꢊꢋꢕꢃꢒꢆ ꢈꢉꢐꢅꢋꢅꢕꢅꢉ1ꢊꢐ2ꢉꢀꢁꢑꢃꢎ ꢁꢍꢁꢋꢆꢒ  
)ꢐꢄꢍꢓꢜꢅꢍꢃꢄꢓꢑꢅꢄꢓ$$ꢂ*ꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢅꢓꢋꢁꢄꢇꢉꢂꢊꢄꢃꢌꢍꢘꢄꢂꢉꢄꢐꢓꢉꢓꢘꢓꢖꢄꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢍꢓꢜꢅꢍꢄꢁꢓꢃꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢋꢅꢑꢊꢂ$ꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢉꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢄ$ꢌꢑꢄꢊꢁꢓꢊꢄ ꢓꢑꢊꢂꢋꢇꢍꢓꢑꢄꢇꢉꢂꢊꢖꢄꢀꢁꢅꢄꢉꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢃꢄꢓꢑꢅꢄꢘꢂ$$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢊꢄ  
$ꢌꢑꢄꢅꢓꢋꢁꢄꢈꢌꢘꢅꢍꢖ  
ꢀꢁꢅꢄ)ꢉꢘꢇꢃꢊꢑ%ꢄꢐꢓꢉꢓꢘꢓꢄꢍꢓꢜꢅꢍꢄꢂꢘꢅꢉꢊꢂ$ꢂꢅꢃꢄꢋꢅꢑꢊꢂ$ꢂꢅꢘꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢖꢄꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢋꢅꢑꢊꢂ$ꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢈꢅꢓꢉꢃꢄꢊꢁꢓꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢈꢅꢅꢊꢃꢄꢋꢅꢑꢊꢓꢂꢉꢄ  
ꢊꢅꢍꢅꢋꢌꢈꢈꢇꢉꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢉꢅꢊꢎꢌꢑ(ꢄ ꢑꢌꢊꢅꢋꢊꢂ ꢅ&ꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢓꢍ&ꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢃꢓ$ꢅꢊ%ꢄ  
ꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢈꢅꢉꢊꢃꢖꢄ)ꢐꢄꢘꢌꢅꢃꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢚꢇꢓꢑꢓꢉꢊꢅꢅꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢎꢂꢍꢍꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢊꢅꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢇꢃꢅꢑ:ꢃꢄꢃꢓꢊꢂꢃ$ꢓꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢖ  
9ꢅ$ꢌꢑꢅꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢓꢍꢍꢂꢉꢚꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊ&ꢄꢇꢃꢅꢑꢃꢄꢃꢁꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄꢅꢉꢃꢇꢑꢅꢄꢊꢁꢓꢊꢄꢂꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢅꢑꢈꢂꢃꢃꢂꢜꢍꢅꢄꢊꢌꢄꢜꢅꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ$ꢓꢋꢂꢍꢂꢊꢂꢅꢃꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢍꢌꢋꢓꢍꢄ  
ꢊꢅꢍꢅꢋꢌꢈꢈꢇꢉꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢉ%ꢖꢄꢀꢁꢅꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢈꢇꢃꢊꢄꢓꢍꢃꢌꢄꢜꢅꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢓꢍꢍꢅꢘꢄ  
ꢇꢃꢂꢉꢚꢄꢓꢉꢄꢓꢋꢋꢅ ꢊꢓꢜꢍꢅꢄꢈꢅꢊꢁꢌꢘꢄꢌ$ꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢖꢄ)ꢉꢄꢃꢌꢈꢅꢄꢋꢓꢃꢅꢃ&ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢉ%:ꢃꢄ  
ꢂꢉꢃꢂꢘꢅꢄꢎꢂꢑꢂꢉꢚꢄꢓꢃꢃꢌꢋꢂꢓꢊꢅꢘꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢓꢄꢃꢂꢉꢚꢍꢅꢄꢍꢂꢉꢅꢄꢂꢉꢘꢂ ꢂꢘꢇꢓꢍꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢅꢄꢈꢓ%ꢄꢜꢅꢄ  
ꢅ*ꢊꢅꢉꢘꢅꢘꢄꢜ%ꢄꢈꢅꢓꢉꢃꢄꢌ$ꢄꢓꢄꢋꢅꢑꢊꢂ$ꢂꢅꢘꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢌꢑꢄꢓꢃꢃꢅꢈꢜꢍ%ꢄ!ꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄ  
ꢅ*ꢊꢅꢉꢃꢂꢌꢉꢄꢋꢌꢑꢘ"ꢖꢄꢀꢁꢅꢄꢋꢇꢃꢊꢌꢈꢅꢑꢄꢃꢁꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄꢜꢅꢄꢓꢎꢓꢑꢅꢄꢊꢁꢓꢊꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢍꢂꢓꢉꢋꢅꢄꢎꢂꢊꢁꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢓꢜꢌ ꢅꢄꢋꢌꢉꢘꢂꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢈꢓ%ꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄ ꢑꢅ ꢅꢉꢊꢄꢘꢅꢚꢑꢓꢘꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌ$ꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢅꢄꢂꢉꢄꢃꢌꢈꢅꢄ  
ꢃꢂꢊꢇꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢖ  
ꢙꢅ ꢓꢂꢑꢃꢄꢊꢌꢄꢋꢅꢑꢊꢂ$ꢂꢅꢘꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢃꢁꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄꢜꢅꢄꢈꢓꢘꢅꢄꢜ%ꢄꢓꢉꢄꢓꢇꢊꢁꢌꢑꢂ<ꢅꢘꢄ  
ꢐꢓꢉꢓꢘꢂꢓꢉꢄꢈꢓꢂꢉꢊꢅꢉꢓꢉꢋꢅꢄ$ꢓꢋꢂꢍꢂꢊ%ꢄꢘꢅꢃꢂꢚꢉꢓꢊꢅꢘꢄꢜ%ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢃꢇ ꢍꢂꢅꢑꢖꢄ-ꢉ%ꢄꢑꢅ ꢓꢂꢑꢃꢄ  
ꢌꢑꢄꢓꢍꢊꢅꢑꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢈꢓꢘꢅꢄꢜ%ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢇꢃꢅꢑꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊ&ꢄꢌꢑꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄ  
ꢈꢓꢍ$ꢇꢉꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃ&ꢄꢈꢓ%ꢄꢚꢂ ꢅꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅꢋꢌꢈꢈꢇꢉꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢋꢌꢈ ꢓꢉ%ꢄꢋꢓꢇꢃꢅꢄꢊꢌꢄ  
ꢑꢅꢆꢇꢅꢃꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢇꢃꢅꢑꢄꢊꢌꢄꢘꢂꢃꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢖꢄꢏꢌꢑꢄꢊꢁꢅꢂꢑꢄꢌꢎꢉꢄ ꢑꢌꢊꢅꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄ  
ꢇꢃꢅꢑꢃꢄꢃꢁꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄꢅꢉꢃꢇꢑꢅꢄꢊꢁꢓꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢅꢍꢅꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢓꢍꢄꢚꢑꢌꢇꢉꢘꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ ꢌꢎꢅꢑꢄ  
ꢇꢊꢂꢍꢂꢊ%&ꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢍꢂꢉꢅꢃꢄꢓꢉꢘꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑꢉꢓꢍꢄꢈꢅꢊꢓꢍꢍꢂꢋꢄꢎꢓꢊꢅꢑꢄ ꢂ ꢅꢄꢃ%ꢃꢊꢅꢈ&ꢄꢂ$ꢄ  
ꢑꢅꢃꢅꢉꢊ&ꢄꢓꢑꢅꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢚꢅꢊꢁꢅꢑꢖꢄꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ ꢑꢅꢋꢓꢇꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢈꢓ%ꢄꢜꢅꢄ ꢓꢑꢊꢂꢋꢇꢍꢓꢑꢍ%ꢄ  
ꢂꢈ ꢌꢑꢊꢓꢉꢊꢄꢂꢉꢄꢑꢇꢑꢓꢍꢄꢓꢑꢅꢓꢃꢖ  
ꢉꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
ꢊꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢏꢁꢐꢑꢅꢒꢓꢔꢁꢐꢄꢎꢏꢈꢁꢓ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆ=ꢄ.ꢃꢅꢑꢃꢄꢃꢁꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢓꢊꢊꢅꢈ ꢊꢄꢊꢌꢄꢈꢓ(ꢅꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢓꢍꢍꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄ  
ꢊꢁꢅꢈꢃꢅꢍ ꢅꢃ&ꢄꢜꢇꢊꢄꢃꢁꢌꢇꢍꢘꢄꢋꢌꢉꢊꢓꢋꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢓ ꢑꢌ ꢑꢂꢓꢊꢅꢄꢅꢍꢅꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢄꢂꢉꢃ ꢅꢋꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄ  
ꢓꢇꢊꢁꢌꢑꢂꢊ%ꢄꢌꢑꢄꢅꢍꢅꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢂꢓꢉꢖ  
ꢀꢎꢋꢂꢁ ꢉ ꢑꢃꢎ+ꢅꢄꢁꢋꢚꢁꢉ#ꢃꢍ-ꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢅꢄꢙꢂꢉꢚꢅꢑꢄꢝꢆꢇꢂ ꢓꢍꢅꢉꢋꢅꢄꢛꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢄ!ꢙꢝꢛ"ꢄꢓꢃꢃꢂꢚꢉꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢅꢓꢋꢁꢄꢊꢅꢑꢈꢂꢉꢓꢍꢄ  
ꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢄ ꢑꢌ ꢂꢘꢅꢃꢄꢓꢉꢄꢂꢉꢘꢂꢋꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢈꢓ*ꢂꢈꢇꢈꢄꢉꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢅꢑꢈꢂꢉꢓꢍꢃꢄ  
ꢓꢍꢍꢌꢎꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢜꢅꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢅꢘꢄꢊꢌꢄꢓꢄꢊꢅꢍꢅ ꢁꢌꢉꢅꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢓꢋꢅꢖꢄꢀꢁꢅꢄꢊꢅꢑꢈꢂꢉꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌꢉꢄꢓꢉꢄ  
ꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢓꢋꢅꢄꢈꢓ%ꢄꢋꢌꢉꢃꢂꢃꢊꢄꢌ$ꢄꢓꢉ%ꢄꢋꢌꢈꢜꢂꢉꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢄꢌ$ꢄꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢃꢄꢃꢇꢜ1ꢅꢋꢊꢄꢌꢉꢍ%ꢄꢊꢌꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢊꢁꢓꢊꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢃꢇꢈꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢙꢂꢉꢚꢅꢑꢄꢝꢆꢇꢂ ꢓꢍꢅꢉꢋꢅꢄꢛꢇꢈꢜꢅꢑꢃꢄꢌ$ꢄꢓꢍꢍꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄ  
ꢘꢅ ꢂꢋꢅꢃꢄꢘꢌꢅꢃꢄꢉꢌꢊꢄꢅ*ꢋꢅꢅꢘꢄ$ꢂ ꢅꢄ!+"ꢖꢄ  
ꢐ*#*ꢙꢊ*#ꢉ ꢝꢊ""ꢊꢛ#ꢉꢀ 3!ꢊꢀ ꢝ #4"ꢉ1ꢝꢇꢕꢁꢍꢉ%&''(ꢉ  
ꢗꢗꢘꢉ)ꢅꢚ2  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢐꢍꢓꢃꢃꢄ9ꢄꢘꢂꢚꢂꢊꢓꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢇꢃꢄꢈꢅꢅꢊꢃꢄꢓꢍꢍꢄꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢈꢅꢉꢊꢃꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢐꢓꢉꢓꢘꢂꢓꢉꢄ  
)ꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢅ'ꢐꢓꢇꢃꢂꢉꢚꢄꢝꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢙꢅꢚꢇꢍꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢖ  
ꢐꢅꢊꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢅꢂꢍꢄꢉꢇꢈꢞꢑꢂꢆꢇꢅꢄꢘꢅꢄꢍꢓꢄꢋꢍꢓꢃꢃꢅꢄ9ꢄꢑꢅꢃ ꢅꢋꢊꢅꢄꢊꢌꢇꢊꢅꢃꢄꢍꢅꢃꢄꢅ*ꢂꢚꢅꢉꢋꢅꢃꢄꢘꢇꢄ  
ꢙꢟꢚꢍꢅꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢃꢇꢑꢄꢍꢅꢄꢈꢓꢊꢞꢑꢂꢅꢍꢄꢜꢑꢌꢇꢂꢍꢍꢅꢇꢑꢄꢘꢇꢄꢐꢓꢉꢓꢘꢓꢖ  
ꢐ*#*ꢙꢊ*#ꢉ ꢝꢊ""ꢊꢛ#ꢉꢀ 3!ꢊꢀ ꢝ #4"ꢉ1ꢝꢇꢕꢁꢍꢉ%&''(ꢉꢇꢆ,ꢁ ꢉ  
+ꢁ ꢒꢎꢇꢋꢒ2  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢐꢍꢓꢃꢃꢄ-ꢄꢘꢂꢚꢂꢊꢓꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢇꢃꢄꢈꢅꢅꢊꢃꢄꢓꢍꢍꢄꢑꢅꢆꢇꢂꢑꢅꢈꢅꢉꢊꢃꢄꢌ$ꢄꢊꢁꢅꢄꢐꢓꢉꢓꢘꢂꢓꢉꢄ  
)ꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢅ'ꢐꢓꢇꢃꢂꢉꢚꢄꢝꢆꢇꢂ ꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢙꢅꢚꢇꢍꢓꢊꢂꢌꢉꢃꢖ  
ꢐꢅꢊꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢅꢂꢍꢄꢉꢇꢈꢞꢑꢂꢆꢇꢅꢄꢘꢅꢄꢍꢓꢄꢋꢍꢓꢃꢃꢅꢄ-ꢄꢑꢅꢃ ꢅꢋꢊꢅꢄꢊꢌꢇꢊꢅꢃꢄꢍꢅꢃꢄꢅ*ꢂꢚꢅꢉꢋꢅꢃꢄꢘꢇꢄ  
ꢙꢟꢚꢍꢅꢈꢅꢉꢊꢄꢃꢇꢑꢄꢍꢅꢄꢈꢓꢊꢞꢑꢂꢅꢍꢄꢜꢑꢌꢇꢂꢍꢍꢅꢇꢑꢄꢘꢇꢄꢐꢓꢉꢓꢘꢓꢖ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢉꢈꢈ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢊꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢏꢁꢐꢑꢅꢒꢓꢔꢁꢐꢄꢎꢏꢈꢁꢓ  
#ꢇ ꢍꢅꢒꢉ#ꢇ ꢍꢅꢒꢉꢛꢌꢎꢚꢎꢅꢄꢁꢒꢉꢝꢁꢓꢎꢚꢅꢋꢅꢒꢉ1#ꢛꢝ2  
 ꢄꢁꢚꢆ ꢎꢚꢅꢄꢉ"ꢅꢌꢁꢆꢈꢉ"ꢆꢅꢆꢁꢍꢁꢋꢆ  
ꢊ#"4ꢀ!ꢐꢐꢊꢛ# "ꢉꢙ ꢉ" 5!ꢀꢊꢙ*ꢙ  
3" ꢀꢌꢘꢓꢃꢄꢍꢓꢃꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢑꢇꢋꢋꢂꢌꢉꢅꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢃꢅꢚꢇꢑꢂꢘꢓꢘꢄ%ꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢑꢡꢉꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄ  
ꢍꢅꢢꢘꢓꢃꢄꢓꢉꢊꢅꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢆꢇꢅꢄꢅꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄꢃꢅꢓꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢘꢌꢖꢄ  
7" ꢗꢓꢃꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢑꢇꢋꢋꢂꢌꢉꢅꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢃꢅꢚꢇꢑꢂꢘꢓꢘꢄ%ꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢑꢡꢉꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄ  
ꢚꢇꢓꢑꢘꢓꢘꢓꢃꢄ ꢓꢑꢓꢄꢑꢅ$ꢅꢑꢅꢉꢋꢂꢓꢄ$ꢇꢊꢇꢑꢓꢖꢄ  
C" ꢀꢌꢘꢓꢃꢄꢍꢓꢃꢄꢓꢘ ꢅꢑꢊꢅꢉꢋꢂꢓꢃꢄꢅꢉꢄꢅꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄ%ꢄꢅꢉꢄꢃꢇꢃꢄ  
ꢂꢉꢃꢊꢑꢇꢋꢋꢂꢌꢉꢅꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢉꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢑꢅꢃ ꢅꢊꢓꢘꢓꢃꢖꢄ  
5" ꢀꢌꢘꢓꢃꢄꢍꢓꢃꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢑꢇꢋꢋꢂꢌꢉꢅꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉꢄ%ꢄꢇꢃꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢉꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢃꢅꢚꢇꢂꢘꢓꢃꢖꢄ  
+" ꢝꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄꢉꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢑꢡꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢇꢃꢓꢘꢌꢄꢋꢅꢑꢋꢓꢄꢘꢅꢍꢄꢓꢚꢇꢓM ꢌꢑꢄ  
ꢅ1ꢅꢈ ꢍꢌ&ꢄꢋꢅꢑꢋꢓꢄꢘꢅꢄꢍꢓꢄꢊꢂꢉꢓꢄꢘꢅꢄꢜꢓEꢌ&ꢄꢍꢓ ꢓꢜꢌ&ꢄꢃꢠꢊꢓꢉꢌꢄꢈꢌ1ꢓꢘꢌꢄꢌꢄꢋꢅꢑꢋꢓꢄ  
ꢘꢅꢄꢇꢉꢓꢄꢓꢍꢜꢅꢑꢋꢓ&ꢄꢅꢊꢋꢖꢖꢄ  
ꢔ" ꢝꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢇꢃꢓꢘꢌꢄꢣꢉꢂꢋꢓꢈꢅꢉꢊꢅꢄꢋꢌꢉꢄꢋꢓꢑꢑꢂꢊꢌꢃꢄꢌꢄ  
ꢅꢘꢅꢃꢊꢓꢍꢅꢃꢄꢆꢇꢅꢄꢃꢅꢓꢉꢄꢑꢅꢋꢌꢈꢅꢉꢘꢓꢘꢌꢃꢄ ꢌꢑꢄꢅꢍꢄ$ꢓꢜꢑꢂꢋꢓꢉꢊꢅꢖꢄ  
G" ꢝꢍꢄ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢈꢌꢉꢊꢓꢘꢌꢄꢓꢄꢍꢓꢄ ꢓꢑꢅꢘꢄꢌꢄꢓꢍꢄꢊꢅꢋꢁꢌꢄꢃꢠꢍꢌꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢈꢌꢄꢃꢅꢓꢄꢑꢅꢋꢌꢈꢅꢉꢘꢓꢘꢌꢄ ꢌꢑꢄꢅꢍꢄ$ꢓꢜꢑꢂꢋꢓꢉꢊꢅꢖꢄ  
ꢕ" /ꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢂꢌMꢝꢍꢄꢇꢃꢇꢓꢑꢂꢌꢄꢉꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢉꢊꢓꢑꢄꢘꢓꢑꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢂꢌꢄꢓꢍꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢌꢄ  
ꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄꢈꢡꢃꢄꢓꢍꢍꢡꢄꢓꢄꢍꢌꢄꢘꢅꢃꢋꢑꢂꢊꢌꢄꢅꢉꢄꢍꢓꢃꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢑꢇꢋꢋꢂꢌꢉꢅꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉꢖꢄ  
ꢀꢌꢘꢌꢄꢌꢊꢑꢌꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢂꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢑꢡꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢑꢅ$ꢅꢑꢂꢘꢌꢄꢓꢄ ꢅꢑꢃꢌꢉꢓꢍꢄꢘꢅꢄꢃꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢂꢌꢄ  
ꢋꢓꢍꢂ$ꢂꢋꢓꢘꢌꢖꢄ  
8" ꢝꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢃꢂꢊꢇꢓꢘꢌꢄꢘꢅꢄꢊꢓꢍꢄꢈꢓꢉꢅꢑꢓꢄꢆꢇꢅꢄꢃꢇꢄ  
ꢌꢃꢂꢋꢂꢠꢉꢄꢉꢌꢄꢂꢉꢊꢅꢑ$ꢂꢅꢑꢓꢄꢃꢇꢄꢇꢃꢌꢖꢄꢗꢓꢄꢋꢌꢍꢌꢋꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉꢄꢘꢅꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄ  
ꢃꢌꢜꢑꢅꢄꢇꢉꢓꢄꢋꢓꢈꢓ&ꢄꢃꢌ$ꢡ&ꢄꢓꢍ$ꢌꢈꢜꢑꢓꢄꢌꢄꢃꢇ ꢅꢑ$ꢂꢋꢂꢅꢄꢃꢂꢈꢂꢍꢓꢑꢄ ꢇꢅꢘꢅꢄ  
ꢜꢍꢌꢆꢇꢅꢓꢄꢍꢓꢄ ꢅꢉꢊꢂꢍꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉ&ꢄꢉꢌꢄꢃꢅꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢄꢋꢌꢍꢌꢋꢓꢑꢄꢅꢉꢄꢍꢂꢜꢑꢅꢑꢌꢃꢄꢌꢄꢚꢓꢜꢂꢉꢅꢊꢅꢃꢄ  
ꢆꢇꢅꢄꢂꢈ ꢂꢘꢓꢉꢄꢅꢍꢄ$ꢍꢇ1ꢌꢄꢘꢅꢄꢓꢂꢑꢅꢄ ꢌꢑꢄꢍꢌꢃꢄꢌꢑꢂ$ꢂꢋꢂꢌꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄ ꢅꢉꢊꢂꢍꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉꢖꢄ  
3," ꢝꢍꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢑꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢃꢂꢊꢇꢓꢘꢌꢄ$ꢇꢅꢑꢓꢄꢘꢅꢍꢄꢓꢍꢋꢓꢉꢋꢅꢄꢘꢅꢄ$ꢇꢅꢉꢊꢅꢃꢄ  
ꢘꢅꢄꢋꢓꢍꢌꢑꢄꢋꢌꢈꢌꢄꢑꢓꢘꢂꢓꢘꢌꢑꢅꢃ&ꢄꢑꢅꢚꢂꢃꢊꢑꢌꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢋꢓꢍꢌꢑ&ꢄꢅꢃꢊꢇ$ꢓꢃꢄꢇꢄꢌꢊꢑꢌꢃꢄ  
ꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢃꢄ!ꢂꢉꢋꢍꢇ%ꢅꢉꢘꢌꢄꢓꢈ ꢍꢂ$ꢂꢋꢓꢘꢌꢑꢅꢃ"ꢄꢆꢇꢅꢄ ꢑꢌꢘꢇꢋꢅꢉꢄꢋꢓꢍꢌꢑꢖꢄ  
33" ꢝꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢑꢡꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢋꢌꢉꢉꢅꢋꢊꢓꢘꢌꢄꢓꢄꢇꢉꢓꢄ$ꢇꢅꢉꢊꢅꢄꢘꢅꢄ ꢌꢘꢅꢑꢄ  
ꢃꢠꢍꢌꢄꢘꢅꢍꢄꢊꢂ ꢌꢄꢘꢅꢃꢋꢑꢂꢊꢌꢄꢅꢉꢄꢅꢍꢄꢂꢉꢃꢊꢑꢇꢋꢊꢂ ꢌꢄꢘꢅꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉ&ꢄꢌꢄꢋꢌꢈꢌꢄꢃꢅꢄ  
ꢂꢉꢘꢂꢆꢇꢅꢄꢅꢉꢄꢅꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢖꢄ  
37" ꢒꢑꢅꢋꢓꢇꢋꢂꢠꢉꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢊꢌꢈꢓꢘꢓꢄꢘꢅꢄꢊꢓꢍꢄꢈꢓꢉꢅꢑꢓꢄꢆꢇꢅꢄꢍꢓꢄꢊꢂꢅꢑꢑꢓꢄ$ꢂꢃꢂꢋꢓꢄ%ꢄꢍꢓꢄ  
ꢌꢍꢓꢑꢂ<ꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉꢄꢘꢅꢍꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢌꢄꢉꢌꢄꢃꢅꢓꢄꢅꢍꢂꢈꢂꢉꢓꢘꢓꢖꢄ  
ꢉꢈꢈꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢊꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢏꢁꢐꢑꢅꢒꢓꢔꢁꢐꢄꢎꢏꢈꢁꢓ  
3C" ꢗꢌꢃꢄꢋꢓꢜꢍꢅꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢍꢓꢄ$ꢇꢅꢉꢊꢅꢄꢘꢅꢄ ꢌꢘꢅꢑꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢉꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢚꢇꢂꢓꢘꢌꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢊꢓꢍꢄꢈꢓꢉꢅꢑꢓꢄ  
ꢆꢇꢅꢄꢉꢌꢄꢃꢅꢓꢉꢄ ꢂꢃꢓꢘꢌꢃꢄꢉꢂꢄ ꢅꢍꢍꢂ<ꢋꢓꢘꢌꢃꢄ ꢌꢑꢄꢌꢜ1ꢅꢊꢌꢃꢄꢋꢌꢍꢌꢋꢓꢘꢌꢃꢄꢃꢌꢜꢑꢅꢄꢌꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢉꢊꢑꢓꢄꢅꢍꢍꢌꢃ&ꢄ ꢌꢉꢂꢅꢉꢘꢌꢄ ꢓꢑꢊꢂꢋꢇꢍꢓꢑꢄꢓꢊꢅꢉꢋꢂꢠꢉꢄꢓꢄꢍꢌꢃꢄꢋꢌꢉꢊꢓꢋꢊꢌꢃꢄ%ꢄ  
ꢑꢅꢋꢅ ꢊ ꢋꢇꢍꢌꢃꢄꢘꢌꢉꢘꢅꢄꢃꢓꢍꢅꢉꢄꢘꢅꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢖꢄ  
35" ꢝꢍꢄꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢌꢄꢅꢍꢞꢋꢊꢑꢂꢋꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢍꢂꢈ ꢂꢓꢘꢌꢄꢣꢉꢂꢋꢓꢈꢅꢉꢊꢅꢄꢘꢅꢄꢓꢋꢇꢅꢑꢘꢌꢄꢓꢄ  
ꢍꢓꢃꢄꢑꢅꢋꢌꢈꢅꢉꢘꢓꢋꢂꢌꢉꢅꢃꢄꢘꢅꢍꢄ$ꢓꢜꢑꢂꢋꢓꢉꢊꢅꢖꢄ  
3+" ꢝꢉꢄꢋꢓꢃꢌꢄꢘꢅꢄꢅ*ꢂꢃꢊꢂꢑ&ꢄꢇꢉꢓꢄꢓꢉꢊꢅꢉꢓꢄꢅ*ꢊꢅꢑꢉꢓꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢑꢡꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢍꢌꢋꢓꢍꢂ<ꢓꢘꢓꢄꢍꢅ1ꢌꢃꢄ  
ꢘꢅꢄꢍꢓꢃꢄꢍꢂꢉꢅꢓꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄꢅꢉꢅꢑꢚꢂꢓꢖꢄ  
3ꢔ" ꢝꢍꢄꢋꢓꢜꢍꢅꢄꢘꢅꢄꢋꢌꢑꢑꢂꢅꢉꢊꢅꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢑꢡꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢘꢅꢃꢋꢌꢉꢅꢋꢊꢓꢘꢌꢄꢘꢅꢍꢄꢋꢇꢓꢉꢘꢌꢄꢅꢍꢄ  
ꢅꢆꢇꢂ ꢌꢄꢉꢌꢄꢃꢅꢓꢄꢇꢃꢓꢘꢌꢄ ꢌꢑꢄꢇꢉꢄꢍꢓꢑꢚꢌꢄ ꢅꢑꢂꢌꢘꢌꢄꢘꢅꢄꢊꢂꢅꢈ ꢌꢖꢄ  
3G" ꢐꢇꢂꢘꢓꢘꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄꢊꢌꢈꢓꢘꢌꢄꢘꢅꢄꢊꢓꢍꢄꢈꢓꢉꢅꢑꢓꢄꢆꢇꢅꢄꢌꢜ1ꢅꢋꢊꢌꢃꢄꢍꢂꢆꢇꢂꢘꢌꢃꢄꢉꢌꢄ  
ꢃꢅꢓꢉꢄꢘꢅꢑꢑꢓꢈꢓꢘꢌꢃꢄꢃꢌꢜꢑꢅꢄꢍꢓꢄꢋꢇꢜꢂꢅꢑꢊꢓꢄꢇꢄꢌꢑꢂ$ꢂꢋꢂꢌꢃꢄꢘꢅꢄ ꢅꢉꢊꢂꢍꢓꢋꢂꢠꢉꢖꢄ  
3ꢕ" /ꢅꢑ ꢂꢋꢂꢌꢄ ꢌꢑꢄ ꢅꢑꢃꢌꢉꢓꢍꢄꢋꢓꢍꢂ$ꢂꢋꢓꢘꢌꢄꢘꢅꢜꢅꢑꢡꢄꢃꢅꢑꢄ ꢑꢌ ꢂꢃꢊꢌꢄꢋꢇꢓꢉꢘꢌ=ꢄ  
ꢓ" ꢝꢍꢄꢋꢓꢜꢍꢅꢄꢘꢅꢄ ꢌꢘꢅꢑꢄꢌꢄꢅꢍꢄꢋꢌꢉꢊꢓꢋꢊꢌꢄꢁꢓꢄꢃꢂꢘꢌꢄꢘꢓEꢓꢘꢌHꢄꢇꢄ  
ꢜ" 0ꢜ1ꢅꢋꢊꢌꢃꢄꢁꢓꢉꢄꢋꢓꢢꢘꢌꢄꢌꢄꢍꢢꢆꢇꢂꢘꢌꢄꢁꢓꢄꢃꢂꢘꢌꢄꢘꢅꢑꢑꢓꢈꢓꢘꢌꢄꢘꢅꢉꢊꢑꢌꢄꢘꢅꢍꢄ  
ꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌHꢄꢌꢄ  
ꢋ" ꢝꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢁꢓꢄꢃꢂꢘꢌꢄꢅ* ꢇꢅꢃꢊꢌꢄꢓꢄꢍꢓꢄꢍꢍꢇ ꢂꢓHꢄꢌꢄ  
ꢘ" ꢝꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄ ꢓꢑꢅꢋꢅꢄꢉꢌꢄꢌ ꢅꢑꢓꢑꢄꢉꢌꢑꢈꢓꢍꢈꢅꢉꢊꢅꢄꢌꢄꢈꢇꢅꢃꢊꢑꢓꢄꢇꢉꢄ  
ꢋꢓꢈꢜꢂꢌꢄꢅꢉꢄꢃꢇꢄꢘꢅꢃꢅꢈ ꢅEꢌHꢄꢌꢄ  
ꢅ" ꢝꢍꢄꢓ ꢓꢑꢓꢊꢌꢄꢁꢓꢄꢃꢂꢘꢌꢄꢊꢂꢑꢓꢘꢌꢄꢌꢄꢃꢇꢄꢋꢇꢜꢂꢅꢑꢊꢓꢄꢁꢓꢄꢃꢂꢘꢌꢄꢘꢓEꢓꢘꢓꢖꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢈꢕ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢊꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢏꢁꢐꢑꢅꢒꢓꢔꢁꢐꢄꢎꢏꢈꢁꢓ  
ꢕ
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8‚‡r‡†  
Srtˆyh‡‚ꢀ’ꢁDs‚ꢀ€h‡v‚ꢁ  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ ꢂD‡ꢀ‚qˆp‡v‚  
TurysꢀH‚ˆ‡ꢁVv‡†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ  
Arh‡ˆꢃr†ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ!  
9h‡hꢁH‚qrꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ!  
Ah‘ꢁH‚qrꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ"  
T‚s‡hꢃrꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ"  
8‚€€ˆvph‡v‚†ꢁT‚s‡hꢃrꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ"  
8yh††ꢁ ꢁAh‘ꢁ8‚€€ˆvph‡v‚†ꢁT‚s‡hꢃrꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ"  
D‡rꢃr‡ꢁ7ꢃ‚†rꢃꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ"  
9r†pꢃvƒ‡v‚ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ#  
Aˆp‡v‚hyꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ#  
Qu’†vphyꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ#  
H‚qr€ꢁ"%ꢄꢄꢁ8hꢃqꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢀ%  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ!ꢂꢁD†‡hyyh‡v‚ꢁ  
H‚ˆ‡vtꢁ6ppr††‚ꢃvr†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ!ꢀ  
@yrp‡ꢃvphyꢁD†‡hyyh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ!ꢀ!  
68ꢁQ‚rꢃꢁ8‚rp‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ!ꢀ!  
98ꢁQ‚rꢃꢁ8‚rp‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ!ꢀ!  
9U@ꢁ8‚rp‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ!ꢀ!  
Uryrƒu‚rꢁGvrꢁ8‚rp‡v‚ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ!ꢀ%  
9vhyꢁH‚qr)ꢁQTUIꢁ8‚rp‡v‚ꢁꢅ9D6Gꢁwhpxꢆꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ!ꢀ&  
Grh†rqꢁGvrꢁ8‚rp‡v‚ꢁꢅU@GT@UꢇG@6T@9ꢁGDI@ꢁEhpxꢆꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ!ꢀ'  
TurysꢀH‚ˆ‡ꢁH9 ꢄꢄꢄ8ꢁD†‡hyyh‡v‚ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ!ꢀ ꢄ  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ"ꢂꢁBr‡‡vtꢁT‡hꢀ‡rq  
Pƒ‡v‚ꢁTryrp‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ  
Q‚rꢃꢀVƒꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ  
Qyhpvtꢁhꢁ8hyyꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ!  
9vhyvtꢁv‡uꢁhꢁT‡hqhꢃqꢁUryrƒu‚rꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ!  
6ˆ‡‚qvhyvtꢁsꢃ‚€ꢁAꢃ‚‡ꢁQhryꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ!  
6ˆ‡‚qvhyvtꢁsꢃ‚€ꢁhꢁUrꢃ€vhyꢁv‡uꢁ‡urꢁ6Uꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ!  
6†rꢃvtꢁhꢁ8hyyꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ"  
6ˆ‡‚h†rꢃvtꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ"  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
ꢅꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
6†rꢃvtꢁHhˆhyy’ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ"  
6†rꢃvtꢁsꢃ‚€ꢁUrꢃ€vhyꢁv‡uꢁ6Uꢁ8‚€€hqꢁTr‡ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ"  
@qvtꢁhꢁ8hyyꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ"  
@qvtꢁhꢁ8hyyꢁV†vtꢁ‡urꢁAꢃ‚‡ꢁQhryꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ"  
@qvtꢁhꢁ8hyyꢁsꢃ‚€ꢁhꢁUrꢃ€vhyꢁv‡uꢁ‡urꢁ6Uꢁ8‚€€hqꢁTr‡ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ"  
Srh†‚†ꢁs‚ꢃꢁ8hyyꢁUrꢃ€vh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ"ꢀ#  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ#ꢂꢁAꢀ‚‡ꢁQhryꢁPƒrꢀh‡v‚  
G@9ꢁ9r†pꢃvƒ‡v‚†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ#ꢀ  
G89ꢁHrˆ†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ#ꢀ!  
G89ꢁHrˆꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ#ꢀ!  
Aꢃ‚‡ꢁQhryꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ #ꢀ    
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ$ꢂꢁ6Uꢁ8‚€€hq†  
8‚€€hqꢁ8h‡rt‚ꢃvr†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ  
Pƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁH‚qr†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ  
Pssyvrꢁ8‚€€hqꢁH‚qrꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!  
Pyvrꢁ8‚€€hqꢁH‚qrꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!  
9h‡hꢁH‚qrꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!  
Trqvtꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁ‡‚ꢁ‡urꢁH‚qr€ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!  
8ꢃrh‡vtꢁhꢁ8‚€€hqꢁT‡h‡r€r‡ꢁꢁꢁꢁ6Uꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"  
6ˆ‡‚ihˆqꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"  
Bˆvqryvr†ꢁs‚ꢃꢁ8ꢃrh‡vtꢁ8‚€€hqꢁT‡h‡r€r‡†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"  
H‚v‡‚ꢃꢁ9v†ƒyh’ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#  
8‚€€hqꢁT‡h‡r€r‡ꢁ7ˆssrꢃꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#  
7hpx†ƒhprꢁFr’ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#  
Srƒrh‡vtꢁhꢁ8‚€€hqꢁꢁꢁꢁ6ꢇꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#  
Iˆ€irꢃrqꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ$  
Bꢃ‚ˆƒꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ$  
Sr†ƒ‚†rꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ$  
9vtv‡ꢁꢇꢁX‚ꢃqꢁTryrp‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁWꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ%  
Sr†ƒ‚†rꢁ9v†ƒyh’†ꢁꢁꢁRꢁꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ%  
Irt‚‡vh‡v‚ꢁ9v†ƒyh’†ꢁꢁꢁXꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ%  
Qꢃ‚‡‚p‚yꢁSr†ˆy‡ꢁ8‚qr†ꢁꢁꢁcWꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ%  
8hyyꢁQꢃ‚tꢃr††ꢁꢇꢁ8‚rp‡ꢁTƒrrqꢁHr††htr†ꢁYꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ&  
Iˆ€irꢃꢁ8‚qrꢁ6ƒƒyvph‡v‚ꢁꢁꢈS8ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ'  
Sr†ƒ‚†rꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁ8‚qr†ꢁꢇꢁHr††htr†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ(  
9vhyꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ "  
9vhyvtꢁꢁꢁ9ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ "  
U‚rꢁ9vhyvtꢁꢁꢁUꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ #  
Qˆy†rꢁ9vhyvtꢁꢁꢁQꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ #  
D†rꢃ‡ꢁG‚tꢁQhˆ†rꢁꢁꢁꢉꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ #  
ꢅꢆꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
Xhv‡ꢁs‚ꢃꢁTrp‚qꢁ9vhyꢁU‚rꢁꢁꢁꢁXꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ #  
C‚‚xꢁAyh†uꢁꢁꢁDꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ $  
Tv‡puvtꢁ‡‚ꢁ6†rꢃꢁH‚qrꢁhs‡rꢃꢁ9vhyvtꢁꢁꢁSꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ $  
Sr€hvvtꢁvꢁ8‚€€hqꢁH‚qrꢁꢁ0ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ $  
Xhv‡ꢁs‚ꢃꢁ$ꢁTrp‚q†ꢁ‚sꢁTvyrprꢁꢁꢁꢁ5ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ $  
9vhyvtꢁhꢁT‡‚ꢃrqꢁUryrƒu‚rꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁTꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ %  
6ˆ‡‚qvhyꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁG‚ph‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢈ6Vꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ %  
W‚vprꢁ8hyy†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ %  
Tv‡puvtꢁsꢃ‚€ꢁW‚vprꢁ‡‚ꢁ9h‡hꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ %  
6†rꢃvtꢁ6ꢁ8hyyꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ %  
Hhˆhyꢁ6†rꢃꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ &  
6Uꢁ8‚€€hqꢁ6†rꢃꢁꢁ6ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ &  
6ˆ‡‚h†rꢃꢁꢁꢁTꢄꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ &  
8hyyrꢃꢁD9ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢈD9ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ &  
9v†‡vp‡v‰rꢁSvtꢁꢁꢁꢁꢈ9Sꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ '  
Urꢃ€vhyꢁD‡rꢃshprꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ (  
9h‡hꢁ8hꢃꢃvrꢃꢁ9r‡rp‡ꢁꢁꢁH8ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ (  
9h‡hꢁTr‡ꢁSrhq’ꢁꢁꢁHTꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!ꢄ  
9h‡hꢁUrꢃ€vhyꢁSrhq’ꢁꢁꢁH9ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!ꢄ  
TrꢃvhyꢁQ‚ꢃ‡ꢁSvtꢁDqvph‡‚ꢃꢁꢅQvꢁ!!ꢆꢁꢁꢁcSꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!  
Sr„ˆr†‡ꢁ‡‚ꢁTrqꢁꢇꢁ8yrhꢃꢁ‡‚ꢁTrqꢁꢁꢁHSꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!  
9U@ꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yyrqꢁAhyyihpxꢁSh‡rꢁꢅQvꢁ!"ꢆꢁꢁꢁꢈA7ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!!  
Brrꢃhyꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!!  
8uhtvtꢁsꢃ‚€ꢁ9h‡hꢁH‚qrꢁ‡‚ꢁ8‚€€hqꢁH‚qrꢁꢁꢁꢊꢊꢊꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!!  
G‚phyꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁ@pu‚ꢁꢁꢁ@ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!!  
Pyvrꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁ@pu‚ꢁꢁꢁAꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!"  
ChtvtꢁVƒꢁꢁꢁCꢉꢁC ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!"  
Ah†‡ꢁ9v†p‚rp‡ꢁꢁꢁC!ꢉꢁC"ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!"  
@QSPHꢁ8urpxꢁꢁꢁDꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!#  
TƒrhxrꢃꢁW‚yˆ€rꢁGꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!#  
Tƒrhxrꢃꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yꢁꢁꢁHꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!#  
Sr‡ˆꢃꢁPyvrꢁꢁꢁPꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!$  
G‚tꢁTƒhprꢁ9v†p‚rp‡ꢁꢁꢁ`ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!$  
Wꢂ!!ꢁiv†ꢁBˆhꢃqꢁU‚r†ꢁꢁꢁHBꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!$  
6†’puꢃ‚‚ˆ†ꢁꢇꢁT’puꢃ‚‚ˆ†ꢁH‚qrꢁTryrp‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁHHꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!$  
Hhxrꢁꢇꢁ7ꢃrhxꢁ9vhyꢁQˆy†rꢁSh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁHQꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!%  
T’puꢃ‚‚ˆ†ꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁ8y‚pxꢁT‚ˆꢃprꢁꢁꢁHYꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!&  
Wꢂ"#ꢁSh‡rꢁTryrp‡v‚ꢁUuꢃr†u‚yq†ꢁꢁꢁꢈUCꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!&  
Wꢂ"#ꢁ6†’€€r‡ꢃvpꢁ7v‡ꢁSh‡r†ꢁꢁꢁꢈ6Tꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!&  
H‚qˆyh‡v‚ꢁꢈHHꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!&  
Hh‘v€ˆ€ꢁ98@ꢁTƒrrqꢁꢁꢁL7ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!'  
Hvv€ˆ€ꢁ98@ꢁTƒrrqꢁꢁꢁLGꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ!(  
6ˆ‡‚ꢁSr‡ꢃhvꢁꢁꢁL@ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"ꢄ  
6ˆ‡‚€h‡vpꢁSh‡rꢁ6qhƒ‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁꢁLSꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"ꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
ꢅꢆꢆꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
HhˆhyꢁSh‡rꢁ6qhƒ‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁꢈSSꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"  
Qꢃ‚qˆp‡ꢁSr‰v†v‚ꢁGr‰ryꢁLWꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"  
PyvrꢁRˆvpxꢁSrsrꢃrprꢁꢁꢁꢁMCꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"!  
Qꢃ‚qˆp‡ꢁTrꢃvhyꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁꢁꢁMWꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"!  
Uhyxꢁꢇꢁ9h‡hꢁꢁꢁꢈ96ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"!  
Wꢂ"!ꢁAh†‡ꢁUꢃhvꢁꢁꢁꢈAUꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"!  
Dp‚€vtꢁ8hyyꢁꢁꢁꢈD8ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"!  
Gvrꢁ8ˆꢃꢃr‡ꢁ9v†p‚rp‡ꢁꢁꢁꢈG8ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"!  
9v†hiyrꢁ6Uꢁ8‚€€hqꢁTr‡ꢁꢁꢁꢈIUꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ""  
9vhyꢁGvrꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁGr‰ryꢁꢁꢁꢈU9ꢁꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ""  
Qꢃv‰h‡rꢁGvrꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ""  
#ꢀXvꢃrꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ""  
!ꢀXvꢃrꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"#  
9vhyꢁ7hpxˆƒꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"$  
9vhyꢁꢇꢁGrh†rqꢁGvrꢁꢁꢁHGꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"%  
9vhyꢁ7hpxˆƒꢁꢈ97ꢁꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"%  
Sr‡ˆꢃꢁ‡‚ꢁGrh†rqꢁGvrꢁsꢃ‚€ꢁ9vhyꢁ7hpxˆƒꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢈG7ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"%  
Hhˆhyꢁ9vhyꢁ7hpxˆƒꢁꢁꢁꢈG9ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"%  
6†rꢃꢁꢇꢁPꢃvtvh‡rꢁꢈPSꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"%  
Grh†rqꢁGvrꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁGr‰ryꢁꢁꢁꢈUGꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"%  
8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"&  
8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁQꢃ‚svyr†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"&  
6p‡v‰rꢁQꢃ‚svyrꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"&  
T‡‚ꢃrqꢁQꢃ‚svyrꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"&  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁQꢃ‚svyrꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"&  
T‡‚ꢃvtꢁhꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁHX ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ$ꢀ"'  
Q‚rꢃˆƒꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁꢁꢁH`ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"'  
G‚hqꢁAhp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚†ꢁꢁꢁHAꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"(  
Sr†r‡ꢁ‡‚ꢁT‡‚ꢃrqꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁaꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ"(  
Wvrꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁQꢃ‚svyr†ꢇSrprv‰rqꢁTvthyꢁPƒ‡v‚†ꢁHWꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#ꢄ  
T‡‚ꢃvtꢁhꢁUryrƒu‚rꢁ8‚€€hqꢁGvrꢁꢁꢁHa‘2ꢉꢁꢈ8I‘ꢉꢉꢁꢈI9ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#ꢄ  
Sr‡hvvtꢁꢇꢁSr†‡‚ꢃvtꢁPƒ‡v‚†ꢁꢁꢁꢈSPꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#  
T‚s‡ꢁ9‚y‚hqꢁQh††‚ꢃqꢁꢁꢁLQ ꢉꢁM`ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ$ꢀ#  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#!  
Sr€‚‡rꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁ8‚qrꢁꢁꢁꢁLQ2ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#!  
@‡rꢃvtꢁSr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁLU2ꢉꢁHUꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#"  
@hiyvtꢇ9v†hiyvtꢁSr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁꢈS6ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#"  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁ9U@ꢁTƒrrqꢁꢁꢁꢈS7ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ##  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁA‚ꢃ€h‡ꢁꢁꢁꢈSAꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ##  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁTh‰vtꢁ‚ꢃꢁ9v†phꢃqvtꢁPƒ‡v‚†ꢁꢁꢁꢈSRꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ$ꢀ#$  
ꢅꢆꢒ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ%ꢂꢁQꢀ‚‡‚p‚y†  
88DUUꢁWꢂ#!ꢁiv†ꢁ@ꢃꢃ‚ꢃꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yꢁQꢃ‚‡‚p‚yꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ  
SryvhiyrꢁH‚qrꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ  
6ˆ‡‚ꢀSryvhiyrꢁH‚qrꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ!  
8‚†‡h‡ꢁTƒrrqꢁD‡rꢃshprꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ!  
9h‡hꢁ8‚€ƒꢃr††v‚ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ!  
I‚ꢃ€hyꢁH‚qrꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ!  
9vꢃrp‡ꢁH‚qrꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ%ꢀ"  
Ay‚ꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ"  
Qꢃ‚‡‚p‚yꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ%ꢀ"  
9v†p‚rp‡ꢁ7ˆssrꢃꢁ9ryh’ꢁL9ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ#  
TrꢃvhyꢁQ‚ꢃ‡ꢁꢅ9U@ꢆꢁ8‚†‡h‡ꢁTƒrrqꢁcEꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ$  
Wꢂ#!ꢁPƒ‡v‚hyꢁ9r‡rp‡v‚ꢁQuh†rꢁꢁcHꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ$  
Pƒrꢃh‡vtꢁH‚qrꢁꢁꢁcIꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ%  
6ˆ‡‚ꢀSryvhiyrꢁAhyyihpxꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁꢁꢁL6ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ%  
TrꢃvhyꢁQ‚ꢃ‡ꢁAy‚ꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yꢁꢁꢁcRꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ&  
YPIꢇYPAAꢁQh††ꢁUuꢃ‚ˆtuꢁꢁꢁcYꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ'  
9h‡hꢁGvxꢁAy‚ꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yꢁcBꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ'  
7ꢃrhxꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yꢁcFꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ(  
Dhp‡v‰v‡’ꢁUv€rꢃꢁcUꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ ꢄ  
Hh‘v€ˆ€ꢁSryvhiyrꢁ7y‚pxꢁTv“rꢁꢁꢁc6ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ %ꢀ    
Uꢃh†€v‡ꢁ7ꢃrhxꢁꢇꢁTr‡ꢁ7ꢃrhxꢁGrt‡uꢁc7ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ %ꢀ    
Tr‡ꢁ6ˆ‡‚ꢀSryvhiyrꢁ7ˆssrꢃꢁc8ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ %ꢀ    
Wꢂ#!iv†ꢁ9h‡hꢁ8‚€ƒꢃr††v‚ꢁꢁꢁL8ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ%ꢀ !  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ&ꢂꢁUr†‡ꢁH‚qrꢁPƒrꢀh‡v‚  
Ur†‡ꢁ8h‡rt‚ꢃvr†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ  
Urꢃ€vh‡vtꢁhꢁUr†‡ꢁvꢁQꢃ‚tꢃr††ꢁꢁꢁHUꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ!  
Ur†‡vtꢁ‡urꢁG‚phyꢁH‚qr€ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ"  
G‚phyꢁ6hy‚tꢁG‚‚ƒihpxꢁꢁꢁHU ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ"  
G‚phyꢁ6hy‚tꢁG‚‚ƒihpxꢁv‡uꢁTrysꢁUr†‡ꢁꢁHU'ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ#  
Ur†‡vtꢁ‡urꢁSr€‚‡rꢁH‚qr€ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ$  
G‚phyꢁ9vtv‡hyꢁG‚‚ƒihpxꢁꢁꢁHU"ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ$  
Bꢃh‡ꢇ9r’ꢁS9GꢁSr„ˆr†‡ꢁꢁꢁHU#ꢉꢁHU$ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ%  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ9vtv‡hyꢁG‚‚ƒihpxꢁꢁꢁHU%ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ%  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ9vtv‡hyꢁG‚‚ƒihpxꢁv‡uꢁTrysꢁUr†‡ꢁꢁꢁHU&ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ&  
Ur†‡ꢁQh‡‡rꢃꢁꢁꢁLUꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ&  
7vyh‡rꢃhyꢁ9vtv‡hyꢁUr†‡ꢁ@hiyrꢁꢇꢁ9v†hiyrꢁꢁꢁꢈ9Bꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ&  
9U@ꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yyrqꢁSr€‚‡rꢁ9vtv‡hyꢁG‚‚ƒihpxꢁꢅQvꢁ! ꢆꢁꢁꢁꢈS9ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ&ꢀ'  
9U@ꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yyrqꢁG‚phyꢁ6hy‚tꢁG‚‚ƒihpxꢁꢅQvꢁ 'ꢆꢁꢈG6ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ&ꢀ'  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
ꢅꢒ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ'ꢂꢁTrpˆꢀv‡’  
6ˆ‡‚phyyihpxꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ  
G‚ꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ!  
Pƒrꢃh‡vtꢁv‡u‚ˆ‡ꢁG‚ꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ!  
Pƒrꢃh‡vtꢁv‡uꢁG‚ꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ!  
Sr€‚‡rꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ!  
G‚phyꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ"  
Qh††‚ꢃq†ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ"  
G89ꢁDqvph‡v‚ꢁ‚sꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ"  
Sr†‡ꢃvp‡v‚†ꢁvꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ"  
G‚ꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ"  
Tr‡ꢁQh††‚ꢃqꢁMT2‘ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
8uhtvtꢁhꢁQh††‚ꢃqꢁꢁꢁM82‘ꢉꢁ’ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
9ryr‡vtꢁhꢁQh††‚ꢃqꢁꢁꢁM82‘ꢉꢁꢀꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
Trpˆꢃv‡’ꢁSr†r‡ꢁꢁꢁM9Sꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
9v†hiyvtꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁM92‘ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
Trpˆꢃv‡’ꢁT‡h‡ˆ†ꢁM94ꢉꢁM@4ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
@hiyvtꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁM@2‘ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
CvtuꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
8‚€ƒh‡vivyv‡’ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
8hƒhpv‡’ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ#  
Pƒrꢃh‡vtꢁv‡u‚ˆ‡ꢁCvtuꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ$  
Pƒrꢃh‡vtꢁv‡uꢁCvtuꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ$  
Trpˆꢃv‡’ꢁGr‰ry†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ$  
Gr‰ryꢁ )ꢁQh††‚ꢃqꢁPy’ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ$  
Gr‰ryꢁ!)ꢁQh††‚ꢃqꢁv‡uꢁ8hyyihpxꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ$  
Gr‰ryꢁ")ꢁQh††‚ꢃqꢁv‡uꢁ8hyyihpxꢁhqꢁQh††‚ꢃqꢁSrꢀ@‡ꢃ’ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ'ꢀ$  
Tˆƒrꢃˆ†rꢃꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ%  
Qh††‚ꢃq†ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ%  
9rshˆy‡ꢁQh††‚ꢃq†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ&  
CvtuꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁ8‚€€hq† ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ'ꢀ&  
@hiyvtꢁCvtuꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁM@C2ƒꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ&  
9v†hiyvtꢁCvtuꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁM9ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ&  
Tr‡‡vtꢁQh††‚ꢃq†ꢁꢁꢁMQ2ƒMƒꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ'  
Tr‡ꢁTrpˆꢃv‡’ꢁGr‰ry†ꢁMG2€ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ'  
Tr‡ꢁV†rꢃꢁ8hyyihpxꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁꢁꢁM82€ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ'  
@‘‡rqrqꢁArh‡ˆꢃr†ꢁꢁꢁMXꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ(  
9v†ƒyh’ꢁ@‘‡rqrqꢁArh‡ˆꢃrꢁT‡h‡ˆ†ꢁꢁꢁMX4ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ(  
9v†ƒyh’ꢁꢇꢁSr†r‡ꢁDyyrthyꢁ6ppr††ꢁ6‡‡r€ƒ‡ꢁ8‚ˆ‡rꢃ†ꢁ  
MHꢉꢁMHꢉꢁMHꢈꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ(  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁSr†r‡ꢁMA2ƒMƒꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ ꢄ  
Sr€‚‰vtꢁhꢁV†rꢃꢁMSꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ ꢄ  
Trpˆꢃv‡’ꢁT‡h‡ˆ†ꢁM@4ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ ꢄ  
9v†ƒyh’ꢁV†rꢃꢁT‡h‡ˆ†ꢁꢁꢁMT4ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ'ꢀ ꢄ  
ꢅꢒꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
Wrꢃvs’ꢁV†rꢃꢁDs‚ꢃ€h‡v‚ꢁꢁMDꢉꢁMD7ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ 'ꢀ    
Sr„ˆr†‡ꢁTˆƒrꢃˆ†rꢃꢁQꢃv‰vyrtrꢁꢁꢁMT2ƒꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ 'ꢀ    
G‚phyꢁG‚t‚ꢁ8‚€€hqꢁM2ƒꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ 'ꢀ    
G‚phyꢁG‚t‚ssꢁ8‚€€hqꢁꢁꢁMMꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ 'ꢀ    
Sr€‚‡rꢁG‚t‚ꢁQꢃ‚prqˆꢃrꢁꢁꢁM2ƒꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ 'ꢀ    
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ(ꢂꢁAh‘ꢁPƒrꢀh‡v‚  
Ah‘ꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ  
H‚qr€ꢁDv‡vhyv“h‡v‚ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ(ꢀ!  
Ah‘ꢁ9rshˆy‡†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ!  
Ah‘ꢁ6ˆ‡‚h†rꢃꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ!  
Ah‘ꢁ6††‚pvh‡rqꢁPƒ‡v‚†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ"  
T‡‚ꢃrqꢁAh‘ꢁQꢃ‚svyrꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ(ꢀ"  
8yh††ꢁ ꢁ9r‡hvy†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ"  
8yh††ꢁ ꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ#  
9vhyꢁ8‚€€hqꢁ9ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ#  
6†rꢃꢁ8‚€€hqꢁꢁꢁ6ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ$  
PꢁC‚‚xꢁꢁꢁCꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ$  
PssꢁC‚‚xꢁꢁꢁC ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ%  
8yh††ꢁꢄꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁꢊA8G6TT2ꢄꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ%  
8yh††ꢁ ꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁꢊA8G6TT2 ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ%  
Trꢃ‰vprꢁ8yh††ꢁDqvph‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁꢊA8G6TT4ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ%  
Trꢃ‰vprꢁ8yh††ꢁ8hƒhivyv‡vr†ꢁꢁꢁꢊA8G6TT24ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ%  
Uꢃh†€v‡ꢁTvyrprꢁꢁꢁꢊAUT2ꢅUv€rꢆꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ%  
Srprv‰rꢁTvyrprꢁꢁꢁꢊAST2ꢅUv€rꢆꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ(ꢀ&  
Ah‘ꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁhqꢁSrprv‰rꢁH‚qr†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ&  
Ahp†v€vyrꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁꢁꢁꢊAUH2ꢅH‚qꢆꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ'  
Ahp†v€vyrꢁSrprv‰rꢁꢁꢁꢊASH2ꢅH‚qꢆ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢁ(ꢀ'  
C9G8ꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁꢁꢁꢊAUC2ꢅH‚qꢆꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ(  
C9G8ꢁSrprv‰rꢁꢁꢁꢊASC2ꢅH‚qꢆꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ(  
Ur†‡ꢁTˆƒƒ‚ꢃ‡rqꢁShtrꢁ‚sꢁWhyˆr†ꢁꢁꢁꢊAU‘24ꢉꢁꢊAS‘24ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ(  
8yh††ꢁ ꢁSr†ˆy‡ꢁ8‚qrꢁꢁꢁꢊA8@SSPSꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ ꢄ  
Ah‘ꢁ6ˆ‡‚h†rꢃꢁꢁꢁꢊA662ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ ꢄ  
9U@ꢁ6ˆ‡‚ihˆqꢁs‚ꢃꢁAh‘ꢁ6ˆ‡‚h†rꢃꢁꢁꢁꢈASꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ ꢄ  
7vhꢃ’ꢁAvyrꢁUꢃh†srꢃꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ(ꢀ ꢄ  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ ꢃꢂꢁT‡h‡ˆ†ꢁSrtv†‡rꢀ†  
TꢀSrtv†‡rꢃ†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ  
TꢀSrtv†‡rꢃꢁPƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁT4ꢉꢁT4eꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ"  
8uhtvtꢁSrtv†‡rꢃꢁWhyˆr†ꢁT2‰ꢉꢁT2e‰ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ"  
Dqv‰vqˆhyꢁ7v‡ꢁ8‚€€hqꢁTꢁꢂꢁSꢁ2‰ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ#  
6ˆ‡‚h†rꢃꢁꢁꢁTꢄꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ#  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
ꢅꢒꢆꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
Svtꢁ8‚ˆ‡ꢁꢁꢁT ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ#  
@†phƒrꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁꢁꢁT!ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ$  
@qꢀ‚sꢀGvrꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁꢁꢁT"ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ$  
GvrꢀArrqꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁꢁꢁT#ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ$  
7hpx†ƒhprꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁꢁꢁT$ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ$  
Qhˆ†rꢁ7rs‚ꢃrꢁ9vhyvtꢁꢁꢁT%ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ$  
Qhˆ†rꢁs‚ꢃꢁSvtihpxꢁhqꢁ8hꢃꢃvrꢃꢁ9r‡rp‡v‚ꢁꢇ  
Xhv‡ꢁs‚ꢃꢁ!qꢁ9vhyꢁU‚rꢁT&ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ$  
Qhˆ†rꢁD‡rꢃ‰hyꢁs‚ꢃꢁ8‚€€hꢁꢁꢁT'ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ%  
8hꢃꢃvrꢃꢁ9r‡rp‡ꢁUv€rꢁꢁꢁT(ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ%  
G‚†‡ꢁ8hꢃꢃvrꢃꢁ9r‡rp‡ꢁUv€rꢁꢁꢁꢁT ꢄꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ%  
9UHAꢁU‚rꢁ9ˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢁꢁT  ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ%  
@†phƒrꢁTr„ˆrprꢁQhˆ†rꢁꢁꢁT !ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ%  
T "ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ&  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁT #ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ&  
T $ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ&  
T’†‡r€ꢁUr†‡†ꢁT %ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ'  
T &ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ'  
Ur†‡ꢁUv€r‚ˆ‡ꢁꢁꢁT 'ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ'  
T (ꢉꢁ!ꢄꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ'  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁT! ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ(  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁꢁT!!ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ ꢄ  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁꢁT!"ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ ꢄ  
T!#ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ ꢄ  
9USꢁT‡h‡rꢁSrp‚tv‡v‚ꢁT!$ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ  ꢄꢀ    
SUTꢇ8UTꢁ9ryh’ꢁꢁꢁꢁT!%ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ  ꢄꢀ    
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁT!&ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ  ꢄꢀ    
G‚‚xihpxꢁUv€rꢃꢁꢁꢁꢁT!'ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ  ꢄꢀ    
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁT!(ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ !  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁT"ꢄꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ !  
T" ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ !  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁꢁT"!ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ "  
T""ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ "  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁꢁT"#ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ "  
9USꢁꢇꢁ9vhyꢁ7hpxˆƒꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁ‡‚ꢁ9vhyꢁꢁꢁT"$ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ "  
T"%ꢀT#ꢄꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ "  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁ@†phƒrꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁꢁꢁT# ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ "  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁBˆhꢃqꢁUv€rꢁꢁꢁT#!ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ #  
T#"ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ #  
YPIꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁsꢃ‚€ꢁ9U@ꢁꢁꢁT##ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ #  
YPAAꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁsꢃ‚€ꢁ9U@ꢁꢁꢁT#$ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ #  
T#%ꢀ#'ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ #  
YPIꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁ‡‚ꢁ9U@ꢁꢁꢁT#(ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ #  
YPAAꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁ‡‚ꢁ9U@ꢁꢁꢁT$ꢄꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ #  
ꢅꢒꢆꢆꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
9vhyꢁGvrꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁGr‰ryꢁꢁꢁT$ ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ #  
Grh†rqꢁGvrꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁGr‰ryꢁꢁꢁT$!ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ $  
6ˆ‡‚€h‡vpꢁSh‡rꢁ6qhƒ‡v‚ꢁUuꢃr†u‚yqꢁꢁꢁT$"ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ $  
Ay‚ꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yꢁꢁꢁT$#ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ %  
T$$ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ %  
Wꢂ#!ꢁ8‚€ƒꢃr††v‚ꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yꢁꢁꢁT$%ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ &  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁT$&ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ &  
Dhp‡v‰v‡’ꢁUv€rꢃꢁT$'ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ &  
7ꢃrhxꢁ8‚‡ꢃ‚yꢁT$(ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ '  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁT%ꢄꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ (  
9U@ꢁPƒ‡v‚†ꢁT% ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ (  
9v†p‚rp‡ꢁ7ˆssrꢃꢁ9ryh’ꢁꢁꢁꢁT%!ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!ꢄ  
Hh‘v€ˆ€ꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁ7y‚pxꢁTv“rꢁꢁꢁꢁT%"ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!ꢄ  
6ˆ‡‚ꢀSryvhiyrꢁAhyyihpxꢁ8uhꢃhp‡rꢃꢁꢁꢁT%#ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!ꢄ  
T%$ꢀ%%ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!ꢄ  
GvxꢁTƒrrqꢁT‡h‡ˆ†ꢁꢁꢁꢁT%&ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!  
T%'ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!  
98@ꢁDqrƒrqr‡ꢁTƒrrqꢁꢁꢁT%(ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!!  
Pƒrꢃh‡vtꢁH‚qrꢁꢁꢁT&ꢄꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!"  
Pƒrꢃh‡vtꢁH‚qrꢁT‡h‡ˆ†ꢁꢁꢁT& ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!"  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁT&!ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!#  
Qh††‚ꢃqꢁUv€r‚ˆ‡ꢁꢁꢁT&"ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!#  
8hyyihpxꢁ9ryh’ꢁꢁꢁT&#ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!#  
8hyyihpxꢁSr‡ꢃ’ꢁꢁꢁꢁT&$ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!#  
8hyyihpxꢁSr‡ꢃ’ꢁ9ryh’ꢁꢁꢁT&%ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!$  
G‚px‚ˆ‡ꢁUuꢃr†u‚yqꢁꢁꢁT&&ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!$  
6ˆ‡‚phyyihpxꢁUv€rꢃꢁꢁꢁT&'ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!$  
7ꢃrhxꢁGrt‡uꢁꢁꢁT&(ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!$  
TrꢃvhyꢁQ‚ꢃ‡ꢁ‚ꢃꢁ9U@ꢁTƒrrqꢁꢁꢁꢁT'ꢄꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!%  
Hvv€ˆ€ꢁ98@ꢁTƒrrqꢁꢁꢁT' ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!&  
Irt‚‡vh‡v‚ꢁT‡h‡ˆ†ꢁꢁꢁT'!ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!&  
T'"ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!&  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁT'#ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!'  
T'$ꢀT'&ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!'  
H‚qˆyh‡v‚ꢁU’ƒrꢁT''ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!'  
T'(ꢀT(ꢄꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!'  
8ˆꢃꢃr‡ꢁH‚qˆyh‡v‚ꢁT( ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!(  
T(!ꢁꢀꢁT(#ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ!(  
Wꢂ"#ꢁTr‡‡vt†ꢁT($ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ"ꢄ  
Wꢂ"#ꢁ6†’€€r‡ꢃvpꢁTr‡‡vt†ꢁT(%ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ"ꢄ  
7v‡ꢁHhƒƒrqꢁꢁꢁT(&ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ"ꢄ  
T('ꢀꢁT ꢄꢄꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ ꢄꢀ"ꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
ꢅꢆꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ  ꢂꢁWꢂ!$ꢁiv†ꢁ6ˆ‡‚qvhyrꢀ  
6ˆ‡‚qvhyrꢃꢁ8‚€€hqꢁT‡ꢃvt†ꢁhqꢁQhꢃh€r‡rꢃ†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ!  
T‚s‡hꢃrꢁBˆvqryvr†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ!  
D‰hyvqꢁSr†ƒ‚†r†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ"  
9vhyꢁQhꢃh€r‡rꢃ†ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ#  
Wꢂ!$ꢁiv†ꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁhqꢁSr†ƒ‚†r†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ#  
9vhyꢁ8‚€€hqꢁ8SIꢁꢂꢂꢂꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ$  
Qꢃ‚tꢃh€ꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁ8‚€€hqꢁQSIꢁh0ꢂꢂꢂꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ$  
D‡rꢃ€rqvh‡rꢁ8hyyꢁQꢃ‚tꢃr††ꢁSr†ƒ‚†rꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ%  
9vhyꢁT‡‚ꢃrqꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁ8STꢁhꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ%  
Sr„ˆr†‡ꢁGv†‡ꢁ‚sꢁT‡‚ꢃrqꢁIˆ€irꢃ†ꢁSGIꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ&  
9v†ꢃrthꢃqꢁDp‚€vtꢁ8hyyꢁ9D8ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ&  
8‚rp‡ꢁDp‚€vtꢁ8hyyꢁꢁꢁ8D8ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ'  
SrqvhyꢁGh†‡ꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁꢁꢁ8SSꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ'  
GvxꢁIˆ€irꢃꢁi’ꢁ6qqꢃr††ꢁꢁꢁQSGꢁh0iꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ'  
Sr„ˆr†‡ꢁGv†‡ꢁ‚sꢁGvxrqꢁIˆ€irꢃ†ꢁꢁꢁSGGꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ(  
Sr„ˆr†‡ꢁGv†‡ꢁ‚sꢁWrꢃ†v‚ꢁSGWꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ ꢄ  
HP9@HꢁPQUDPITꢁ8PHH6I9ꢁQSPꢁ‘‘‘0’’0ꢄ0ꢄꢂꢂꢂꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ ꢄ  
Th‰rꢁ8ˆꢃꢃr‡ꢁTr‡‡vt†ꢁQSFꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ !  
Sr†‡‚ꢃrꢁAhp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁTr‡‡vt†ꢁꢁꢁQSQꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ !  
Sr„ˆr†‡ꢁGv†‡ꢁ‚sꢁT‡‚ꢃrqꢁPƒ‡v‚†ꢁꢁꢁSGPꢁ‘‘‘0ꢁ’’ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ "  
Pƒ‡v‚†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ   ꢀ #  
8uhƒ‡rꢀꢁ !ꢂꢁHhv‡rhprꢁ  
Brrꢃhyꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ !ꢀ  
Aˆ†rꢁSrƒyhpr€r‡ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ !ꢀ  
Hhv‡rhprꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ !ꢀ  
8hyyvtꢁUrpuvphyꢁTˆƒƒ‚ꢃ‡ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ !ꢀ!  
6ƒƒrqv‘ꢁ6ꢂꢁTƒrpvsvph‡v‚†  
Tv“rꢁꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ  
@‰vꢃ‚€r‡hyꢁ8‚qv‡v‚†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ  
Q‚rꢃꢁSr„ˆvꢃr€r‡†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ  
Uryrƒu‚rꢁGvrꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ  
9vtv‡hyꢁD‡rꢃshprꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ  
H‚qr€ꢁ9h‡hꢁSh‡r†ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ!  
Ah‘ꢁSh‡r†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ!  
H‚qˆyh‡v‚†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ!  
Ah‘ꢁH‚qˆyh‡v‚ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ!  
D‡rꢃhyꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁ8y‚pxꢁAꢃr„ˆrp’ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ!  
@‘‡rꢃhyꢁUꢃh†€v‡ꢁ8y‚pxꢁAꢃr„ˆrp’ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ!  
Uꢃh†€v‡ꢁPˆ‡ƒˆ‡ꢁGr‰ryꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ!  
ꢅꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
Pƒrꢃh‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ!  
8hꢃꢃvrꢃꢁ9r‡rp‡ꢁGr‰ryꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ"  
Uryp‚ꢁ8‚rp‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ"  
Ur†‡vtꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ"  
Gvrꢁ@„ˆhyv“h‡v‚ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ"  
SUTꢇ8UTꢁ9ryh’ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ"  
GvxꢁGh’rꢃꢁQꢃ‚‡‚p‚y†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 6ꢀ"  
6ƒƒrqv‘ꢁ7ꢂꢁQu‚rꢁEhpxꢁ9r†pꢀvƒ‡v‚†  
9D6GꢁQvꢁAˆp‡v‚†ꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 7ꢀ  
U@GT@UꢇG@6T@9ꢁGDI@ꢁQvꢁAˆp‡v‚†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 7ꢀ  
6ƒƒrqv‘ꢁ8ꢂꢁChꢀqhꢀrꢁPƒ‡v‚†  
Eˆ€ƒrꢃꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTryrp‡v‚ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 8ꢀ  
Sr€‚‰vtꢁ‡urꢁ8‚‰rꢃꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 8ꢀ  
Bꢃ‚ˆqꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁEˆ€ƒrꢃꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 8ꢀ#  
Srƒyhpvtꢁ‡urꢁ8‚‰rꢃꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 8ꢀ#  
6ƒƒrqv‘ꢁ9ꢂꢁAhˆy‡ꢁD†‚yh‡v‚ꢁQꢀ‚prqˆꢀr  
Ahˆy‡ꢁD†‚yh‡v‚ꢁQꢃ‚prqˆꢃrꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 9ꢀ  
Uryrƒu‚rꢁD‡rꢃshprꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 9ꢀ  
T‡hqhꢃqꢁQu‚rꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 9ꢀ  
H‚qr€ꢁhqꢁUryrƒu‚rꢁGvrꢁ8urpxꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ 9ꢀ!  
6ƒƒrqv‘ꢁ@ꢂꢁ8‚€€hqꢁDqr‘ꢁhqꢁ9rshˆy‡†  
Brrꢃhyꢁ ꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ  
8hyyrꢃꢁD9ꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ $  
9v†‡vp‡v‰rꢁSvtꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ $  
Ah‘ꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ $  
8yh††ꢁ ꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁWhyvqꢁvꢁPy’ꢁAh‘ꢁH‚qrꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ $  
Trpˆꢃv‡’ꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ &  
Sr€‚‡rꢁ8‚svtˆꢃh‡v‚ꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ (  
T‡h‡ˆ†ꢁSrtv†‡rꢃ†ꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ!  
Wꢂ!$ꢁiv†ꢁ9vhyrꢃꢁ8‚€€hq†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ!#  
Wꢂ!$ꢁSr†ƒ‚†rꢁHr††htr†ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ!%  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡†ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ!'  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁS ꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ!'  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁSꢁ!ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ!(  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁS"ꢁꢅT’puꢃ‚‚ˆ†ꢁ9vhyꢀˆƒꢆꢁꢅ6UHA"ꢆꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ"ꢄ  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁSꢁ#ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ"  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
ꢅꢅꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢋꢎꢌꢏꢐꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁS$ꢁꢅ6†’puꢃ‚‚ˆ†ꢁ#ꢀvꢃrꢁGrh†rqꢁGvrꢁ  
v‡uꢁWꢂ#!iv†ꢁQꢃ‚‡‚p‚yꢆꢁꢅ6UHA$ꢆꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ"!  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁSꢁ%ꢁꢅ6†’puꢃ‚‚ˆ†ꢁ#ꢀvꢃrꢁGrh†rqꢁGvrꢁ  
v‡u‚ˆ‡ꢁWꢂ#!ꢁiv†ꢁQꢃ‚‡‚p‚yꢆꢁꢅ6UHA%ꢆꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ""  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁSꢁ&ꢁꢅT’puꢃ‚‚ˆ†ꢁ!ꢀvꢃrꢁGrh†rqꢁGvrꢁ  
I‚ꢃ€hyꢁPꢃvtvh‡rꢆꢁꢅ6UHA&ꢆꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ"#  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁSꢁ'ꢁꢅT’puꢃ‚‚ˆ†ꢁ!ꢀvꢃrꢁGrh†rqꢁGvr  
A‚ꢃprqꢁ6†rꢃꢆꢁꢅ6UHA'ꢆꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂ@ꢀ"$  
Ahp‡‚ꢃ’ꢁPƒ‡v‚ꢁTr‡ꢁS(ꢁꢅT’puꢃ‚‚ˆ†ꢁWꢂ!$iv†ꢁ9vhyrꢃꢆꢁꢅ6UHA(ꢆꢁ ꢂ@ꢀ"%  
6ƒƒrqv‘ꢁꢁAꢂꢁ6T8DDꢁhqꢁ@789D8ꢁ8uhꢀhp‡rꢀ†  
6ƒƒrqv‘ꢁBꢂꢁ6iiꢀr‰vh‡v‚†ꢁhqꢁ6pꢀ‚’€†  
6ƒƒrqv‘ꢁCꢂꢁAyh†uꢁVƒtꢀhqr  
Xuh‡ꢁ`‚ˆꢁIrrqꢁ ꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ Cꢀ  
T‡rƒ†ꢁA‚ꢃꢁ9‚y‚hqvtꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ Cꢀ  
Uꢃ‚ˆiyr†u‚‚‡vtꢁꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁꢂꢁ Cꢀ!  
Trꢀ‰vprꢁhqꢁTˆƒƒ‚ꢀ‡ꢁ  
Dqr‘  
ꢅꢅꢆꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 1  
Introduction  
The Modem 3600 provides synchronous, asynchronous, and fax  
capabilities for data communications or facsimile links between a local  
computer and a remote computer, fax, or data terminal equipment (DTE)  
located anywhere a standard or cellular telephone can reach. Data can be  
transmitted over standard dial-up lines, private leased telephone lines, or  
wireless communication.  
The Modem 3600 communicates at standard data rates up to 33,600 bps  
with compatible modems connected to similarly equipped computers,  
computer services, and data bases. Advanced error control and data  
compression ensure data integrity and increase data throughput.  
When used with a Class 1 Fax software package, the modem can exchange  
fax documents at data rates up to 14,400 bps with any Group 3 fax  
machine or PC with a fax modem.  
A high-level security feature allows secure operation of the modem, both  
locally and remotely.  
Shelf-Mount Units  
This User’s Guide supports the desktop and shelf-mount versions of the  
Modem 3600. Operation and function are generally the same for both, but  
when there is a difference, the information primarily supports the desktop  
unit. Installation for each version is described in Chapter 2.  
Modem 3600  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Features  
The Modem 3600 is a flexible telecommunications tool that offers the  
following standard features.  
Data Mode  
• Full-duplex operation on two-wire public connections or two-wire  
or four-wire private telephone connections with two-wire public  
automatic or manual backup  
• 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 7200, 9600, 12000, 14400, 16800, 19200,  
21600, 24000, 26400, 28800, 31200, 33600 bps DCE data rates  
• Compatible with these standards:  
CCITT V.34  
CCITT V.33  
CCITT V.32 bis  
CCITT V.32  
CCITT V.29  
CCITT V.27  
CCITT V.22 bis  
CCITT V.22  
CCITT V.21  
CCITT V.13  
Bell 212A  
Bell 103  
• Compatible with a variety of software packages  
• Synchronous operation at all DCE data rates except Bell 103 300  
and V.23  
• Asynchronous operation at all DTE data rates up to 230.4 kbps  
• CCITT V.42 bis and MNP level 5 data compression  
• CCITT V.42 and MNP 4 error control protocol  
• LCD configuration and status for easy operation  
• Front panel lockout  
• Autodial and Autoanswer capability  
• Autobaud DTE rate and character format selection  
• AT command set  
• V.25 bis autodialer  
• Configuration memory  
• Phone number storage  
1-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
• Caller ID  
• Distinctive ring  
• Multiple levels of security with auto callback and password  
protection and up to 50 users  
• Automatic speed matching to originating modem  
• Remote configuration using command mode or LCD  
• Built-in standard diagnostics for testing phone line quality and  
modems at each end  
• Flash upgrades  
Fax Mode  
• Fax speeds to 14.4 kbps  
• HDLC framing to allow T.30 Error Correction Mode  
• Standard Class 1 interface conforms to EIA-578  
• Group 3 compatibility: CCITT V.21 Channel 2, V.27 ter, V.29,  
V.17  
• Autoanswer under software control  
• Automatic fax/data detection  
Software  
Software operates the features of the Modem 3600.  
Communications Software  
You must have communications software to transfer data. After  
installing the modem, consult your communications software user's  
manual for information on the software, commands, and features.  
Class 1 Fax Communications Software  
For sending faxes, a Class 1 fax software package is required.  
Internet Browser  
To connect to the Internet, Internet browser software is required.  
Modem 3600  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Description  
Functional  
The Modem 3600 processes serial asynchronous data from a DTE at all  
standard rates from 300 bps to 230.4 kbps*, and serial synchronous data  
at rates from 300 to 33.6 kbps. Transmission can be over either dial-up  
lines or either two- or four-wire leased lines. The maximum line speed is  
33.6 kbps. Built-in test features can determine system performance and  
isolate faults in the data link. Operation and configuration are controlled  
by the front panel LCD, the AT command set, or the V.25 bis command  
set.  
The 230.4 kbps DTE speed is available, but the Modem 3600 will not  
*
autobaud to 230.4 kbps. With the modem set for 115.2 kbps, enter  
AT\J2 to enable the speed and enter AT\J3 to disable it.  
Physical  
The Modem 3600 has a 32 character LCD front panel with three  
pushbuttons for option selection (Figure 1-1).  
Modem 3600  
Figure 1-1. Typical Front Panel  
1-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
The Modem 3600 rear panel has an EIA-232 DTE connector, an 8-pin  
TELSET/LEASED LINE jack, an 8-pin DIAL jack, the power switch,  
fuse, and cord (Figure 1-2).  
TELSET  
LEASED LINE  
DIAL  
Figure 1-2. Rear Panel (115 Vac Model)  
Modem 3600  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
Modem 3600 Card  
The shelf-mount Modem 3600 unit (Figur e1-3) has edge connectors  
that insert into the shelf backplane. The shelf backplane performs the  
same functions as the standalone rear panel. Refer to the “Shelf-Mount  
MD1000C Installation” on page 10.  
Figure 1-3. Card Version of the Modem 3600  
1-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2  
Installation  
This chapter provides information on mechanical and electrical  
installation of the modem.  
Mounting Accessories  
We have included both self-adhesive feet and an adhesive-backed hook  
and loop fastener. The feet are for use when the module will be resting on  
a surface; the hook and loop is useful when mounting the modem to a PC  
or monitor housing or other flat surface.  
To install the feet, peel them from the paper backing and place one foot at  
each corner of the bottom of the module. To use the hook and loop  
fastener, peel the plastic backing from one side and stick to the bottom of  
the module; peel the backing from the remaining piece and press the  
module firmly to the mounting surface.Once installed using the hook and  
loop fastener, the module may be removed from the mounting surface by  
grasping the unit and pulling firmly away from the mounting surface. To  
re-mount, align the hook and loop halves and press firmly together.  
Modem 3600  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installation  
Electrical Installation  
The rear panel (Figure 2-1) includes DTE cable and telephone line  
connectors.  
TELSET  
LEASED LINE  
DIAL  
Figure 2-1. Rear Panel Connections (115 Vac Model)  
AC Power Connection  
Power is supplied through a 6-foot line cord with a grounded 3-wire  
plug.  
DC Power Connection  
Caution  
To protect the DC-to-DC converter from damage,  
ensure the positive and negative leads are properly  
connected.  
If the modem is equipped for 12-60 VDC power input, connect the  
power to the terminal block attached to the modem back panel. A  
chassis ground connection is also supplied on the terminal block.  
If the modem is equipped for +/- 12/+5 VDC power input, connect the  
VDC power to the amp connector. A chassis ground connection is also  
supplied on the terminal block.  
DTE Connection  
The DTE connector is a 25-pin D-series type conforming to EIA-232  
specifications. You must use a shielded DTE cable to comply with EMC  
requirements. Pin signals are shown in Figure 2-2 and are described in  
Table 2-1.  
2-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installation  
Figure 2-2. Digital Interface Signals  
Modem 3600  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installation  
Table 2-1. Pin Signal Description s  
EIA- CCITT  
Pin 232D V.24  
Signal Description  
1
2
101 Shield  
No connection  
BA  
103 Trans-  
mitted  
Serial digital data (to be  
modulated) from a data terminal or  
other digital data source:  
Data  
Synchronous data must be  
accompanied by the modem  
transmit clock (pin 15) or by an  
external data rate clock (pin 24).  
Data transitions should occur on  
positive-going clock transitions;  
asynchronous data does not  
require a transmit clock.  
3
BB  
104 Receive Serial digital data output to the  
d Data  
DTE interface: Sync data is  
accompanied by an internal data  
rate (receive) clock (pin 17) that  
has positive-going transitions on  
the data transition. Async data  
does not require a receive clock.  
4
5
CA  
CB  
105 Request A positive level to the modem  
to Send when data transmission is desired  
106 Clear to A positive level from the modem  
Send  
in response to Request to Send and  
when the modem is ready to  
transmit. *  
6
CC  
107 Data Set A positive level from the modem  
Ready  
when power is on and ready to  
operate: In dial-up operation, the  
modem must be off hook to give a  
high DSR signal.*  
* Modem options may force these signals on or cause them to be ignored.  
** Refer to Appendix C, Hardware Options.  
† This function can be disabled or its logic sense reversed by hardware straps.  
*
*
*
2-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installation  
Table 2-1. Pin Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
EIA- CCITT  
Pin 232D V.24  
Signal Description  
102 Signal Signal or common signal and dc  
Ground power ground. **  
109 Receive A positive level from the modem  
7
8
AB  
CF  
d Line  
indicating the presence of a  
Signal  
received signal (carrier detect). *  
Detector  
9
--  
+12  
+12 voltage reference  
Vol ts  
10  
11  
--  
--  
-12 Volts -12 voltage reference  
Signal  
This circuit indicates probability  
Quality of errors in the received data: a  
Indicator positive level indicates poor signal  
quality while a negative level  
indicates good signal quality. †  
15  
17  
18  
DB  
DD  
--  
114  
115  
Trans-  
mit  
Clock  
(DCE)  
A transmit data rate clock output  
for use by an external data source:  
Positive clock transitions  
correspond to data transitions.  
Receive A receive data rate clock output  
Clock  
for use by an external data sink:  
Positive clock transitions  
correspond to data transitions.  
141 Local  
Loop-  
A positive level causes the modem  
to enter the local analog loopback  
test mode.*  
back  
* Modem options may force these signals on or cause them to be ignored.  
** Refer to Appendix C, Hardware Options.  
† This function can be disabled or its logic sense reversed by hardware straps.  
*
*
*
Modem 3600  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
Table 2-1. Pin Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
EIA- CCITT  
Pin 232D V.24  
Signal Description  
20  
CD  
108.2 Data This circuit is positive when the  
Termi-  
nal  
Ready  
DTE is ready to originate or  
answer a call in dial-up operation.  
DTR must always be active (high)  
in 2-wire private line operation.  
Cycling DTR causes retraining.*  
21  
--  
140 Remote A positive level causes a digital  
Digital  
Loop-  
back  
loopback test mode at the remote  
modem.*  
22  
23  
CE  
CH  
125 Ring  
In direct dial operation this circuit  
Indicator is positive in response to an  
incoming ring signal.*  
111  
113  
Data  
Rate  
Select  
Supplies a data rate control input  
to select primary or fallback data  
rate: Negative voltage selects  
primary data rate and positive  
voltage selects fallback data rate.*  
24  
25  
DA  
--  
External A serial data rate clock input from  
Trans-  
mit  
Clock  
the data source. Positive clock  
transitions correspond to data  
transitions.  
142 Test  
Mode  
Indicates the modem is in a test  
mode.  
* Modem options may force these signals on or cause them to be ignored.  
** Refer to Appendix C, Hardware Options.  
† This function can be disabled or its logic sense reversed by hardware straps.  
*
*
*
Telephone Line Connection  
The modem operates in these line-related modes:  
• Dial  
• Leased  
2-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
Dial Mode: PSTN Connection (DIAL jack)  
The public switched telephone network (PSTN) is a two-wire dial  
network. Modems are registered with the Federal Communications  
Commission (FCC) for direct connection to the PSTN. The label on the  
chassis bottom gives the FCC registration number and other information  
required for network operation.  
Direct connection to the PSTN is shown in Figure 2-3.  
DTE Connector  
8-pin  
Connectors  
Screws  
TELSET  
LEASED LINE  
DIAL  
DTE  
Cable supplied  
with telephone  
EIA-232  
25-Pin Connector  
to DTE  
Shielded DTE Cable  
RJ11C jack installed  
by telephone company  
Use 8-pin Modular (at modem end) to 6-pin  
Modular (at RJ11 wall jack end) connector.  
Notes:  
1. The TELSET jack is provided on the back of the modem for use with a  
standard rotary or tone dial telephone regardless of the telephone  
jack arrangement ordered from the telephone company.  
2. This standard rotary or tone dial telephone set can be used for  
originating a call or for voice communication. For sites requiring  
only auto answer capability, a phone is not needed.  
3. For connector pin-outs, refer to Appendix B.  
Figure 2-3. Dial-up Connection (115 Vac Model)  
Modem 3600  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installation  
Leased Line Connection (TELSET/LEASED LINE Jack)  
Private or leased lines use four-wire or two-wire lines. In this mode, the  
user configures the unit for four-wire or two-wire operation, depending  
on the private line service used.  
The telephone company will install the leased line and wall jack at your  
site. The line connects to the modem at the 8-position TELSET/  
LEASED LINE jack.  
Figure 2-4 shows a typical modem hookup for operation over private  
leased lines with dial backup.  
2-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
Dial  
(May be used for  
Dial Backup)  
Telset Leased  
Line Jack  
TELSET  
LEASED LINE  
DIAL  
DTE  
EIA-232  
25-Pin Connector  
to DTE  
Leased Line  
Cable  
Leased Line  
Jack  
RJ11C  
Use 8-pin Modular (at modem end) to 6-pin  
Modular (at RJ11 wall jack end) connector.  
(Optional connection for dial backup use.)  
Notes:  
1. Set the transmit output level to 0dBm.  
2. DTR, which is the signal on pin 20 of the DTE interface, must be active  
or the option DTE IGNORED must be set for 2-wire OR 4-wire leased line operation.  
3. The connection shown includes dial backup. Connect only the leased-line jack  
to the modem'sTelset jack for regular Leased-line use.  
4. For a 2-wire Leased-line connection, Pins 1 and 2 of the Leased-line connection  
are used for Tx and Rx data. For a 4-wire Leased-line connection, Pins1 and 2 are  
used for Tx, and Pins 7 and 8 are used for Rx.  
5. For connector pin-outs, refer to Appendix B.  
Figure 2-4. Leased Line Connection (115 Vac Model)  
Modem 3600  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installation  
Shelf-Mount MD1000C Installation  
Go to Appendix C, Hardware Options to check the board options before  
installation.  
Shelf-mount Modem 3600 cards should be installed or replaced by  
personnel familiar with shelf-mount installation. The unit has an edge  
connector that inserts into a receptacle located on the backplane and  
power bus.  
Note  
Figure 2-5 represents a typical dialup connection using one of  
the most common rack shelves. Connect cables as appropriate  
for any compatible shelf.  
RJ11C jack, installed  
by telephone  
company  
To DTE  
Shelf backplane  
(with MD1000C installed)  
Figure 2-5. MD1000C Connections  
2-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3  
Getting Started  
Option Selection  
There are six ways to change or select options:  
• LCD - Using the front panel LCD and pushbuttons is simple,  
straightforward, and requires the least amount of technical  
background. Chapter 4 explains LCD operation.  
• AT Commands - The AT command set can be used to select modem  
options. Chapter 5 describes AT commands.  
• Status Registers - A series of special ATS commands allows the  
operator to change the decimal or hexadecimal value of a memory  
byte to change one or more options in that byte. Chapter 10  
describes S-registers.  
• Single Bit Status Registers - A second series of special ATS  
commands allows the user to change single bits within a byte to  
change an option. Chapte r10 also explains single bit control.  
• Software Program - A wide variety of software programs is  
available, or advanced computer users can write their own software  
programs to interact with the modem. This manual does not discuss  
software programs.  
• V.25 bis Commands - An extended set ofV.25 commands allows  
selection of modem options during synchronous operation. Refer to  
Chapter 11.  
Power-Up  
A power-up procedure is not required. Turn on the modem using the ON/  
OFF power switch on the rear panel. The modem is factory configured to  
operate in most public switched telephone applications. If you have stored  
a desired option set it will automatically be restored at power-up.  
Modem 3600  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting Started  
Placing a Call  
There are three methods for placing a call:  
Dialing with a Standard Telephone  
1) Lift the telephone receiver. Wait for the dial tone.  
2) Dial the number of the remote site.  
3) When the answer back tone is heard, immediately press the  
TALK/DATA button and hang up the telephone. The modems go  
through a connection sequence and establish a data link. If a data  
link is not established, return to Step 1.  
4) After the link is established, hang up the telephone.  
Autodialing from Front Panel  
1) If the number to be dialed has not been stored, advance to Main  
Menu #6, CHANGE PHONE NUMBER.  
2) Enter the number by using the NO pushbutton to scroll the menu  
and YES to select.  
3) After the number is entered, press YES to store the number.  
4) Advance the LCD to Main Menu #2, DIAL STORED  
NUMBER.  
5) Select the number to dial and press YES. The number is dialed,  
and the modems follow the same process as two telephones.  
Autodialing from a Terminal with the AT Commands  
To dial a number, for example 555-1212, type ATD555-1212and  
press Enter, or enter ATDSnwhere n equals one of the stored telephone  
number locations 1-9.  
The modem dials the number--either pulse or tone, whichever is  
currently in effect--and takes the role of the originate modem.  
Refer to the “Dial Commands” section on p age5-13 for additional  
dialing commands.  
3-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting Started  
Answering a Call  
There are three ways to answer a call:  
Autoanswering  
Normally the modem is configured to autoanswer on the first ring. If a  
telephone is plugged into the TELSET/LEASED LINE jack, it will also  
ring.  
Answering Manually  
When detecting a ring, the modem LCD displays ringing status.  
Press TALK/DATA to answer the call and place the modem in the data  
mode.  
Answering from Terminal with AT Command Set  
The modem displays the ring response.  
To answer a call, type ATA. The modem sends an answer-back tone and  
attempts to connect to the remote modem.  
Ending a Call  
There are two ways to complete a call:  
Ending a Call Using the Front Panel  
1) Press the TALK/DATA pushbutton. DO YOU WANT TO  
DISCONNECT will be displayed.  
2) Answer YES.  
Ending a Call from a Terminal with the AT Command  
Set  
1) Enter +++and the modem will enter command mode.  
2) Enter ATHand the modem will terminate the call.  
Modem 3600  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting Started  
Reasons for Call Termination  
The conditions described in Table 3-1 cause call termination.  
Table 3-1. Reasons for Call Terminatio n  
Condition  
Description  
Abort Disconnect  
Default 30 sec; select 1 to 255 sec  
(No answer, busy sig- (S-register 7).  
nal, no modem, etc.)  
ATH  
Disconnect command.  
Loss of Carrier  
Disconnect  
Select 100 ms to 25.5 sec (S-register 10).  
Receive Long Space  
Disconnect  
Disabled or select 2 sec.  
DTR Disconnect  
Disabled or select 10 ms to 2.55 sec  
(S-register 25).  
Loss of Line Current  
Cleardown  
A disconnect method used inV.32 andV.34  
mode.  
LCD Display  
When TALK/DATA is pressed, the LCD  
displays DO YOU WANT TO GO TO  
TALK? When YES is pressed modem hangs  
up, if no telephone is connected or if the  
connected telephone is not off hook. Pressing  
NO displays DO YOU WANT TO  
DISCONNECT? Press YES to disconnect.  
Train Timeout  
Protocol Link  
Modem fails to establish communication  
with remote site. Default is 30 seconds  
(S-register 7).  
Reliable mode only; failure to establish  
Establishment Failure reliable link.  
Inactivity Timeout  
Default is 0 or disabled; select for disabled or  
1 to 255 minutes (S-register 8).  
12 retransmissions of the frame.  
Protocol Retry Limit  
Exceeded  
3-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Getting Started  
Table 3-1. Reasons for Call Termination (Continued)  
Condition Description  
Minimum DCE Speed A connection occurred at a rate less than  
minimum.  
Security Password  
Failure  
Maximum password entry attempts  
exceeded.  
Security Callback  
Security callback is enabled and a new  
remote connection is established. The modem  
disconnects and places a call to the  
programmed number.  
Signal Quality  
Leased line operation with dial backup  
enabled; extended loss of carrier or 4  
unsuccessful retrains in 3 minutes causes dial  
backup.  
Test Mode entered  
Certain test modes require call termination.  
Modem power is  
turned off.  
Modem 3600  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4  
Front Panel Operation  
The liquid-crystal display (LCD) front panel provides easy real-time  
access to modem configuration and status. You can use the LCD at any  
time to modify modem options or to get information about modem  
operation and status. All of the major modem options can be controlled  
through the LCD interface without an external terminal or phone line  
connection. Operation of the LCD can be secured using a password  
protection feature. A remote modem can even be configured using the  
local LCD, through the use of the front panel remote configuration feature.  
LED Descriptions  
The Modem 3600 LED indicator functions are as follows:  
• TR (Terminal Ready). TR lights when the DTE asserts Data  
Terminal Ready. This signal is input on pin 20 (CCITT V.24/108.2).  
• CS (Clear to Send). CS lights when the modem is ready to send data  
to the DTE. This signal is output on pin 5 (CCITT V.24/106).  
• RS (Request to Send). RS lights when the DTE is ready to send data  
to the modem. This signal is input on pin 4 (CCITT V.24/105).  
• CD (Carrier Detect). CD lights when the received audio carrier  
signal is detected or, if enabled, when error control protocol  
negotiation is complete. This signal is output on pin 8  
(CCITT V.24/109).  
• RD (Received Data). RD lights for a data space condition at the  
receive data output, indicating receive data output activity. This  
signal is output on pin 3 (CCITT V.24/104).  
• TD (Transmit Data) TD lights for a data space condition at the  
transmit data input, indicating transmit data input activity. This  
signal is input on pin 2 (CCITTV.24/103).  
Modem 3600  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Front Panel Operation  
LCD Menus  
The Modem 3600 has seven main LCD menus that support modem  
operations. Table 4-1 lists them, in the following sequence:  
• MODEM STATUS  
• DIAL STORED NUMBER  
• DISPLAY STATUS  
• SELECT TEST  
• MODIFY CONFIGURATION  
• CHANGE PHONE NUMBERS  
• FRONT PANEL FEATURES  
LCD Menu Operation  
The LCD menu is shown inTabl e4-1, as follows:  
• The first column lists the seven main menu categories.  
• The second column is the submenus, listing functions for each  
category in the main menu.  
• The third column lists specific items for submenu functions.  
• The fourth column lists option choices or status for the specific  
items in the third column.  
• The fifth and sixth columns in the table show associated AT  
commands and S-registers as a cross reference.  
Each column item has a corresponding header in the previous column. If  
an option setting is selected or if all settings have been scrolled through,  
the display returns to the header.  
Because of the menu structure and option choices, not all main menus  
use all four columns inTabl e4-1. However, option selection and  
sequence are the same.  
While operating in the option menu, pressing NO scrolls vertically  
down the columns; pressing YES advances horizontally across the  
columns. However, responding to the LCD prompt is the best way to  
reach an option. If NO is pressed and held, the LCD scrolls through the  
menus. Press the TALK/DATA button to return to the previous menu.  
4-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Panel Operation  
Table 4-1. LCD Menu Option Selectio n  
S-  
Main Menu  
MODEM-  
STATUS  
LCD Messages  
Reg  
1
V.34 33600 IDLE  
Shows the current modulation, bit  
rate, and modem status.  
(Press NO to advance to  
MAIN 2)  
S91  
S67  
S-  
Reg  
Main Menu  
Submenu  
Submenu Item  
Item Option AT Com.  
2
DIAL  
DIAL #1-9  
YES, NO  
DSn  
---  
STORED-  
NUMBER?  
(n=1-9)  
3
DISPLAY  
STATUS?  
(status only)  
DTE  
SIGNALS  
QM ON/OFF  
DSR ON/OFF  
OH ON/OFF  
RI ON/OFF  
DISPLAY  
STATUS  
---  
---  
---  
PROTOCOL*  
NONE  
MNP 2, 3, 4, 5  
LAPM  
DISPLAY  
STATUS  
---  
COMPRES-  
SOR*  
NONE  
MNP 5, V.42b  
DISPLAY  
STATUS  
---  
---  
---  
---  
CARRIER  
DESCRIP-  
TIONS*  
RECEIVE LEVEL DISPLAY  
NEAR END  
ECHO  
STATUS  
LEVEL  
FAR END ECHO  
LEVEL  
FAR END ECHO  
DELAY  
FREQUENCY  
TRANSLATION  
BAUD RATE  
RX BIT RATE  
TX BIT RATE  
LAST DIS-  
CONNECT  
REASON  
DISPLAY  
STATUS  
I5  
4
SELECT  
TEST?  
(Offline test  
only)  
LOCAL ANALOG INITIATE,  
LOOP EXIT  
&T1  
&T8  
&T3  
S16  
S16  
S16  
LOCAL ANALOG INITIATE,  
LOOP WITH TP EXIT  
(Online test)  
LOCAL DIGITAL INITIATE,  
LOOP † EXIT  
When modem is not online, the display flashes and shows the status from the  
*
last connection.  
† Modem must be online with protocols disabled.  
Modem 3600  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Front Panel Operation  
Table 4-1. LCD Menu Option Selection (Continued)  
Item  
Option  
AT  
Com.  
S-  
Reg  
Main Menu  
Submenu  
Submenu Item  
4, SELECT  
TEST?  
(Online test  
continued)  
REMOTE  
DIGITAL LOOP † EXIT  
INITIATE,  
&T6  
&T7  
S16  
S16  
c
(continued)  
REMOTE DIGI  
TAL LOOP WITH EXIT  
TP †  
INITIATE,  
o
n
t.  
TEST PATTERN† INITIATE,  
%T  
---  
EXIT  
5
MODIFY  
CONFIGU-  
RATION?  
CHANGE  
MODEM  
OPTIONS?  
CHANGE  
LEASED/ DIAL  
LINE?  
2 WIRE/  
4 WIRE  
&L1,  
&L  
S27  
S88  
AUTO-  
MODE  
V. 2 1  
BELL 103  
B212A  
V.22 bis  
V.27 ter *  
V.29 *  
*MM  
CHANGE  
MODULATION?  
*MM1  
*MM2  
*MM4  
*MM5  
*MM6  
*MM8  
*MM10  
*MM11  
*MM12  
V.33 *  
V.32bis  
V. 3 4  
CHANGE MAX  
DCE RATE?  
33600  
31200  
28800  
26400  
24000  
21600  
19200  
16800  
600  
%B18  
%B17  
%B16  
%B15  
%B14  
%B13  
%B12  
%B11  
%B10  
%B9  
S69  
14400  
12000  
7200  
%B8  
%B7  
9600  
%B6  
9600U **  
4800  
%B5  
%B4  
2400  
%B3  
1200  
%B2  
300  
%B1  
DTE SPEED %B  
Lease line only.  
** 9600U is only valid for V.32 bis modulation.  
*
† Modem must be online with protocols disabled.  
4-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Panel Operation  
Table 4-1. LCD Menu Option Selection (Continued)  
Submenu  
Item  
Item  
Option  
AT  
Com.  
S-  
Reg  
Main Menu  
Submenu  
5
MODIFY  
CHANGE  
MODEM  
OPTIONS?  
(continued)  
CHANGE MIN  
DCE RATE?  
33600  
31200  
28800  
26400  
24000  
21600  
19200  
16800  
600  
%L18  
%L17  
%L16  
%L15  
%L14  
%L13  
%L12  
%L11  
%L10  
%L9  
S69  
CONFIGU-  
RATION?  
(continued)  
c
o
n
t.  
14400  
12000  
7200  
%L8  
%L7  
9600  
%L6  
9600U **  
4800  
%L5  
%L4  
2400  
%L3  
1200  
%L2  
300  
%L1  
DTE SPEED %L  
CHANGE V.34  
RATE THRESH-  
OLD?  
LOW BER  
MED BER  
HIGH BER  
*TH  
*TH1  
*TH2  
---  
V.34 ASYM  
RATES  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
*AS1  
*AS  
S96  
S14  
NORMAL  
ORIGINATE  
FORCED  
NORMAL  
ORIG.  
FORCED  
ANS.  
*OR  
*OR1  
ANSWER*  
V.22 GUARD  
TONE  
DISABLE  
550 Hz  
1800 Hz  
&G  
&G1  
&G2  
S23  
V.32 FAST TRAIN ENABLE  
DISABLE  
*FT1  
*FT  
S29  
S60  
S53  
AUTO RETRAIN  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
%E1  
%E  
SQ AUTO RATE  
HIGH BER  
MED BER  
LOW BER  
DISABLED  
%R3  
%R2  
%R1  
%R  
TRANSMIT  
CLOCK  
SELECT  
INTERNAL  
EXTERNAL &X1  
RECEIVE &X2  
&X  
S27  
Lease line only.  
*
** 9600U is only valid for V.32 bis modulation.  
Modem 3600  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Panel Operation  
Table 4-1. LCD Menu Option Selection (Continued)  
Item  
Option  
AT  
Com.  
S-  
Reg  
Main Menu  
Submenu  
Submenu Item  
5
MODIFY  
CHANGE  
MODEM  
OPTIONS?  
(continued)  
DIAL TRANSMIT -9 dBm to  
*TDn  
S51  
CONFIGU-  
RATION?  
(continued)  
LEVEL  
-21 dBm  
c
o
n
t.  
RING  
FREQUENCY  
LIMIT  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
*RL1  
*RL  
--  
LEASE TRANS-  
MIT LEVEL*  
0 to -21 dBm *TLn  
S52  
S32  
LINE CURRENT  
OFF  
*LC,  
DISCONNECT†  
SHORT  
LONG  
*LC1,  
*LC2  
LONG SPACE  
DISCONNECT†  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
Y1  
Y
S21  
S32  
DIAL BACKUP*  
MANUAL  
AUTO-  
*DB  
*DB1  
MATIC  
LOOKBACK  
TIME*  
0 DIS-  
ABLED  
to 255  
---  
S28  
S70  
S70  
S70  
S56  
MINUTES  
CHANGE  
PROTOCOL  
OPTIONS?  
LAPM  
PROTOCOL  
ENABLE  
\N4, \N5,  
\N6, \N7  
\N, \N1,  
\N2, \N3  
DISABLE  
MNP  
PROTOCOL  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
\N2, \N3,  
\N6, \N7  
\N, \N1,  
\N4, \N5  
PROTOCOL  
FALLBACK  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
\N3, \N5,  
\N6, \N7  
\N, \N1,  
\N2, \N4  
DATA COMPRES- DISABLE  
%C  
SION  
NORM  
TX  
RX  
%C1  
%C2  
%C3  
Lease line only.  
*
† Dial line only.  
4-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Panel Operation  
Table 4-1. LCD Menu Option Selection (Continued)  
Item  
Option  
AT  
Com.  
S-  
Reg  
Main Menu  
Submenu  
Submenu Item  
5
MODIFY  
CHANGE  
DTE SPEED  
DTE=DCE  
\J1  
S70  
CONFIGU-  
RATION?  
(continued)  
PROTOCOL  
OPTIONS?  
(continued)  
CONSTANT \J  
DTE  
c
o
n
t.  
DTE FLOW  
CONTROL  
DISABLE  
XON/XOFF  
CTS  
\Q  
S54  
\Q1  
\Q2  
\Q3  
RTS/CTS  
DCE FLOW CON- DISABLE  
\Q4  
S54  
TROL  
XON/XOFF  
CTS  
\Q5  
\Q6, \Q7  
XON/XOFF PASS ENABLE  
\X1  
\X  
S54  
S58  
THROUGH  
DISABLE  
INACTIVITY  
TIMER  
OFF, 15, 30,  
45, 60, 75, 90  
MIN  
\TLn  
BREAK  
OPTION  
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 \K, \K1,  
\K2, \K3,  
S59  
S70  
\K4, \K5  
V.42 FAST  
DETECT  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
\M1  
\M  
CHANGE DTE DATA  
OPTIONS? OPERATION  
SYNC  
&M1, 2, 3, S27  
4, 5, 6  
ASYNC  
&M  
S30  
DTE RATE  
(Async)  
300,  
---  
S80  
600,1200,  
2400, 4800,  
7200, 9600,  
12000,  
14400,  
16800,  
19200,  
21600,  
24000,  
26400,  
28800,  
31200  
33600  
38400  
57600,  
115200  
CHAR SIZE  
(Async)  
7 BIT  
8 BIT  
---  
---  
S61  
S61  
PARITY (Async)  
NO, EVEN,  
ODD  
Modem 3600  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Panel Operation  
Table 4-1. LCD Menu Option Selection (Continued)  
Item  
Option  
AT  
Com.  
S-  
Reg  
Main Menu  
Submenu  
Submenu Item  
5
MODIFY  
CHANGE DTE DIAL METHOD  
OPTIONS?  
(continued)  
ASYNC  
DTR,  
MANUAL,  
V.25  
BISYNC,  
V.25 SDLC  
V.25 bis  
ASYNC  
&M1,  
&M2  
&M3  
&M4  
S27  
S30  
CONFIGU-  
RATION?  
(continued)  
c
o
n
t.  
&M5  
&M6  
AT COMMAND  
SET  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
*NT1  
*NT  
S29  
S30  
S30  
S21  
CHARACTER  
TYPE (V.25 only)  
ASCII,  
EBCDIC  
---  
SDLC DATA  
FORMAT  
NRZ, NRZI  
---  
DTR STATE  
DSR STATE  
IGNORE  
RECALL  
CMD  
DISCON-  
NECT  
&D  
&D1  
&D2  
&D3  
RESET  
NORMAL  
FORCED  
HIGH  
&S1  
&S  
S21  
OFF 5 SEC  
ON  
&S2  
DISCON-  
NECT  
FOLLOWS  
OH  
&S3  
DCD STATE  
NORMAL  
FORCED  
HIGH  
&C1  
&C  
S21  
OFF 5 SEC  
ON  
&C2  
DISCON-  
NECT  
FOLLOWS  
REMOTE  
RTS  
&C3  
CTS STATE  
NORMAL  
FORCED  
HIGH  
&R  
&R1  
&R2  
S21  
S72  
CTS  
FOLLOWS  
DCD  
CTS=RTS  
&R9  
4-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Front Panel Operation  
Table 4-1. LCD Menu Option Selection (Continued)  
Item  
Option  
AT  
Com.  
S-  
Reg  
Main Menu  
Submenu  
Submenu Item  
5
MODIFY  
CHANGE DTE RTS/CTS DELAY 0 to 150 ms  
---  
S26  
S53  
CONFIGU-  
RATION?  
(continued)  
OPTIONS?  
(continued)  
(10 ms)  
c
DTE COM-  
MANDED  
FALLBACK  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
*FB1  
*FB  
o
n
t.  
OPTIONS RES/  
RESTORED  
*RO1  
*RO  
S29  
S34  
S34  
S34  
S23  
S18  
S14  
---  
RETND AT DISC RETAINED  
CHANGE  
TEST  
BILATERAL  
DIGITAL LOOP  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
*DG1  
*DG  
OPTIONS?  
DTE LOCAL  
TEST  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
*LA1  
*LA  
DTE REMOTE  
TEST  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
*RD1,  
*RD  
REMOTE COM-  
MANDED  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
&T4  
&T5  
TEST TIMEOUT  
OFF, 60, 120, ---  
180. 240 SEC  
CHANGE  
DIAL  
DIAL TYPE  
PULSE,  
TONE  
P, T  
OPTIONS?  
AUTODIAL #  
DIAL TONE  
OFF, 1 - 9  
*AUn  
(n=1-9)  
BLIND  
DIAL  
X, X1, X3 S22  
X2, X4  
WA IT FO R  
DIAL  
TONE  
WAIT DELAY  
(Blind Dial)  
1, 2, 3, 4, 8,  
16, 32 SEC  
---  
---  
---  
S6  
S8  
S7  
PAUSE DELAY  
1, 2, 3, 4, 8,  
16, 32 SEC  
CALL TIMEOUT 15, 30, 45,  
60, 75, 90,  
105, 120 SEC  
ANSWER RING  
#X  
1, 2, 4, 8, 16  
---  
---  
S0  
AUTOCALL-  
BACK  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
S72  
S22  
CHANGE  
SPEAKER  
OPERATION?  
VOLUME  
CONTROL  
LOW  
HIGH  
L1, L2  
L3  
Modem 3600  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Panel Operation  
Table 4-1. LCD Menu Option Selection (Continued)  
Item  
Option  
AT  
Com.  
S-  
Reg  
Main Menu  
Submenu  
Submenu Item  
5
MODIFY  
CHANGE  
SPEAKER  
CONTROL  
ON UNTIL  
CARR  
DETECT  
ALWAYS  
ON  
M1  
M2  
S22  
CONFIGU-  
RATION?  
(continued)  
SPEAKER  
OPERATION?  
(continued)  
c
o
n
t.  
OFF WHILE M3  
DIALING  
ALWAYS  
OFF  
M4  
LOAD/STORE LOAD  
OPTION SET? FACTORY  
OPTION  
NO, 1-9  
&Fn  
(n=1-9)  
---  
LOAD USER  
OPTION SET  
1
2
Z0  
Z1  
---  
---  
---  
---  
STORE PRESENT  
OPTIONS  
1
2
&W  
&W1  
USER OPTION  
AT R E SET  
1
2
&Y  
&Y1  
6
7
CHANGE  
PHONE  
NUMBERS?  
PHONE  
ENTER  
&Zx=n  
NUMBER  
NUMBER  
32 digits  
(n=phone #  
and modi-  
fiers)  
*CNx,n  
FRONT  
PANEL  
FEATURES?  
CHANGE RMT  
PASSWORD?  
ENTER  
PASSWORD  
%P  
%T  
---  
---  
ENTER REMOTE ENTER  
CONFIGURA-  
TION  
REM CFG  
PASSWORD  
EXIT REMOTE  
CONFIGURA-  
TION  
EXIT  
&T  
---  
---  
---  
---  
CHANGE FRONT ENTER  
PANEL PASS-  
WORD  
PASSWORD  
*
ACTIVATE  
SECURITY  
---  
Password of 0000 disables front panel security.  
*
4-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Panel Operation  
Front Panel Security  
The Front Panel Security feature provides password protection for front  
panel menu access. The modem is shipped from the factory with this  
feature disabled.  
The Front Panel Security password is a 4-digit string that can be set to  
any combination of digits from “0000” to “9999”. Selecting a password  
of “0000” disables Front Panel Security; any other password enables it.  
IMPORTANT: Without your password, you cannot access front panel  
configuration. Keep your password in a safe place. If you forget your  
Front Panel Security password, contact Technical Support. Refer to  
“Calling Technical Support” section on page 12-2.  
When this feature is enabled, it can be activated in these ways:  
• Explicitly, by a front panel screen under Main Menu #7  
• By the modem, when no front panel buttons have been pressed for  
3 minutes  
When Front Panel Security is activated, the front panel menu returns to  
Main Menu #1 and the front panel is secured.  
In secured state, the Main Menu #1 screen continues to maintain modem  
status, but a password must be entered before other front panel screens  
may be accessed. Pressing any front panel button causes the modem to  
prompt for the front panel password. After the password has been  
entered, a message briefly displays the result of the password validation  
process and, depending on the result, Front Panel Security either  
becomes inactive or returns to its active state.  
Modem 3600  
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Front Panel Operation  
During password entry, the front panel buttons operate as follows:  
• Pressing NO makes the character at the cursor change to the next  
valid password character.  
• Pressing YES while the cursor is on any of the first three  
password characters makes the cursor advance to the next  
password character. When the cursor is on the last password  
character, pressing YES makes the modem accept the displayed  
password.  
• Pressing TALK/DATA while the cursor is on the first password  
character aborts password entry. When the cursor is on any other  
character, this button makes the cursor move to the first character.  
4-12  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5  
AT Commands  
This chapter describes commands used to select options and operate the  
modem. Some options depend on, or are restricted by, the mode of  
operation. Appendix E provides a quick reference list.  
Command Categories  
The modem offers these major categories of command statements:  
• Response (page 5-5)  
• Dial (page 5-13)  
• Answer (page 5-16)  
• Terminal Interface (page 5-19)  
• General (page 5-22)  
• Private Line (page 5-33)  
• Configuration (page 5-37)  
• Remote Configuration (page 5-41)  
Other AT command groups are discussed in these chapters:  
• Protocol (Chapter 6)  
• Test (Chapter 7)  
• Security (Chapter 8)  
• Fax (Chapter 9)  
• S-registers (Chapter 10)  
Operation Modes  
In asynchronous operation, the modem functions in one of these modes:  
• Offline Command Mode  
• Online Command Mode  
• Data Mode  
Modem 3600  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Offline Command Mode  
In offline command mode (generally referred to as command mode), the  
modem communicates with the computer or terminal. Commands can  
be entered separately or in strings. There is no data communication link  
established in this mode.  
Online Command Mode  
This mode is entered from the data mode after the escape command has  
been entered. The escape command is performed by entering the escape  
character (+ is the default) three times. The data communication link  
remains established but data transmission is suspended. The modem  
then accepts commands as it does in offline command mode.  
Data Mode  
The modem goes to data mode (online) after it acknowledges the proper  
signal and successfully connects with a compatible modem. In data  
mode, the modem sends and receives data, but does not accept or  
execute command instructions.  
Example: The modem is in the command state. The Dcommand and  
phone number are used to dial a remote modem. The local modem waits  
to receive an answer back tone from the remote modem. When the local  
modem receives the carrier, it leaves the command state and goes online  
in the data mode. At this time, both modems are using the telephone line  
and a communication link is established.  
Sending Commands to the Modem  
When the computer, modem, and monitor are on, an instruction can be  
sent to the modem telling it what function or activity to perform. The  
instruction, called a command statement, command string, or command,  
is typed using the computer/terminal keyboard. The command statement  
temporarily resides in a section of memory called the command buffer.  
Each command statement is made up of characters, numbers, and  
keyboard symbols such as the &and %signs. Commands must be  
written in a specific form so the modem recognizes and follows the  
instruction.  
5-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Commands  
Creating a Command Statement AT  
To create a command statement use the following steps:  
1) Type AT. This is the Attention Code telling the unit a command  
statement follows.  
2) Type the command.  
3) Press the Enterkey to send the command statement to the  
modem.  
An example of a command statement using the dial command (D)  
follows.  
ATD554-1212  
This statement can be read as “Attention: Dial 554-1212.”  
Another ATcommand statement example is:  
ATZ  
This statement can be read as “Attention: execute the Zcommand.”  
After entering a command line the modem returns a response message  
indicating whether or not the command was accepted or giving the data  
requested by the command line.  
To clear command statements from the buffer you can:  
• Turn the modem off,  
• Enter AT, or  
• Use the DTR reset feature (“Data Terminal Ready &D” section on  
page 5-20).  
Autobaud  
The attention code (AT) is analyzed by the modem to determine the  
transmission speed, parity, and bits per character used by the DTE. This  
autobaud process is repeated each time the ATcommand prefix is sent.  
Guidelines for Creating Command Statements  
The attention code (AT) may be upper or lower case but not a  
combination like aT.  
• Press the Enterkey to execute a command.  
• The command buffer can hold 80 characters.  
• Use the backspace or delete key to erase the last character.  
Even though the initial ATcode must be all upper or lower case,  
characters that follow can be any mix of upper and lower case.  
Modem 3600  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Monitor Display  
As commands are typed they appear on the monitor so the operator can  
verify the input. This is called local character echo. The echo may be  
turned on or off using AT commands. Refer to the “Local Character  
Echo E” section on page 5-22 for details.  
Command Statement Buffer  
The modem temporarily stores up to 80 characters in the command  
buffer. If this limit is exceeded, the modem does not accept the  
command and sends an ERROR message. To correct this condition,  
retype the command using 80 characters or less.  
The ATcharacters and punctuation used in telephone numbers do not  
take up space in the buffer. Blank characters used as spaces to help  
increase readability are not counted. For example, the modem reads the  
commands:  
ATD (212) 554-1212  
ATD2125551212  
ATD 212 555 1212  
as having 11 characters each. Commands can be typed in any of these  
forms.  
Backspace Key  
Use the backspace key to change the command statement or correct  
errors. The backspace key allows the cursor to be moved back to the  
character(s) in error. The command can then be retyped from that point.  
Example: ATD5551211has been typed. To change the last 1to 2,  
press the backspace key once, type 2, and press Enterto execute the  
command.  
Repeating a Command A/  
This command tells the computer to repeat the last command stored in  
its buffer. It automatically reexecutes the command without retyping.  
The return key does not need to be pressed.  
Example: The ATD5551212command has been executed, and the  
phone is busy. To repeat the instruction type A/. Do not use ATbefore  
this command: ATempties the buffer.  
5-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Numbered Commands  
Commands that start with the same letter are distinguished by a number  
following the letter.  
For example, the M0command selects speaker always off, M1speaker  
on until carrier detected, and M2selects speaker always on.  
Note  
The zero (0) may be omitted; the commands Mand M0are  
identical. This manual uses the nonzero form. The modem  
treats both the same, but zeros count against the buffer total.  
Group Commands  
A group of commands can be typed in a single command statement.  
Pressing the Enterkey sends the entire command string to the modem,  
which executes each command individually in the order it appears in the  
command statement reading from left to right.  
For example, the command statement ATQ0V0L3DT5551212means  
• ATAttention.  
• QAllow response messages to be sent.  
• VSelect digit code responses.  
• L3Select high volume.  
• DT Tone dial 555-1212.  
The modem executes the ATcommand followed by the Q, V, L, D, and T  
commands. ATQ0V0L3DT5551212can be read as  
ATQVL3DT5551212. Eliminating zeros reduces the number of  
characters, allowing more room in the buffer.  
The dial Dcommand initiates the dial process so no other commands,  
only dial modifiers, can follow it.  
Note  
Bold text indicates command parameter defaults.  
Response Commands  
The modem communicates with the operator through response  
messages. These appear on the monitor or a computer printout to show  
the result of the command or action executed. Response messages can  
appear as words or numbers.  
Modem 3600  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Digit / Word Selection V  
The Vcommand tells the modem which type of response message to  
show on the monitor. Some software requires digit response messages  
but words are easier to remember.  
Command  
Operation  
V
Enables digit response messages  
Enables word response messages  
V1  
Response Displays Q  
The Qcommand enables or disables response messages. The modem  
still responds to commands when the response display is inhibited.  
Command  
Operation  
Q
Response display on  
Q1  
Q2  
Response display off  
Response display on in originate mode only  
Negotiation Displays W  
The Wcommand enables or disables negotiation response messages.  
These messages are verbose negotiation status displays to alert the user  
to the link rate, protocol, and DTE rate.  
Command  
Operation  
W
Disables negotiation displays  
Enables negotiation displays  
Displays DCE link rate only  
W1  
W2  
Protocol Result Codes \V  
Enable or disable protocol result codes. Table 5-1 lists these codes.  
Command  
Operation  
\V  
Disable protocol result codes  
Enable protocol result codes  
\V1  
5-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
AT Commands  
Call Progress / Connect Speed Messages X  
The Xcommand selects response code/message displays and dialing  
options such as call progress monitoring, busy signal or dial tone  
detection and blind dialing.  
Command  
Operation  
X
Dial tone and busy signal detection not selected;  
CONNECT (code 1) response messages displayed  
for all speeds  
X1  
X2  
Dial tone and busy signal detection not selected;  
appropriate CONNECT response messages or codes  
displayed for data rate  
Dial tone detection only; NO DIAL TONE message  
or code appears if dial tone not detected within 5  
seconds  
X3  
X4  
Busy signal detection only; BUSY message or code  
appears if dialed number is busy  
Dial tone and busy signal detection; appropriate  
CONNECT message or code displayed  
The Xcommand followed by a dial command makes the modem go off  
hook, wait the amount of time set in register S6, and dial the number. If  
connection is made, the modem returns a CONNECT (code 1) message  
to the screen regardless of the connection rate. With a basic response,  
the modem does not detect a busy or no dial tone condition.  
The X1command followed by a dial command makes the modem go off  
hook, wait the amount of time set in register S6, and dial the number. If  
connection is made the modem returns an appropriate CONNECT  
message or code to the screen. The modem does not detect a busy or no  
dial tone situation.  
The X2command followed by a dial command makes the modem go off  
hook and wait for a dial tone before dialing. If a dial tone is not detected  
within 5 seconds, the modem sends a NO DIALTONE message and  
hangs up. The modem does not detect a busy situation in this mode.  
Modem 3600  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Commands  
The X3command followed by a dial command makes the modem go off  
hook, wait the amount of time set in register S6and dial the number. If  
a busy signal is detected, the modem sends a BUSY message and hangs  
up. If the call is completed, the appropriate CONNECT message similar  
to X1is displayed. The modem does not detect a no dial tone situation.  
The X4command followed by a dial command makes the modem go off  
hook and wait for a dial tone before dialing. If a dial tone is not detected  
within 5 seconds, the modem returns a NO DIALTONE message and  
hangs up. If a busy signal is detected, the modem returns a BUSY  
message and hangs up. If the call is completed, the appropriate  
CONNECT message similar to X1is displayed.  
The X4command combines the features of X1, X2, and X3. The factory  
setting is X4.  
Note  
When an X2, X3, or X4command is in effect, an appropriate  
CONNECT data rate message or code is displayed as for X1.  
When a blind dial command (X, X1, X3) is in effect, the  
modem waits 2 seconds or the time set in S6and then dials.  
Number Code Application *RC  
Some communications software packages use different number codes to  
indicate the data rate of the serial port. This option selects either of two  
commonly used number code sets.  
Command  
Code Set  
Number  
Operation  
*RC  
Standard  
15  
18  
4800 bps  
9600 bps  
*RC1  
Alternate  
11  
12  
4800 b p s  
9600 bps  
Note  
Asterisks in AT commands are part of the command and do  
not indicate footnotes.  
5-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Response Number Codes / Messages  
Response number codes, messages, and their meanings are listed in .  
The connect rates are serial port rates (DTE), not DCE rates.  
Code Message  
Meaning  
0
1
OK  
Command received  
CONNECT  
Connect at 300 bps while X1, X2,  
X3, or X4 command in effect; all  
rates while X command in effect  
2
3
RING  
Ring detected  
NO CARRIER  
Valid carrier not detected within  
period specified by register S7, or  
carrier lost for value of S10 or  
more  
4
ERROR  
Command not recognized or too  
long  
5
6
CONNECT 1200  
NO DIAL TONE  
Connection made at 1200 bps  
No dial tone detected for 5  
seconds (X2 or X4 command in  
effect)  
7
BUSY  
Dialed number busy (X3 or X4  
command in effect)  
10  
CONNECT 2400  
DTE rate 2400 bps  
DTE rate 4800 bps  
DTE rate 9600 bps  
DTE rate 300 bps  
11, 15 CONNECT 4800  
12, 18 CONNECT 9600  
20  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
CONNECT 300  
CONNECT 7200  
CONNECT 12000  
CONNECT 14400  
CONNECT 16800  
CONNECT 19200  
CONNECT 21600  
CONNECT 24000  
CONNECT 26400  
CONNECT 28800  
DTE rate 7200 bps  
DTE rate 12000 bps  
DTE rate 14400 bps  
DTE rate 16800 bps  
DTE rate 19200 bps  
DTE rate 21600 bps  
DTE rate 24000 bps  
DTE rate 26400 bps  
DTE rate 28800 bps  
Modem 3600  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Commands  
Code Message  
Meaning  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
CONNECT 31200  
DTE rate 31200 bps  
DTE rate 32000 bps  
DTE rate 33600 bps  
DTE rate 38400 bps  
DTE rate 57600 bps  
DTE rate 115200 bps  
DTE rate 230400 bps  
V.42 bis 300 bps connection  
V.42 bis 600 bps connection  
CONNECT 32000  
CONNECT 33600  
CONNECT 38400  
CONNECT 57600  
CONNECT 115200  
CONNECT 230400  
CONNECT 300/V42bis  
CONNECT 600/V42bis  
CONNECT 1200/V42bis V.42 bis 1200 bps connection  
CONNECT 2400/V42bis V.42 bis 2400 bps connection  
CONNECT 4800/V42bis V.42 bis 4800 bps connection  
CONNECT 7200/V42bis V.42 bis 7200 bps connection  
CONNECT 9600/V42bis V.42 bis 9600 bps connection  
CONNECT 12000/  
V42bis  
V.42 bis 12000 bps connection  
V.42 bis 14400 bps connection  
V.42 bis 16800 bps connection  
V.42 bis 19200 bps connection  
V.42 bis 21600 bps connection  
V.42 bis 24000 bps connection  
V.42 bis 26400 bps connection  
V.42 bis 28800 bps connection  
V.42 bis 31200 bps connection  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
CONNECT 14400/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 16800/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 19200/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 21600/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 24000/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 26400/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 28800/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 31200/  
V42bis  
5-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Commands  
Code Message  
Meaning  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
CONNECT 32000/  
V42bis  
V.42 bis 32000 bps connection  
V.42 bis 33600 bps connection  
V.42 bis 38400 bps connection  
V.42 bis 57600 bps connection  
V.42 bis 115200 bps connection  
V.42 bis 230400 bps connection  
CONNECT 33600/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 38400/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 57600/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 115200/  
V42bis  
CONNECT 230400/  
V42bis  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
CONNECT 300/V42  
CONNECT 600/V42  
CONNECT 1200/V42  
CONNECT 2400/V42  
CONNECT 4800/V42  
CONNECT 7200/V42  
CONNECT 9600/V42  
CONNECT 12000/V42  
CONNECT 14400/V42  
CONNECT 16800/V42  
CONNECT 19200/V42  
CONNECT 21600/V42  
CONNECT 24000/V42  
CONNECT 26400/V42  
CONNECT 28800/V42  
CONNECT 31200/V42  
CONNECT 32000/V42  
CONNECT 33600/V42  
CONNECT 38400/V42  
CONNECT 57600/V42  
V.42 300 bps connection  
V.42 600 bps connection  
V.42 1200 bps connection  
V.42 2400 bps connection  
V.42 4800 bps connection  
V.42 7200 bps connection  
V.42 9600 bps connection  
V.42 12000 bps connection  
V.42 14400 bps connection  
V.42 16800 bps connection  
V.42 19200 bps connection  
V.42 21600 bps connection  
V.42 24000 bps connection  
V.42 26400 bps connection  
V.42 28800 bps connection  
V.42 31200 bps connection  
V.42 32000 bps connection  
V.42 33600 bps connection  
V.42 38400 bps connection  
V.42 57600 bps connection  
Modem 3600  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Commands  
Code Message  
Meaning  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
CONNECT 115200/V42 V.42 115200 bps connection  
CONNECT 230400/V42 V.42 230400 bps connection  
CONNECT 300/MNP5  
CONNECT 600/MNP5  
MNP5 300 bps connection  
MNP5 600 bps connection  
CONNECT 1200/MNP5 MNP5 1200 bps connection  
CONNECT 2400/MNP5 MNP5 2400 bps connection  
CONNECT 4800/MNP5 MNP5 4800 bps connection  
CONNECT 7200/MNP5 MNP5 7200 bps connection  
CONNECT 9600/MNP5 MNP5 9600 bps connection  
CONNECT 12000/MNP5 MNP5 12000 bps connection  
CONNECT 14400/MNP5 MNP5 14400 bps connection  
CONNECT 16800/MNP5 MNP5 16800 bps connection  
CONNECT 19200/MNP5 MNP5 19200 bps connection  
CONNECT 21600/MNP5 MNP5 21600 bps connection  
CONNECT 24000/MNP5 MNP5 24000 bps connection  
CONNECT 26400/MNP5 MNP5 26400 bps connection  
CONNECT 28800/MNP5 MNP5 28800 bps connection  
CONNECT 31200/MNP5 MNP5 31200 bps connection  
CONNECT 32000/MNP5 MNP5 32000 bps connection  
CONNECT 33600/MNP5 MNP5 33600 bps connection  
CONNECT 38400/MNP5 MNP5 38400 bps connection  
CONNECT 57600/MNP5 MNP5 57600 bps connection  
CONNECT 115200/  
MNP5  
MNP5 115200 bps connection  
103  
CONNECT 230400/  
MNP5  
MNP5 230400 bps connection  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
CONNECT 300/MNP  
CONNECT 600/MNP  
CONNECT 1200/MNP  
CONNECT 2400/MNP  
CONNECT 4800/MNP  
CONNECT 7200/MNP  
MNP 300 bps connection  
MNP 600 bps connection  
MNP 12000 bps connection  
MNP 24000 bps connection  
MNP 4800 bps connection  
MNP 7200 bps connection  
5-12  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Commands  
Code Message  
CONNECT 9600/MNP  
Meaning  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
MNP 9600 bps connection  
CONNECT 12000/MNP MNP 12000 bps connection  
CONNECT 14400/MNP MNP 14400 bps connection  
CONNECT 16800/MNP MNP 16800 bps connection  
CONNECT 19200/MNP MNP 19200 bps connection  
CONNECT 21600/MNP MNP 21600 bps connection  
CONNECT 24000/MNP MNP 24000 bps connection  
CONNECT 26400/MNP MNP 26400 bps connection  
CONNECT 28800/MNP MNP 28800 bps connection  
CONNECT 31200/MNP MNP 31200 bps connection  
CONNECT 32000/MNP MNP 32000 bps connection  
CONNECT 33600/MNP MNP 33600 bps connection  
CONNECT 38400/MNP MNP 38400 bps connection  
CONNECT 57600/MNP MNP 57600 bps connection  
CONNECT 115200/MNP MNP 115200 bps connection  
CONNECT 230400/MNP MNP 230400 bps connection  
Dial Commands  
Dial commands let the modem originate a call to another modem. These  
commands can be used with either tone or pulse dial telephone systems.  
Dialing D  
To dial a number, for example 555-1212,insert the Dcommand in  
the dialing sequence.  
AT D 555-1212  
The modem dials the number, either pulse or tone, whichever is in  
effect, and takes the role of the originate modem.  
Use spaces, hyphens, parentheses, or other punctuation, except dial  
modifiers, to make the command line easier to read and enter. For  
example, these are all treated the same:  
AT D 1-800-555-1212  
AT D 1 (800) 555-1212  
ATD18005551212  
Modem 3600  
5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
AT Commands  
Dial modifiers are as follows.  
Command  
Operation  
T
P
,
Tone dialing  
Pulse dialing  
Insert a long pause (2 sec or value in S8)  
Wait for 2nd dial tone  
W
!
Flash (1/2 sec)  
R
;
Switch to answer mode after dialing  
Return to command mode after dialing  
Wait for silence  
@
S
Dial stored command line or number  
Tone Dialing T  
To tone dial a number sequence, insert a Tin the dial sequence.  
AT D T 323-1111  
In this example, the modem tone dials the telephone number. The  
dialing method selected remains in effect until changed.  
Pulse Dialing P  
To pulse dial a number sequence, insert a Pin the dial sequence.  
AT D P 554-9902  
Insert Long Pause ,  
To insert a long pause in the dialing sequence, use a comma. This inserts  
a 2 second delay (or the value in register S8).  
AT D P 9, 1-800-554-1000  
Here the modem pulse dials a 9, pauses for the telephone system to  
switch to an outside line, then dials the phone number. Comma pauses  
may be inserted consecutively if desired.  
Wait for Second Dial Tone  
W
To wait for second dial tone insert aWin the dialing sequence.  
AT D 9 W 323-8000  
Instead of using a comma pause for an outside line, wait up to 30  
seconds (time specified by S7) for a second dial tone.  
5-14  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
Hook Flash !  
To flash the switchboard, insert an exclamation mark in the dialing  
sequence.  
AT D T 9W 323-8000 ,!, #7 377  
This inserts a 0.5 second on hook condition, usually for transferring a  
call or similar use.  
In this example, the modem tone dials a 9, waits for the second dial  
tone, dials the phone number, pauses, flashes to start the transfer, pauses  
a second time, then uses #7 to transfer the call to extension 377.  
Switching to Answer Mode after Dialing R  
To switch to answer mode after dialing, use an Rat the end of the dial  
sequence.  
AT D 554-2345 R  
Use this command suffix to call an originate-only modem.  
Remaining in Command Mode ;  
To remain in command mode after dialing, place a semicolon at the end  
of the dial sequence.  
AT D 234-5678;  
The modem will dial the telephone number entered but will not attempt  
to train when the remote service answers the call.  
This is used to retain control so that further dialing tones may be entered  
with the following:  
AT DTn;  
where n= additional tones to be sent.  
Wait for 5 Seconds of Silence  
@
To wait for 5 seconds of silence (no answer back tone) after accessing  
an electronic service, use the @ command in the dialing sequence.  
AT D 399-4700 @ 2251 ;  
In this example the modem dials the number and, after the connection,  
waits for 5 consecutive seconds of silence. The modem then sends  
service code 2251 and returns to command mode for further input.  
Modem 3600  
5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
For example, you might enter a dollar amount for a banking transaction  
by entering  
AT D 1400 ;  
This sends the sequence 1400 and then returns to the command mode  
for further entries, according to the requirements of the banking service.  
Dialing a Stored Telephone Number Sn  
To dial one of the previously stored numbers, enter Snwhere n  
represents a stored telephone number location between 1 and 9.  
AT D S9  
In this example, the number stored in location 9 is dialed.  
Note  
DSand DS1are the same location.  
Autodial Number Location *AUn  
The *AUncommand selects stored number n(n=1to 9) to be  
autodialed. This is the autodial number, which is used for any autodial  
application.  
Voice Calls  
To make a voice call, dial the number with the telephone.To use the dial  
command for the call, enter the following dialing sequence:  
AT D (number);  
The ; modifier recalls the command mode and prevents the modem from  
training. The remote site must be answered by the telephone for the  
voice call to be successful.  
Switching from Voice to Data  
After dialing, place the modems at both ends in data mode by pressing  
the TALK/DATA button. The *DA1command can also be used to  
change from talk mode to data mode.  
Answering A Call  
There are three ways to answer a call for a data connection:  
• Manually  
• AT Command  
• Autoanswer  
5-16  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
Manual Answer  
When the phone rings, answer by pressing theTALK/DATA button.  
AT Command Answer A  
The modem can be made to answer a call by entering ATAwhen the  
phone rings.  
Autoanswer S0  
Autoanswer is controlled by register S0. S0determines which ring the  
modem answers on. S0can be loaded with a value between 1 and 255  
for autoanswer. Entering ATS0=0disables autoanswer. Decide which  
ring the modem is to answer on and set S0to that decimal value.When  
S0is one or greater, the modem automatically answers on the selected  
ring and connects with the calling modem.  
Note  
If the modem is set to respond to DTR the DTR signal must  
be on for autoanswer to work.  
Caller ID *ID  
If the telephone company is providing Caller ID services to the local  
phone line, the Modem 3600 can report Caller ID to the DTE. *  
Note  
The communications software package may need  
reconfiguring to look for the “Caller Number:” message  
prefix so that it knows when to look for a phone number.  
Command  
*ID  
Operation  
Disable Caller ID  
Enable Caller ID  
*ID1  
Modem 3600  
5-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
When Caller ID is enabled, one of the messages in Table 5-2 appears on  
the computer screen after the first RING message:  
Table 5-2. Caller ID Message s  
The modem sends this message... If:  
CALLER<sp>NUMBER:  
(505)555-1313  
The number was delivered  
by the phone company  
CALLER<sp>NUMBER:OUT<sp> OF The number was not  
<sp>AREA  
available from the phone  
company  
CALLER<sp>NUMBER:PRIVATE  
Delivery was blocked by  
the caller  
CALL FAILURE<sp>NUMBER:  
ERROR  
The number was received  
in error  
If the telephone company provides Enhanced Caller ID, the caller's  
name appears after the caller phone number.  
Distinctive Ring *DR  
If the telephone company is providing distinctive ring service to the  
local phone line, the Modem 3600 can report the type of ring to the  
DTE.* The data communications software package must allow  
distinctive ring.  
Caller ID and Distinctive Ring are compatible only with USA  
*
standards.  
Command  
*DR=0  
Operation  
Disable Distinctive Ring  
Enable Distinctive Ring  
*DR=1  
5-18  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
When distinctive ring is enabled, one of the messages in Table 5-3  
appears on the DTE instead of the regular RING message:  
Table 5-3. Distinctive Ring Message s  
The modem sends this  
message...  
If the Ring Was a:  
RING A  
Single ring (1 ring burst)  
Double ring (2 ring bursts)  
Triple ring (3 ring bursts)  
RING B  
RING C  
Terminal Interface Commands  
The EIA-232 interface connects the modem and DTE.Terminal  
interface commands control the action of the modem and the terminal in  
response to the signals being exchanged on the interface pins. Refer to  
Table 2-1.  
Data Carrier Detect &C  
When using DCD to indicate a valid carrier, use the &C1command.  
Some terminals and other devices require DCD on in order to  
communicate with the modem; if so, use the &Ccommand.  
Command  
&C  
Operation  
DCD always on  
&C1  
DCD on when modem recognizes remote modem  
carrier or, if enabled, when protocol negotiation is  
complete.  
&C2  
&C3  
DCD on except for 5 seconds after disconnect  
DCD follows RTS on remote modem (simulated  
switched carrier V.13).  
Note  
AT&C3is used to simulate switched carrier operation.  
Note  
For simulated switched carrier operation &C3must be  
selected on both modems. Not available in the B103 and V.21  
modulation modes.  
Modem 3600  
5-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
AT Commands  
Data Set Ready &S  
These commands control the DSR signal generated by the modem to  
indicate that the modem is ready for operation. DSR must be on for  
some terminals and devices to communicate with the modem.  
Command  
&S  
Operation  
DSR always on  
&S1  
DSR on when off hook in data mode  
&S2  
DSR off for 5 seconds after disconnect then returns  
to on  
&S3  
DSR follows off hook (OH) signal  
Data Terminal Ready &D  
In data mode DTR may be used for modem control.  
Command  
&D  
Operation  
The modem ignores DTR.  
&D1  
The modem goes to command mode from data  
mode when DTR goes from on to off.  
&D2  
&D3  
Disconnects when DTR goes from on to off;  
disables autoanswer while DTR is off.  
Disconnects, recalls command mode, and resets the  
modem to a stored configuration when DTR goes  
from on to off.  
In dial line mode the modem disconnects; in leased  
line, the modem retrains.  
Note  
If DTR controls dialer is selected, selecting DTR active will  
cause an autodial after an off-to-on transition of DTR.  
5-20  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
AT Commands  
Serial Port Ring Indicator (Pin 22) \R  
The \Rcommands determine how the ring indicate signal operates on  
pin 22 of the EIA-232 DTE connector.  
Command  
Operation  
\R  
Causes ring indicate signal on pin 22 to turn on  
(high) during each ring and remain on during the  
call  
\R1  
Causes ring indicate signal on pin 22 to turn on  
(high) during each ring and turn off (low) when the  
call is answered  
Request to Send / Clear to Send &R  
When the modem is operating in nonbuffered mode (direct mode) or in  
synchronous mode, &Renables the RTS-to-CTS delay determined by  
the value in S26. &R1forces CTS high and the modem ignores RTS  
(default). With &R2selected, CTS goes high when carrier is detected.  
&R9 forces CTS to follow the state of RTS without delay.  
Command  
&R  
Operation  
Enables RTS-to-CTS delay  
CTS forced on  
&R1  
&R2  
CTS follows DCD  
CTS equals RTS  
&R9  
Note  
RTS/CTS delay is not valid in buffered mode or with error  
control enabled.  
Note  
With &R2selected, XON/XOFF is the only valid method of  
flow control and &Cand &C1are the only valid carrier detect  
options.  
Modem 3600  
5-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
DTE Controlled Fallback Rate (Pin 23) *FB  
Pin 23 of the EIA-232 DTE connector provides signal input to the  
modem for DTE fallback. If the modem is not using DTE fallback, set  
this option to ignore pin 23.To cause the modem to act on high/low  
levels of pin 23, enable this option. Negative level forces a higher rate  
for primary data rate; positive forces a lower rate providing a fallback  
rate.  
Command  
*FB  
Operation  
Ignore pin 23  
*FB1  
Transition on pin 23 changes speed  
General Commands  
This series of commands controls various standard options that in most  
cases apply to any mode of operation.  
Changing from Data Mode to Command Mode +++  
To exit data mode and go to online command mode, press the escape  
character three times (+ is the default). Pause for the length of time set  
by register S12(1 second is the default) before and after the +++to  
ensure the modem recognizes the escape command.  
This sequence temporarily suspends data mode transmissions and  
allows command mode operations without breaking or otherwise  
disturbing the telephone line connection. The modem responds with OK  
when it detects the escape code. Return to data mode by entering the O  
command.  
Note  
The ATcommand set must be enabled.  
Local Character Echo E  
Type ATwithout a carriage return. If the screen shows ATcharacter,  
echo is correct. Proceed with other commands as desired.  
If the screen shows AATT, enter the Ecommand to correct the double  
characters or disable character echo by the modem.  
5-22  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
AT Commands  
If the screen shows no characters, enter the E1command to turn modem  
echo on or enable local echo on the terminal.  
Command  
Operation  
Echo off  
E
E1  
Echo on  
Online Character Echo F  
In some lower speed modems the Fcommand determines if characters  
are echoed to the DTE from the modem when online. This function is  
generally controlled by the communications software. The modem does  
not support online character echo.  
Hanging Up H, H1  
To end a call, enter the Hcommand. This tells the modem to disconnect  
and go on hook. The modem must be in command mode to use this  
command.  
Enter the H1command to take the modem off hook. The modem  
automatically goes off hook when a dial command is keyed in.  
Fast Disconnect H2, H3  
The results of the Hcommand can be modified by the H2and H3  
commands. H2or H3will not cause a hang up but will affect the method  
of hanging up the next time the Hcommand is issued. If H2is entered,  
the Hcommand will hang up according to CCITTV.32 standards. If  
operating in V.32 bis mode the H2command could take several seconds.  
If H3(the fast command) is entered, the Hcommand will hang up much  
more rapidly at those speeds.  
Command  
Operation  
H
The modem hangs up.  
Forces modem off hook  
H1  
H2  
Sets Hcommand to normal hangup procedure (long  
space, cleardown, protocol)  
H3  
Sets Hcommand to fast hang up  
Modem 3600  
5-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
EPROM Check I  
PC software packages may issue the Icommand to verify the modem  
will support all commands needed by the software package. The modem  
returns ASCII characters representing the model and revision level. To  
request the checksum to be calculated on the EPROM, enter the I1  
command. The modem returns four ASCII characters representing the  
cyclic redundancy check (CRC) in hexadecimal form. Enter the I3  
command to request the product version.  
Command  
Operation  
I
Request product code  
Request EPROM checksum value  
Request product version  
Returns Motorola V.3600  
Last disconnect reason  
I1  
I3  
I4  
I5  
Speaker Volume L  
The Lcommands offer three volume levels.  
Command  
L, L1, L2  
L3  
Operation  
Speaker volume low  
Speaker volume high  
Speaker Control M  
The Mcommands enable or disable the speaker for monitoring purposes.  
Command  
Operation  
M
Disables the speaker  
M1  
M2  
M3  
Disables the speaker while receiving a carrier signal  
Speaker always on  
Disables the speaker while dialing and after a  
carrier is detected  
5-24  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
AT Commands  
Return Online O  
Use the Ocommand when you are operating in the online command  
mode and need to return to data mode. It returns the modem to the same  
mode (originate or answer) that it was in before escaping to the (online)  
command mode. Enter the O1command to cause a retrain to occur  
before going back to data mode.  
Long Space Disconnect Y  
One method of disconnecting two modems is called long space  
disconnect. When any disconnect condition is detected by the local  
modem, it will send 4 seconds of data space condition to the remote  
modem before disconnecting. This signals the remote modem to  
disconnect. The local modem will disconnect if it receives 1.6 or more  
seconds of data space condition from a remote modem. If break  
sequences of 1.6 or more seconds are to be sent, enter theYcommand to  
disable this feature and prevent unintentional disconnects.  
Note  
This option must be disabled if SDLC NRZI data is used.  
Command  
Operation  
Y
Long space disconnect off  
Long space disconnect on  
Y1  
V.22 bis Guard Tones &G  
Guard tones are not used in the United States. If required where  
operating the unit, select the appropriate guard tone.  
Command  
&G  
Operation  
No guard tone  
&G1  
550 Hz guard tone  
1800 Hz guard tone  
&G2  
Asynchronous / Synchronous Mode Selection &M  
The &Mcommands select synchronous or asynchronous operation and  
synchronous dial method.  
Modem 3600  
5-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
AT Commands  
Use register S30to select NRZ/NRZI for data format if using SDLC.  
Command Operation  
&M  
Async data/dialer mode (V.25 bis disabled)  
Sync data mode / async dialer  
&M1  
&M2  
&M3  
&M4  
&M5  
&M6  
&M7  
&M8  
&M9  
Sync data mode / DTR dials if active  
Sync data mode / manual dial  
Sync data mode (ASCII) with V.25 bis BISYNC dialer  
Sync data mode (NRZ) with V.25 bis SDLC dialer  
Sync data mode with V.25 bis async dialer  
Async data mode with V.25 bis async dialer  
Sync data mode (EBCDIC) with V.25 bis BISYNC dialer  
Sync data mode (EBCDIC, NRZ) with V.25 bis async  
dialer  
&M10  
&M11  
Sync data mode (ASCII, NRZI) with V.25 bis SDLC  
dialer  
Sync data mode (EBCDIC, NRZI) with V.25 bis SDLC  
dialer  
IMPORTANT: Synchronous DTE must be available to communicate  
with the modem if the V.25 bis dialer is enabled.  
Make / Break Dial Pulse Ratio &P  
Use the &Pcommand for the dial pulse to be on for 39% and off for  
61% of one cycle. Use the &P1command for the dial pulse to be on for  
33% and off for 67% of one cycle.  
Command  
&P  
Operation  
39% : 61% US and Canada  
33% : 67%  
&P1  
5-26  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Synchronous Transmit Clock Source &X  
The &Xcommands select internal, external, or receive clock as the  
transmit clock source.  
Command  
&X  
Operation  
Internal clock  
External clock  
Receive clock  
&X1  
&X2  
V.34 Rate Selection Thresholds *TH  
The *THcommands sets theV.34 rate selection thresholds. TheV.34  
modulation dynamically selects the optimum bit rate to run, based on  
line quality.  
Command  
*TH  
Operation  
- 6  
Low V.34 threshold (10 BER)  
- 4  
*TH1  
Medium V.34 threshold (10 BER)  
- 2  
*TH2  
High V.34 threshold (10 BER)  
V.34 Asymmetric Bit Rates *AS  
The *AScommand enables or disables the V.34 asymmetric bit rate  
capability. This feature allows the modem to run different bit rates on  
the receiver and transmitter.  
Command  
*AS  
Operation  
Disable V.34 asymmetric bit rates  
Enable V.34 asymmetric bit rates  
*AS1  
Modulation *MM  
The *MMcommand sets the current modulation type to use when  
attempting to make a connection. Using this command automatically  
selects the maximum DCE speed (%B) for the selected modulation.  
Command  
*MM  
Operation  
Automode (typically used on dial line)  
*MM1  
*MM2  
*MM3  
*MM4  
V.21  
B103  
Reserved  
B212A  
Modem 3600  
5-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
AT Commands  
Command  
*MM5  
Operation  
V.22 bis  
*MM6  
V.27 bis 4-wire leased only  
Reserved  
*MM7  
*MM8  
V.29 4-wire leased only  
Reserved  
*MM9  
*MM10  
*MM11  
*MM12  
V.33 4-wire leased only  
V.32 bis  
V.34  
Maximum DCE Speed %B  
The %Bcommands set the originating DCE speed to follow the DTE  
speed. When originating a call the two modems will not connect at a  
speed faster than the lower DCE speed setting of the two modems.To  
allow the modem to transmit data at a speed different from DTE speed,  
enter the %Bncommand where n=1 to 18.  
Command  
%B  
Operation  
Use DTE speed  
300 bps  
%B1  
%B2  
1200 bps  
%B3  
2400 bps  
%B4  
4800 bps  
%B5  
9600 uncoded bps *  
9600 bps  
%B6  
%B7  
7200 bps  
%B8  
12000 bps  
14400 bps  
600 bps  
%B9  
%B10  
%B11  
%B12  
%B13  
%B14  
%B15  
16800 bps  
19200 bps  
21600 bps  
24000 bps  
26400 bps  
5-28  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Command  
%B16  
Operation  
28800 bps  
31200 bps  
33600 bps  
%B17  
%B18  
Valid for V.32 bis modulation only  
*
Note  
Use the %Bcommand after the *MMcommand when specific  
modulations are required.  
Minimum DCE Speed %L  
If the modem connects at a rate lower than the minimum DCE speed, it  
disconnects the link automatically.  
Command  
%L  
Operation  
Disabled  
%L1  
Disabled  
%L2  
1200 bps  
%L3  
2400 bps  
%L4  
4800 bps  
%L5  
9600 uncoded bps *  
9600 bps  
%L6  
%L7  
7200 bps  
%L8  
12000bps  
14400 bps  
600 bps  
%L9  
%L10  
%L11  
%L12  
%L13  
%L14  
%L15  
%L16  
%L17  
%L18  
16800 bps  
19200 bps  
21600 bps  
24000 bps  
26400 bps  
28800 bps  
31200 bps  
33600 bps  
Valid for V.32 bis modulation only  
*
Modem 3600  
5-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Auto Retrain %E  
This option allows the modem to automatically retrain in response to  
poor received signal quality without reconnecting. The modem always  
responds to a retrain request from the remote modem.  
Command  
%E  
Operation  
Disable auto retrain  
Enable auto retrain  
%E1  
Automatic Rate Adaption %R  
Automatic rate adaption (ARA) allows the modem to automatically  
decrease the DCE rate when the allowable bit error rate is exceeded. If  
the line condition improves the modem automatically increases the rate.  
Select this feature by front panel operation orAT command. Options  
5
include: disabled (factory default), low (BER= 1 in 10 ), medium  
4
3
(BER= 1 in 10 ), high (BER= 1 in 10 ).  
The following guidelines apply to automatic rate adaption:  
• Automatic rate adaption is disabled during direct mode.  
• Manual rate adaption is disabled from the front panel when  
automatic rate adaption is enabled.  
• Only one increment or decrement in the DTE rate is allowed at a  
time during rate adaption from the initiating modem.  
• When online, initiator rate adaption occurs a maximum of every  
12 to 14 seconds from the last occurrence of a rate adaption.  
• After the modem drops data rate because of poor signal quality,  
the line must improve by approximately 2.5 dB before an increase  
in rate can occur.  
5-30  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
Command Operation  
%R  
Disable automatic rate adaption  
5
%R1  
%R2  
Enable automatic rate adaption using low BER: 1 in 10  
Enable automatic rate adaption using medium BER: 1 in  
4
10  
3
%R3  
Enable automatic rate adaption using high BER: 1 in 10  
Manual Rate Adaption *RR  
The *RRcommand forces the modem to re-adapt the DCE rate of the  
remote modem.  
Command  
*RR  
Operation  
Rate adaption to 2400  
Rate adaption to 4800  
Rate adaption to 7200  
Rate adaption to 9600  
Rate adaption to 12000  
Rate adaption to 14400  
Rate adaption to 16800  
Rate adaption to 19200  
Rate adaption to 21600  
Rate adaption to 24000  
Rate adaption to 26400  
Rate adaption to 28800  
Rate adaption to 31200  
Rate adaption to 33600  
*RR1  
*RR2  
*RR3  
*RR4  
*RR5  
*RR6  
*RR7  
*RR8  
*RR9  
*RR10  
*RR11  
*RR12  
*RR13  
Product Revision Level %V  
The %Vcommand displays the product revision level.  
Modem 3600  
5-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
Online Quick Reference $H  
The $Hcommand displays anAT command set quick reference. The  
Enterkey terminates the page displays and any other key scrolls  
through the pages.  
Command  
$H  
Operation  
Displays online quick reference  
Search online quick reference for string.  
$H=<string>  
Product Serial Number $V  
The $Vcommand displays the product serial number.  
Talk / Data *DA  
The *DAcommands select talk or data mode.  
Command  
*DA  
Operation  
Switches modem to talk  
Switches modem to data  
*DA1  
V.32 Fast Train *FT  
The V.32 fast train option is used to reduce training time when operating  
over high quality, limited distance dial, or 2-wire leased lines.  
Command  
*FT  
Operation  
Disable fast train  
Enable fast train  
*FT1  
Incoming Call *IC  
The *ICcommand makes the modem disregard an incoming call.  
Line Current Disconnect *LC  
Dial line operation only. The modem can be configured to disconnect  
upon loss or interruption of telephone line current.  
Command  
*LC  
Operation  
Line current disconnect off  
Line current disconnect short (8 ms)  
Line current disconnect long (90 ms)  
*LC1  
*LC2  
5-32  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
AT Commands  
Disable AT Command Set *NT  
The *NTcommand disables theAT command set.  
The *NT1command allows the user at a remote modem to enable AT  
command operation of another modem via remote configuration.  
Command  
*NT  
Operation  
Disable AT command set  
Enable AT command set at remote site  
*NT1  
If the AT command set of a local modem is accidentally disabled and  
must be recovered locally, reset the options through the front panel  
LCD, Main Menu #5, submenu CHANGE DTE OPTIONS?, “AT COM-  
MAND SET” section on page 4-8.  
Dial Line Transmit Level *TDn  
Command  
Operation  
*TDn  
Sets dial line TX level to n where n is a number 9  
through 30 corresponding to a TX level of -9 to -30  
dBm  
Private Line Operation  
Note  
For a 2- or 4-wire leased line connection to succeed, one  
modem must be configured as forced answer and the other  
modem as normal originate. Both modems should have only  
one protocol, MNP or LAPM, enabled and Protocol Fallback  
must be disabled. DCE line speed must be the same for both  
modems.  
4-Wire Operation  
In 4-wire operation, the modem is a full-duplex, leased-line modem  
requiring a dedicated 4-wire leased line. Only point-to-point dedicated  
leased lines are supported. The 4-wire leased line connects to the  
TELSET/LEASED LINE jack on the modem rear panel. Dialing is not  
necessary. When connected via leased line the modems will train and  
begin communicating with each other. The DIAL jack can be used to  
connect a 2-wire dial-up line for dial backup.  
Modem 3600  
5-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
AT Commands  
Note  
For operation with modems that use V.33 as the modulation  
type, the Modem 3600 must be set up to V.33.  
2-Wire Operation  
In 2-wire operation, the modem is a full-duplex modem able to operate  
over 2-wire leased or PSTN lines.  
2-Wire Leased Line Operation  
The 2-wire leased line is connected to the TELSET/LEASED LINE  
jack; the DIAL jack connects to a 2-wire dial-up line for dial backup.  
The leased line connects the local and remote modems directly and  
dialing is not necessary. One of the modems must be configured for  
forced answer and the other for normal originate. When connected via  
leased line the modems will connect and begin communicating with  
each other.  
The &Lcommand is used to select private line (leased line) operating  
mode. The *ORcommands select the origination or answer mode when  
operating in the leased line configuration.  
Note  
DTR must be held high in 2-wire or 4-wire leased line  
operation. This is accomplished by DTE control, wiring pin  
20 of the digital interface cable high, or by selecting the  
option IGNORES DTR. If DTR is terminal controlled, loss of  
synchronization can be corrected by cycling DTR. This  
makes the modem initiate the 2-wire training sequence. DSR  
goes off during the training procedure.  
2-Wire Dial-up Operation:  
Connection to the telephone network is through the DIAL jack. A  
standard telephone can be connected to the TELSET/LEASED  
LINE jack for manual dialing.  
5-34  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Commands  
Dial Backup  
Dial backup allows the modem to switch to a dial backup mode if the  
data connection on the leased line is unacceptable for communications.  
This can be accomplished in two ways:  
• Automatic - backup due to extended loss of carrier or 4  
unsuccessful retrains in 3 minutes  
• Manual - user determined using front panel controls orAT  
commands  
In leased line operation, if both units have autodial backup enabled, one  
must be configured for forced answer. This prevents both units from  
dialing if the leased line fails.  
IMPORTANT: Both methods will cause the modem to dial the  
prestored autodial number. The originate modem will wait for five  
seconds and then initiate the call. The answer modem will wait for a  
ring. The modems then train and begin communicating over the dial-up  
line. If the dial connection is unsuccessful after three attempts, a retrain  
on the leased line will be initiated.  
In manual mode, the return to leased line is only done when  
commanded. In automatic mode the return to leased line is initiated after  
the lookback time in register S28has elapsed. To prevent unnecessary  
termination of the dial line connection, a leased line lookback test is  
performed. If the leased line is not acceptable, the dial connection is  
resumed with a retrain. If the leased line is acceptable, the dial  
connection is dropped and normal leased line mode is resumed.  
When the unit attempts to return to leased line, the LCD displays  
LEASE LOOKBACK. If the leased line has been restored to service,  
data can be passed approximately 10 seconds afterLEASE  
LOOKBACK was initiated. The LCD will continue to display LEASE  
LOOKBACK for slightly more than a minute. During this time the dial  
line connection is maintained if a return to dial line operation is  
required. When the LCD displays ON LINE again the dial line is  
disconnected.  
Note  
A diagnostic test initiated during dial backup mode  
terminates when the modem performs a leased line lookback.  
Modem 3600  
5-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Commands  
Dial / Leased Line &L  
&Lselects line operation as required:  
Command  
&L  
Operation  
Dial (switched)  
&L1  
Leased (private) 2-wire  
Leased (private) 4-wire  
&L2  
Dial Backup *DB  
Command  
*DB  
Operation  
Manual dial backup operation  
Automatic dial backup operation  
*DB1  
Return to Leased Line from Dial Backup *LB  
During dial backup operation, *LB makes the modem return to leased  
line operation.  
During leased line operation with forced answer enabled, *LBmakes  
the modem wait for a dial backup call.  
Manual Dial Backup *LD  
*LDdials the autodial number if the modem is in originate mode with  
manual dial backup selected. Available in leased line operation only.  
Answer / Originate *OR  
*ORforces the modem to answer or originate mode. This option is used  
during 2- and 4-wire leased line operation with error correction and/or  
dial backup.  
Command Operation  
*OR  
Force originate  
Force answer  
*OR1  
Leased Line Transmit Level *TLn  
Command Operation  
*TLn  
Sets leased line TX level to n where n is a number 0  
through 30 corresponding to a TX level of 0 to -30  
dBm  
5-36  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
AT Commands  
Configuration Commands  
These commands recall various profiles for insertion into the active  
profile, store the active profile and telephone numbers in nonvolatile  
memory, and designate the powerup profile. Remote configuration is  
discussed on page 5-41.  
Configuration Profiles  
Modem operations are controlled by option settings selected from  
factory defaults stored in ROM, active settings stored in RAM, and  
custom settings stored in nonvolatile memory. These three code storage  
locations are called profiles.  
Active Profile  
The active profile holds the current option settings and is used by the  
modem for all operations and functions. Any active profile option can  
be changed to meet an immediate requirement. The active profile is  
maintained in volatile memory referred to as S-registers.  
Stored Profile  
When an active configuration is established that meets all operating  
requirements, it can be transferred to one of the stored profiles. Two  
stored profiles are available for greater versatility.  
If the active profile has been temporarily changed it can be reset to  
either of the stored profiles with the Zcommand. The &Ycommand  
selects one of the two stored profiles to be the powerup profile.  
Factory Profile  
The factory configurations are stored in ROM and cannot be changed by  
the user; they can be transferred to the active profile and then modified  
to fit a specific application if needed. The &Fcommand recalls one of  
the nine factory configurations.  
Modem 3600  
5-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Storing a Configuration &W  
The &Wcommands store the current configuration options in one of two  
nonvolatile memory locations (Figure 5-1). The stored configurations  
are retained in memory even when power is off, or until &Wis issued  
with a new configuration.  
Command  
&W  
Operation  
Store options to user option set 1  
Store options to user option set 2  
&W1  
Figure 5-1. Configuration Storage and Recall  
Powerup Option Set &Y  
The &Ycommand determines which user option set is loaded during  
powerup and reset.  
Command  
&Y  
Operation  
Powerup with user option set 1  
Powerup with user option set 2  
Displays currently selected powerup option set  
&Y1  
&Y?  
5-38  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
AT Commands  
Load Factory Options &Fn  
The &Fncommand loads one of the existing configuration sets,  
providing a complete configuration for a compatible system/network  
environment. Refer to the Appendix H for a complete list of the options  
in each set.  
Command Operation  
&F, &F1  
&F2  
Load factory option set 1 (async dial-up withV.42 bis)  
Load factory option set 2 (async dial-up withoutV.42  
bis)  
&F3  
&F4  
Load factory option set 3 (sync dial-up without V.42 bis)  
Load factory option set 4 (sync 4-wire leased line  
without V.42 bis)  
&F5  
&F6  
&F7  
&F8  
&F9  
Load factory option set 5 (async 4-wire leased line with  
V.42 bis)  
Load factory option set 6 (async 4-wire leased line  
without V.42 bis)  
Load factory option set 7 (sync 2-wire leased line  
normal originate)  
Load factory option set 8 (sync 2-wire leased line forced  
answer)  
Load factory option set 9 (syncV.25 bis dialer)  
Reset to Stored Configuration Z  
The Zcommands reset the modem and immediately load either user  
option set 1 or 2 as the current configuration. This command saves time  
once a proven configuration is established.  
Command Operation  
Z
Resets the modem and immediately loads user option  
set 1  
Z1  
Resets the modem and immediately loads user option  
set 2  
Modem 3600  
5-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
View Configuration Profiles/Received Signal Options  
&V  
This command lets the user view the current configuration profile in the  
form of S-register values. &V1displays the received signal options.  
Command  
&V  
Operation  
Displays configuration profiles  
Displays received signal options  
Displays active profile  
&V1  
&V2  
Storing a Telephone Command Line &Zx=n, *CNx,n,  
*ND  
Nine stored phone number locations of up to 31 characters each are  
available in nonvolatile memory. Normally, one phone number per  
location is accommodated. However, a phone number longer than 31  
characters can overflow into the next location. Any spaces remaining in  
the overflowed location cannot be used for another number. The stored  
phone number is retained until replaced by another number. Modem  
power can be turned off without affecting stored information.  
To store a telephone command line in a location, enter the &Zx=n  
command where x= the location and n= the number:  
AT &Z 8 = 554-1212  
In this example the command sequence to dial the indicated number is  
stored at location 8 for later dialing.  
Note  
Neither the ATprefix nor the Dcommand should follow the  
&Zx=n.  
• &Zx=n- Stores telephone number n, including dial modifiers, at  
location x(0-9, up to 31 digits).  
• *CNx,n- Stores telephone number n, including dial modifiers, at  
location x(0-9, up to 31 digits).  
• *CNx,- Clears telephone number location x  
• *ND- Displays the stored numbers (1-9).  
5-40  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
Retaining / Restoring Options *RO  
This option is used when the modem is shared by two or more DTEs.  
When options are retained, the current configuration is not altered at  
disconnect. With options restored, the modem returns to the previously  
stored configuration on disconnect.  
When options are restored at disconnect, the following commands  
return OK but are not executed:  
• *CNStore telephone number  
• &ZStore telephone number  
• &FRecall factory configuration  
• &WStore current configuration  
Command  
*RO  
Operation  
Retain options at disconnect  
Restore options at disconnect  
*RO1  
Soft Download Password %P1, $Y  
Select a numeric password to permit/inhibit software downloading via  
flash memory if desired. The process is detailed in Appendix H.  
Command  
%P1=pw  
%P1=D  
%P1?  
Operation  
Set software download password to 0-99999999  
Disable software download  
Display software download password  
Enable soft download flash  
$Y  
Remote Configuration  
This mode of operation allows viewing or modifying the options of a  
remote modem that supports remote configuration. Remote  
configuration is performed using the front panel LCD or, more  
commonly, ATcommands from the local terminal. Remote  
configuration is initiated by the local (master) modem through a  
proprietary protocol, a security code, and an acknowledgment from the  
remote (slave) unit to be modified. The security code is inserted and  
provides protection from unauthorized entry. The modems are shipped  
from the factory without a security code.  
Modem 3600  
5-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
AT Commands  
Note  
Remote configuration is supported at all rates except 300 bps.  
Remote Configuration Security  
The correct security code must be received by the remote modem before  
remote configuration can be established. Once established, the local  
DTE becomes a virtual terminal and can serve both local and remote  
modems. After starting remote configuration, the local DTE serves the  
remote modem.  
To return DTE service to the local modem while in remote  
configuration, issue the +++escape sequence.  
Return DTE service again to the remote modem by issuing the O  
command. Switching DTE service between local and remote modems  
may be performed as needed.  
To exit remote configuration, return DTE service to the local modem.  
The &T command will exit remote configuration mode.  
Remote configuration may be entered immediately after dialing by  
placing the remote configuration command (%T=), without the = sign  
and followed by the security code, at the end of the dial string.  
Remote Security Code %P=  
A security code prevents unauthorized access to remote configuration  
mode. This code is separate from low and high security passwords,  
which are discussed in Chapter 8. The security code is user  
programmable and can be set to any value from a single 0 to any  
combination up to 99999999using the %P=(desired code)  
command.  
Example: If the remote modem security code is 12345, the local  
modem must include this code in the initialization string before the  
remote modem responds.  
5-42  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Command  
Operation  
%P=  
Sets security code to a value 0to 99999999  
entered after the equal sign  
%P?  
Requests local security code to be displayed  
%P=D  
Access for remote configuration is not possible  
when security code is disabled  
%P=(blank)  
Clears security code  
The %P=Dcommand disables remote configuration. To enable remote  
configuration, insert another security code.  
IMPORTANT: Do not forget your remote security code. Keep your  
code in a safe place. If you do forget your code, contactTechnical  
Support. Refer to the “Calling Technical Support” section on page 12-2.  
Entering Remote Configuration %T=, &T  
This mode of operation allows you to view or modify the option set of a  
compatible remote modem. Enter the %T=(securitycodeof  
remote)command to initiate remote configuration.  
The modem is shipped from the factory with security code (blank).  
This allows remote configuration by using (blank) as the security  
code.  
Command  
Operation  
%T=  
This command followed by the correct security  
code establishes remote configuration  
&T  
Exits remote configuration  
Remote Configuration can also be specified by the dial command by  
placing %T (password)after the dial digits (the equal sign is left  
off). For example,  
ATD 555-1212%T01234  
Enabling/Disabling Remote Configuration *RA  
The *RAcommands enable and disable remote configuration.  
Command  
*RA  
Operation  
Disable remote configuration  
Enable remote configuration  
*RA1  
Modem 3600  
5-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
AT Commands  
Remote Configuration DTE Speed *RB  
This option forces DTE speed to a particular setting, if desired.  
Command  
*RB  
Operation  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 300 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 600 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 1200 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 2400 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 4800 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 7200 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 9600 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 12000 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 14400 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 16800 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 19200 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 21600 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 24000 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 26400 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 28800 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 28400 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 57600 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 115200 bps  
*RB1  
*RB2  
*RB3  
*RB4  
*RB5  
*RB6  
*RB7  
*RB8  
*RB9  
*RB10  
*RB11  
*RB12  
*RB13  
*RB14  
*RB15  
*RB16  
*RB17  
Remote Configuration Format *RF  
Set word length, parity, and stops for remote configuration.  
Command  
*RF  
Operation  
7 data bits, mark parity, 1 stop bit  
7 data bits, no parity, 2 stop bits  
7 data bits, odd parity, 1 stop bit  
7 data bits, even parity, 1 stop bit  
8 data bits, mark parity, 1 stop bit  
8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit  
8 data bits, odd parity, 1 stop bit  
8 data bits, even parity, 1 stop bit  
*RF1  
*RF2  
*RF3  
*RF4  
*RF5  
*RF6  
*RF7  
5-44  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
AT Commands  
Remote Configuration Saving or Discarding Options  
*RQ  
This option allows the opportunity to discard an undesirable option.  
Command  
*RQ  
Operation  
Save remote configuration option selection and exit  
*RQ1  
Discard remote configuration option selection and  
exit  
Modem 3600  
5-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6  
Protocols  
CCITT V.42 bis Error Control Protocol  
V.42 bis is an industry standard for error control adopted by the  
Consultative Committee for InternationalTelephone and Telegraph  
(CCITT). The CCITT V.42 bis protocol incorporates two error control  
algorithms, LAPM and MNP. LAPM is a CCITT Link Access Protocol  
family member related to LAPB and LAPD, currently in use in other  
communications applications. MNP is Microcom Networking Protocol,  
which has become an industry standard by the large number of its users.  
The use of V.42 bis requires both local and remote modems to beV.42 bis  
compatible. Error control protocol is transparent to the user and requires  
no special hardware or software. Data to be transmitted is put in a buffer  
so the modem can retransmit it if an error occurs. The modem also buffers  
data received from the remote modem in case an error occurs and the data  
is retransmitted. To avoid overfilling the buffer, flow control is used to  
control data between the modem and the terminal. V.42 bis protocol  
options can be set byAT commands.  
Note  
Error control protocols are only valid when using asynchronous  
DTE options.  
Reliable Mode  
When an LAPM or MNP link is established, the modem is in reliable  
mode. V.42 bis allows negotiation with a remote modem to the highest  
level of protocol common to both units. Both LAPM and MNP control  
data errors by retransmitting any block of data that was corrupted in  
transit. LAPM is assigned highest priority, and, if not supported, then an  
MNP connection is attempted.  
Modem 3600  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Protocols  
Auto-Reliable Mode  
In auto-reliable mode the modem negotiates to the highest protocol  
(LAPM or MNP) common to both modems. However, if a reliable  
connection cannot be established, auto-reliable allows the protocol to  
fallback to normal mode.  
Constant Speed Interface  
The modem serial port adapts to the data rate of the DTE and does not  
change speed if the DCE-to-DCE data link connects at another speed.  
Therefore, the DTE-to-DCE interface speed is constant.  
Data Compression  
Using MNP Class 5 data compression, the modem can achieve data  
throughput approaching 33600 bps. With LAPM data compression, the  
modem can achieve data throughput approaching 115200 bps. This  
increase in speed is achieved by automatically analyzing the data stream  
and reducing the number of bits required to represent the characters.  
100% error-free transmission is assured by the application of the MNP  
or LAPM error control protocol on the compressed data.  
Compression takes place only if the modem detects that the remote  
modem supports compression. If not, a reliable connection is made  
without compression.  
Although data compression is compatible with any type of data, it is  
most efficient for ASCII text files. For maximum throughput when  
using data compression, the terminal should be set to a higher speed  
than the connect speed with the constant speed interface on and flow  
control enabled. When transmitting or receiving data files in one  
direction, the throughput can be increased forV.42 bis by having extra  
buffer and more processor time with the %C2and %C3data compression  
commands.  
Normal Mode  
No error control, with or without constant speed DTE interface. Data is  
buffered.  
6-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Protocols  
Direct Mode  
The DTE speed and DCE speed are forced to be the same. No error  
control or buffering.  
Note  
In direct mode, with the DCE link established at a rate other  
than the original DTE speed, the modem issues the connect  
message for the new DTE speed at the original rate. All  
subsequent data will be sent to the DTE at the new DCE  
speed.  
Flow Control  
If the serial port speed exceeds that of the modem connection,  
characters may be sent by the DTE to the modem faster than it can send  
them to the remote modem. The modem holds characters in an internal  
buffer until they can be transmitted. When this buffer is full, the modem  
uses flow control to cause the DTE to stop sending characters. As the  
modem continues to transmit data and the buffer empties, flow control is  
again used to cause the DTE to resume sending data. The modem can  
use hardware flow control (RTS/CTS) or in-band flow control (XON/  
XOFF).  
Protocol Commands  
These commands enable or control the various data compression, flow  
control, and error correction options of the modem.Tabl e6-1 lists the  
features associated with each mode.  
Note  
Bold text indicates command parameter defaults.  
Modem 3600  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Protocols  
Table 6-1. Operating Modes and Features  
Data  
Con-  
stant  
Speed  
Inter-  
Operating Error  
Compres Flow  
Mode  
Correction -sion  
Control Data face  
Normal  
Disabled  
Disabled  
Not  
applicable  
Allowed Buff- On or off  
ered  
Direct  
Not  
Not  
Not  
DTE=DC  
E
applicable applica- buff-  
ble ered  
(slaved)  
Reliable  
(MNP and  
LAPM)  
Enabled  
Enabled  
On or off  
Allowed Buff- On  
ered  
Auto-  
On or off  
Allowed Buff- On  
ered  
reliable  
(MNP and  
LAPM)  
Disconnect Buffer Delay %D  
Select a delay during which the modem processes data in its transmit  
and receive buffers before disconnecting. When a condition exists  
which causes a disconnect, the modem tries for nseconds to empty its  
buffers. When the buffers are empty or if n=0, the modem disconnects  
immediately.  
Command  
%D  
Operation  
Disconnect buffer delay disabled  
Disconnect buffer delay value (n= 1-255 seconds)  
%Dn  
6-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Protocols  
Serial Port (DTE) Constant Speed \J  
The \J command allows DCE and DTE to operate at different speeds.  
The \J1command forces serial port (DTE) speed to follow data link  
speed in any mode.  
If the modem is in direct mode (\J1) and a DCE link is established at a  
speed other than that of the original DTE autobaud speed, the modem  
will issue the CONNECT message for the new DTE speed at the  
original rate. All subsequent data will be sent to the DTE at the new  
DCE speed.  
Command  
Operation  
\J  
Disable slaved DTE/DCE (constant speed DTE on)  
Enable slaved DTE/DCE (constant speed DTE off)  
Enable 230.4 kbps as DTE speed  
Disable 230.4 kbps as DTE speed  
\J1  
\J2  
\J3  
Note  
The 230.4 kbps DTE speed is available, but the DTE will not  
autobaud to 230.4 kbps. With the modem set for 115.2 kbps,  
enter AT\J2to enable the speed, and reset the DTE for 230.4  
kbps. When the modem is set for 230.4 kbps, enter AT\J3to  
disable it if needed. Reset the DTE for 115.2 kbps.  
V.42 Optional Detection Phase \M  
This is a data sequence that speeds up the LAPM link negotiation time if  
V.42 LAPM is supported by the remote modem.  
Command  
\M  
Operation  
V.42 fast detect data sequence disabled  
V.42 fast detect data sequence enabled  
\M1  
Modem 3600  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Protocols  
Operating Mode \N  
Select theV.42 bis mode to be used in data mode. An \Nncommand  
issued during command mode while a connection is in progress will not  
affect the current connection but will be acted on for subsequent  
connections. LAPM or MNP protocol operation is referred to as  
MNP-only mode, and the auto-reliable modes allow protocol fallback.  
Command Operation  
\N  
Normal mode — no error control; data buffered  
Direct mode — no error control; data not buffered  
MNP only — try MNP; disconnect if not successful  
MNP or normal — try MNP; fallback to normal async  
LAPM only — try LAPM; disconnect if not successful  
LAPM or normal — try LAPM; fallback to normal  
\N1  
\N2  
\N3  
\N4  
\N5  
\N6  
LAPM or MNP — try both protocols; disconnect if not  
successful  
\N7  
LAPM, MNP, or normal — try both protocols; fallback  
to normal if not successful  
Auto-Reliable Fallback Character %An  
Select the ASCII character to be recognized as the auto-reliable fallback  
character by the answering modem. During negotiation of protocol in  
auto-reliable mode, the answering modem switches from reliable to  
normal mode when receiving the auto-reliable fallback character from  
the calling modem and passes the character to the serial port.  
Enter the %An command to set the auto-reliable fallback character  
(n=1-27 decimal representing an ASCII character).  
Command  
%A0  
Operation  
Disable auto-reliable fallback character  
%An  
Sets ASCII character to be recognized as the  
auto-reliable fallback character  
Note  
The modem must be set for auto-reliable mode (AT\N3,  
\N5,\N6,\N7).  
6-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Protocols  
Serial Port Flow Control \Q  
The \Qcommands set the type of flow control used by the serial port. If  
the serial port speed exceeds that of the modem connection, characters  
may be sent by the DTE to the modem faster than it can send them to the  
remote modem. The modem holds characters in an internal buffer until  
they can be transmitted. When this buffer is full, the modem uses flow  
control to stop data from the DTE. As the modem continues to transmit  
data and the buffer empties, flow control is again used to cause the DTE  
to resume sending data.  
• The \Q- \Q3 commands affect both DTE and DCE flow control.  
• The \Q4- \Q7commands affect only flow control by the DCE.  
• The \Qcommand disables flow control bilaterally.  
When the \Q1command is used, the modem generates and accepts  
XON/XOFF characters to start and stop the data flow. These characters  
have the same parity as the DTE setup taken from the last AT command.  
When the \Q2command is used, the modem uses CTS off to stop the  
data from the DTE and CTS on to restart it.  
When the \Q3command is used, the modem uses CTS off to stop the  
data from the DTE and CTS on to restart it. The DTE usesRTS off to  
stop data from the modem and RTS on to restart it.  
The \Q4command disables flow control by the DCE.  
The \Q5command enables XON/XOFF flow control by the DCE only.  
The \Q6and \Q7commands force the modem to useRTS off to stop  
data from the modem and RTS on to restart it. This does not affect DTE  
flow control.  
Command  
Operation  
\Q  
Disable bilateral flow control  
Enable bilateral XON/XOFF flow control  
\Q1  
\Q2  
Enable DTE CTS flow control, disable DCE flow  
control  
\Q3  
\Q4  
Enable CTS/RTS bilateral flow control  
Disable DCE flow control  
Modem 3600  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Protocols  
\Q5  
\Q6  
\Q7  
Enable DCE XON/XOFF flow control  
Enable DCE RTS flow control  
Enable DCE RTS flow control  
XON/XOFF Pass Through \X  
This option is active when flow control of the modem by the DTE has  
been selected for XON/XOFF and the connect mode is MNP-only or  
normal. It enables or disables sending local flow control characters  
(XON/XOFF) to the remote modem as well as being acted on in the  
local modem. In MNP-only mode the modem treats incoming XON/  
XOFF characters from the remote modem as data characters. In normal  
mode the modem will look at the \Gcommand and act accordingly.  
IMPORTANT: With \X1in effect, local flow control characters are  
sent to the remote system. These characters may turn on the data flow  
from the remote system before the modem is ready to receive more data,  
possibly resulting in data loss.  
Command  
Operation  
\X  
Process but do not pass XON/XOFF characters to  
remote DCE  
\X1  
Process and pass XON/XOFF characters to remote  
DCE  
Data Link Flow Control \G  
This flow control paces data from the remote modem to the local  
modem during a normal connection. When the \G1command is sent,  
the modem uses XON/XOFF to start/stop data transmission from the  
remote modem. This command is ignored during an MNP connection.  
Command  
Operation  
\G  
Disable data link flow control  
Enable data link flow control  
\G1  
6-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Protocols  
Note  
The Modem 3600 will transmit the XON/XOFF characters to  
start/stop data transmission from the remote modem. The  
Modem 3600 will not respond to the XON/XOFF characters.  
This activity ensures that a false XON/XOFF is not detected  
resulting in data loss.  
Break Control \Kn  
Use \Kn(n= 0-5) to indicate the action taken by the modem when a  
break is encountered.  
Command  
\K  
Operation  
Break option 0  
Break option 1  
Break option 2  
Break option 3  
Break option 4  
Break option 5  
\K1  
\K2  
\K3  
\K4  
\K5  
Conditions under which breaks may occur are explained below with  
descriptions of the modem's response under the different \Kcommand  
break options.  
A break is sent to the serial port while the modem is in connect state  
during a reliable or normal connection (no protocol, data buffered).  
Command Operation  
\K, \K2, \K4 Enter command mode but do not send break to the  
remote modem  
\K1  
Empty the data buffers and send break to the remote  
modem  
\K3  
\K5  
Immediately send break to the remote modem  
Send break to the remote modem in sequence with any  
data received from the serial port  
Modem 3600  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Protocols  
A break is sent to the serial port while the modem is in connect state  
during a direct connection (no protocol, data not buffered).  
Command  
Operation  
\K, \K2, \K4  
Immediately send break to the remote modem and  
enter command mode when break is through  
\K1, \K3, \K5  
Immediately send break to the remote modem  
A break is received from the remote modem while the modem is in  
connect state during a normal connection (no protocol, data buffered).  
Command  
Operation  
\K, \K1  
Empty the data buffers and send break to the serial  
port  
\K2, \K3  
\K4, \K5  
Immediately send break to the serial port  
Send break to the serial port in sequence with any  
data received from the remote modem  
A transmit break command is issued while the modem is in command  
state during a reliable (protocol) or normal connection (no protocol,  
data buffered).  
Command  
Operation  
\K, \K1  
Empty data buffers and send break to the remote  
modem  
\K2, \K3  
\K4, \K5  
Immediately send break to the remote modem  
Send break to the remote modem in sequence with  
any data received from the serial port  
Inactivity Timer \T  
The \Tcommand specifies the number of minutes the modem will stay  
online without transmitting or receiving data before hanging up. When  
the value is set to 0, the timer is disabled.  
Command  
Operation  
\T  
Disable inactivity timer  
Set inactivity to n(n=1-255) minutes  
\Tn  
6-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Protocols  
Maximum Reliable Block Size \A  
The \Acommand sets the maximum transmit block size for MNP  
connections. Use this command to force the modem to transmit smaller  
blocks in an MNP connection. A smaller block size maximizes  
throughput when marginal line conditions are causing errors. The  
modem sends a block up to the size specified by the \Acommand.  
Command  
Operation  
\A  
Maximum transmit block size = 64 characters  
Maximum transmit block size = 128 characters  
Maximum transmit block size = 192 characters  
Maximum transmit block size = 256 characters  
\A1  
\A2  
\A3  
Transmit Break / Set Break Length \B  
The \Bcommands tell the local modem to send a break signal to the  
remote modem. In all modes except direct, S79determines the length  
of the break sent to the DTE by the modem receiving a break signal over  
the link. S79may be set directly or via \Bnwhere n=1-255 in 20 ms  
increments. The default is 35 (700 ms).  
Command  
Operation  
\B  
Sends a break signal to the remote modem (does not  
modify S79)  
\Bn  
Sets S79to length of break desired; n=1-255 in 20  
ms increments; default= 35 (700 ms)  
Set Auto-Reliable Buffer \C  
This determines whether or not a modem in reliable mode will buffer  
data received from a modem that is not in reliable mode during the 4  
seconds in which the modems try to establish a reliable link. Use these  
commands when the modem is in the auto-reliable mode and is expected  
to process a call from a modem not in a reliable mode.  
Command  
Operation  
\C  
Disable auto reliable data buffer  
Buffer data for 4 seconds or 200 characters  
\C1  
Modem 3600  
6-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Protocols  
V.42bis Data Compression %C  
The %Ccommand determines application of data compression while  
running LAPM protocol.  
Command  
%C  
Operation  
Data compression disabled  
Enabled on transmit and receive data  
%C1  
%C2  
Enabled on transmit data only (enhanced  
compression)  
%C3  
Enabled on receive data only (enhanced  
compression)  
6-12  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 7  
Test Mode Operation  
Diagnostic tests are used to isolate faults in the communications path.  
Diagnostic tests terminate after the period of time specified by S18. If  
S18is set to 0, the timer is disabled and tests will run continuously. Tests  
may also be terminated by the &Tcommand. When in test modes without  
a test pattern, issue the escape sequence +++to return to command mode  
before terminating the test with the &Tcommand.  
Note  
Local analog loopback with or without a test pattern is the only  
test available in protocol mode.  
Test Categories  
Diagnostic tests fall into two categories: those that can be performed  
online or offline and those that must be performed online. Refer to  
Table 7-1.  
Table 7-1. Diagnostic Test s  
Test  
Offline Online  
Local Analog Loopback (LAL)  
Local Analog Loopback with Self Test (LAL/TP )  
Local Digital Loopback (LDL)  
Remote Digital Loopback (RDL)  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Remote Digital Loopback with Self Test (RDL/  
TP)  
Test Pattern (TP)  
X
Modem 3600  
7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Test Mode Operation  
Note  
These tests do not apply to fax mode and should only be  
performed when the modem is configured for data operation.  
LDL, RDL, and RDL/TP tests are initiated after making an online data  
connection in normal or direct mode only. LAL and LAL/TP are  
initiated while in offline command mode. These tests can be initiated by  
ATcommands or by using the LCD front panel SELECT TEST menus.  
Refer to Table 7-2.  
Note  
Bold text indicates command parameter defaults.  
Table 7-2.Test Commands  
Command  
&T  
Operation  
Terminate any test  
&T1  
Initiate local analog loopback test  
Initiate local digital loopback test  
Grant remote requested digital loopback  
Deny remote requested digital loopback  
Initiate remote digital loopback test  
Initiate remote digital loopback with test pattern  
Initiate local analog loopback test with test pattern  
Transmit test pattern  
&T3  
&T4  
&T5  
&T6  
&T7  
&T8  
%T  
Terminating a Test in Progress &T  
Tests can be terminated manually or automatically. The &Tcommand  
terminates a test manually. The modem automatically goes to command  
mode during LDL, LAL/TP, and RDL/TP tests. Enter the &Tcommand  
to terminate the tests. For LAL and RDL, enter the escape sequence  
(+++) before the &Tcommand to go to the command mode.  
By preloading register S18with 1 to 255, each test mode automatically  
times out after the specified number of seconds and exits back to the  
command mode. Loading S18with 0 disables the auto timeout feature  
and the test will run continuously until manually terminated.  
7-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Test Mode Operation  
For example, to run the self test analog loopback test for 30 seconds,  
enter  
ATS18=30&T8  
The modem should respond with 000 after 30 seconds.  
Testing the Local Modem  
Test local operation with the modem offline in command mode. Use  
LAL and LAL/TP to test the local modem and the communications to  
the local DTE.  
Note  
Figures 7-1 through 7-5 include LED test indications. These  
indications are valid when DTE options are set by factory  
option set #1 and RTS is active from the DTE. Where  
indicated, RD and/or TD may be on, off, or flashing  
depending on the type of DTE and its operating state.  
Local Analog Loopback &T1  
In Local Analog Loopback the modem transmitter connects to its  
receiver so the analog signal normally sent over the telephone line is  
received locally.  
If operating on leased lines, the lines are terminated into 600 ohms  
(Figure 7-1). If off hook on a dial-up line, the modem is forced on hook.  
Figure 7-1. Local Analog Loopback  
(4-Wire Operation and 2-Wire Operation)  
Modem 3600  
7-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Test Mode Operation  
For 2-wire operation, Analog Bilateral Loopback is invalid. In 4-wire  
operation, Analog Bilateral Loopback connects the receive line to the  
transmit line through a buffer amplifier.  
Test the local DTE and cable by entering the &T1command. Enter a test  
message and verify it is echoed on the screen. If it is not returned  
exactly as entered, the terminal equipment or data cable is at fault.  
To determine if the data cable is defective replace it with a properly  
configured cable with electrical continuity. If the cable checks out but  
the problem remains, the DTE is defective.  
If all local equipment checks out, proceed to the“Testing the Remote  
Modem” section on page 7-5.  
Issue an escape sequence followed by &T1to exit analog loopback.  
Local Analog Loopback with SelfTest &T8  
When the modem is offline in command mode, enter the &T8command  
to put the modem in SelfTest Local Analog Loopback (Figure 7-2).  
The modem transmits a test pattern. The test pattern is looped back to  
the receiver and checked for errors. Entering the &Tcommand causes  
the modem to exit Self Test Analog Loopback. The modem responds  
with a three digit value between 0 and 255 representing the number of  
errors during test pattern detection. If errors occur, repeat the test to  
verify the consistency of the problem.  
Figure 7-2. Local Analog with Test Pattern  
7-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Test Mode Operation  
Testing the Remote Modem  
Use LDL, RDL, and RDL/TP in the online data mode to test the remote  
modem and phone line. Enter the escape sequence after making a  
connection to return to command mode. The appropriate test command,  
&T3, &T6, or &T7, can then be entered to initiate an online test.  
Local Digital Loopback &T3  
After making the data connection, enter the escape sequence to return to  
command mode. Entering &T3puts the local modem in digital  
loopback. The remote operator can now send a test message which is  
looped back to the remote terminal screen.  
If the test timer (S18) was loaded before issuing the &T3command the  
local modem exits the test after the specified number of seconds and  
returns to command mode. If not, enter &Tto exit the test. Enter the  
command to return to online data mode.  
The local modem receiver connects to its transmitter so received data is  
retransmitted to the remote site.  
If Digital Bilateral Loopback is enabled locally, the local DTE is looped  
back to itself (Figure 7-3). If disabled, the local DTE receives a constant  
mark.  
Figure 7-3. Local Digital Loopback with Bilateral Loopback  
Enabled  
Modem 3600  
7-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Test Mode Operation  
Grant/Deny RDL Request &T4, &T5  
Local operators can deny a request from the remote modem for remote  
digital loopback.  
To allow your modem to be placed in RDL by a remote operator, enter  
AT&T4  
To prevent your modem from entering RDL, enter  
AT&T5  
Remote Digital Loopback &T6  
The initiating modem signals the remote modem to go to Digital  
Loopback. The remote modem receives and then retransmits data back  
to the local modem. If Digital Bilateral Loopback is enabled on the  
remote modem, the remote DTE is looped back to itself (Figure 7-4).  
Figure 7-4. Remote Digital Loopback with Digital Bilateral  
Loop Enabled at the Remote Site  
After making the data connection, enter the escape sequence to return to  
command mode. Entering &T6places the remote modem in digital  
loopback provided the remote operator has entered the &T4command  
to allow an RL request. Enter a test message and verify the message is  
being looped back to your terminal screen. If the message is incorrect,  
use the analog loopback tests on both modems to isolate the problem. If  
both modems run analog loopback without errors, the problem could be  
with the phone line.  
7-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Test Mode Operation  
Remote Digital Loopback with Self Test &T7  
After making the data connection, enter the escape sequence to return to  
command mode. Entering &T7places the remote modem in digital  
loopback provided the remote operator enters &T4to allow an RL  
request. Once in RDL/TP, the local modem transmits a test pattern and  
automatically verifies that the remote modem is looping the pattern back  
(Figure 7-5). Enter &Tto exit RDL/TP and return to command mode.  
Enter the Ocommand to return online in data mode.  
Exiting RDL/TP the modem responds with a three digit value between 0  
and 255 representing the number of errors which occurred during test  
pattern detection. If errors occur, repeat the test several times to verify  
the consistency of the problem, then use the analog loopback tests to  
isolate the problem.  
Figure 7-5. Local Modem Initiating Remote Digital Loopback  
with Test Pattern  
Test Pattern %T  
In Test Pattern, transmitted data from the local DTE is blocked and  
replaced by a V.52 compatible test pattern. When the modem transmits  
the test pattern, it expects to receive the same pattern.  
Bilateral Digital Test Enable / Disable *DG  
Enable or disable bilateral test functions.  
Command  
*DG  
Operation  
Bilateral digital loop disabled  
Bilateral digital loop enabled  
*DG1  
Modem 3600  
7-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Test Mode Operation  
DTE Controlled Remote Digital Loopback (Pin 21) *RD  
To enable DTE Controlled Remote Digital Loopback, enter *RD1.  
Enabled, the modem goes into Remote Digital Loopback when it detects  
an off-to-on transition of pin 21 while in the online data mode. The test  
ends when it detects an on-to-off transition of pin 21 and then returns to  
online data mode. To disable this function enter the *RDcommand.  
Command  
*RD  
Operation  
Ignore pin 21  
*RD1  
RDL enabled (pin 21)  
Note  
If the test timeout option is enabled and pin 21 remains high,  
the modem returns to online mode at the end of the test  
timeout period and does not re-enter the test mode until an  
off-to-on transition of pin 21 is detected.  
DTE Controlled Local Analog Loopback (Pin 18) *LA  
To enable DTE Controlled Local Analog Loopback Test, enter *LA1.  
Enabled, the modem goes into local analog loopback when it detects an  
off-to-on transition of pin 18. The test ends when it detects an on-to-off  
transition of pin 18.To disable, enter *LA.  
Command  
*LA  
Operation  
Ignore pin 18  
*LA1  
LAL enabled (pin 18)  
Note  
If the test timeout option is enabled and pin18remains high,  
the modem returns to idle mode at the end of the test timeout  
period and does not re-enter the test mode until an off-to-on  
transition of pin 18has been detected.  
7-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 8  
Security  
The Modem 3600 series provides three features to assure secure operation  
of the modem. These features are front panel password protection, auto  
callback, and secure mode of operation. Front panel password protection is  
discussed in Chapter 4.  
Two levels of major security operation are available: high and low. The AT  
commands for each level are explained below.  
IMPORTANT: Security requires that you have available your “superuser”  
password, explained in the “Superuser” section on page 8-6 and in the  
“Setting Passwords $Pn=pw$pw” section on pa ge8-8. Systems adminis-  
trator functions cannot be accessed without this password. If you forget  
the superuser password, contact Technical Support. Refer to “Calling  
Technical Support” section on pa ge12-2.  
Autocallback Security  
Autocallback is an additional security feature that is separate from Low  
and High Security. Autocallback forces an answering modem to dial the  
selected autodial (*AUn) telephone number after answering a call, holding  
the line for one second, and then disconnecting. When autocallback is  
enabled the modem will not train on a direct call. Access autocallback via  
Main Menu #5 on the LCD. Refer to Chapter 4 for further information.  
S72enables/disables autocallback. S78determines the delay in seconds  
before autocallback is initiated.  
Modem 3600  
8-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Security  
Low Security Operation  
Low security operation provides password protection against  
unauthorized dial-up access. High security is another feature which is  
discussed later in the “High Security” section on pa ge8-4. The security  
feature can be enabled/disabled with AT commands when operating on a  
dial-up system.  
Transmitted data and received data lines are suppressed to the host DTE  
during security validation; all other signals (CTS, DSR, RI, etc.) operate  
as selected. After the password has been validated, the modem operates  
normally.  
Operating without Low Security  
The modem is not factory set for security and operates like a standard  
V.34, except for additional AT commands which allow access to  
security. With these commands a user can set passwords and turn  
security on. When security is enabled, a password must be used to  
change security options.  
Operating with Low Security  
A secure modem will not allow data transfer between its host and a  
remote host until a correct password is received from the calling party.  
If an incorrect password is received the secure modem disconnects. The  
front panel is not locked out because this type of security prevents  
unauthorized dial-up access.  
Remote Operation  
The originating modem must transmit the correct security code before  
the secure modem will allow data transfer. If accessing a secure remote  
modem, the local modem prompts the user with  
PLEASE ENTER YOUR PASSWORD ?  
To respond to the password prompt, enter  
AT$  
followed by the password.  
8-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Security  
After receiving the $, the secure remote modem accepts the security  
code and waits for a carriage return. Entering more than ten characters is  
invalid and causes the secure modem to disconnect. Entering a valid  
password causes the calling party's DTE to display PASSWORD  
ACCEPTED.  
Local Operation  
When accessing the local modem, the password is not required except  
when the user wants to change a security option.To change a password  
or to turn security on or off, the user must enter a password when  
entering the appropriate ATcommands. EIA-232 signals to the DTE are  
not affected by security in command mode.  
Passwords  
Two passwords of up to ten characters each can be stored in the  
modem's nonvolatile memory. ATcommands change the passwords.  
Backspace and escape keys are not supported for password entry. The  
passwords can consist of any printable characters except a dollar sign,  
comma, or space. Passwords are case sensitive.  
The passwords have the same priority level and are interchangeable  
with each other. This can be helpful in situations such as when the user  
forgets one of the passwords.  
LCD Indication of Security  
The front panel LCD indicates whether security is on or off. If disabled,  
the LCD appears as if the security does not exist. If enabled, Main Menu  
#1 consists of the following display:  
SECURE 33600  
XXXX  
Restrictions in Security Operation  
If the caller gives the wrong password, while security is enabled, the  
modem will disconnect.  
Low Security Commands  
The following ATcommands operate low security:  
Modem 3600  
8-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Security  
Set Password $S=x  
The $S=xcommand sets an empty password location to x. This  
command only applies when no password or only one is stored in  
memory. It cannot be used to change a password.  
Changing a Password $C=x, y  
The $C=x,ycommand changes either password where xrepresents the  
old password and yis new one.  
Deleting a Password $C=x, -  
The $C=x,-command deletes password xfrom memory. Security is  
automatically disabled if the last password is deleted.  
Security Reset $DR  
This command resets security to its initial state (off with no passwords  
stored). The option is not available in remote configuration.  
Disabling Security $D=x  
The $D=xcommand disables security where xis either password.  
Security Status $D?, $E?  
The $D?or $E?command displays the current status of security  
(on or off).  
Enabling Security $E=x  
The $E=xcommand enables security where xis either password.  
High Security  
Compatibility  
An originating modem does not require security capabilities to connect  
with a secured Modem 3600. Access to the Modem 3600 host is gained  
by following the appropriate logon procedure as described in following  
text. All security operations are controlled by the secured Modem 3600.  
Capacity  
The modem stores in nonvolatile memory the password, security level,  
callback phone number, and status information for 50 users.  
8-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Security  
Operating without High Security  
The modem is factory set with security disabled. In this mode the local  
DTE is connected to the local modem as usual, but the command to  
enable or view the status of the security feature will be accepted and  
processed.  
Operating with High Security  
With high security enabled, each user must follow the appropriate logon  
procedure. The procedure for remote users is determined by their  
assigned security level. Upon termination of the connection, the secured  
modem waits for the next call and password sequence. A local user must  
logon to the secured Modem 3600 to use the unit.  
If a power outage occurs, the logged -on user must logon again when the  
power is restored. For optimum security operation a reliable connection  
should be used.  
Security Levels  
The Modem 3600 provides three levels of security to prevent  
unauthorized access by a remote user.  
Level 1: Password Only  
This is the lowest level of dial-up security. The user dialing in is  
prompted for an ID and password; if invalid, the modem hangs up.  
Level 2: Password with Callback  
This security level also accepts only calls from preset telephone  
numbers. After the user enters a correct ID and password, the modem  
looks up the telephone number and calls the user back at that number.  
Level 3: Password with Callback and Password Re-  
Entry  
This is the highest level of security and is similar to Password with  
Callback except that after the user answers the callback call, the modem  
prompts again for the password.  
Modem 3600  
8-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Security  
Superuser  
The superuser has access to all user information for administrative  
purposes and can change user logon requirements and privileges.  
Superuser status can be gained at the local modem or from a remote  
modem via remote configuration, if the “Remote Superuser” option is  
enabled.  
The superuser must first logon as a regular user, then request the  
superuser privilege.  
Incorrect attempts to gain superuser privilege are logged in the user’s  
status information field in nonvolatile memory. After seven invalid  
attempts, the user is suspended from access to the Modem 3600 until  
cleared by the superuser.  
To reinstate a suspended user, logon as a different regular user, then  
request superuser privilege in order to clear the illegal attempts count.  
If the local superuser disables security, the only security commands  
available are those used to enable security or to check security status.  
Passwords  
Passwords can be changed or deleted by the superuser. The regular user  
can change his password only if the “user changes” option has been  
enabled by the superuser. Refer to the “Extended Features $W” section  
on page 8-9 for more details.  
When calling from a remote location, the user is prompted for a  
password. After the password is entered, the user is either allowed direct  
access or disconnected and called back depending on the assigned  
security level.  
During password entry or logon, each password character is displayed  
as an X on the DTE screen. The backspace key can be used for editing.  
For remote logon, press the Esckey at any time before pressing Enter  
to clear the password entry.  
Incorrect password attempts exceeding the threshold set in S77for a  
specific user will cause the modem to disconnect. Each call exceeding  
the threshold increments the ILLEGAL ATTEMPTS counter by one.  
8-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Security  
After seven calls (the default in remote configuration), the ILLEGAL  
ATTEMPTS counter will have reached maximum and the user will be  
suspended.  
Default Passwords  
The modem is shipped from the factory with a default password for the  
superuser and for one regular user. They are  
• SUPERUSER (System administrator)  
• USER 1  
(User number 1)  
Passwords for users 2 through 50 are left blank.  
It is recommended that the superuser change the defaultSUPERUSER  
and USER 1 passwords as soon as possible.  
High Security Commands  
These commands are only available to a local superuser.  
Enabling High Security $EH=pw  
The $EH=pwcommand enables high security, where pwis the  
superuser’s password.  
To initialize high security for the first time enter  
AT$EH=SUPERUSER  
To enable security, enter  
AT$1=USER1  
followed by  
AT$S=SUPERUSER  
to gain superuser status. Passwords, security levels, and callback  
numbers can now be entered or modified.  
When superuser activities are completed, return to regular user status by  
entering AT$$.In regular user status, AT$$is the final local logoff  
command.  
Disabling High Security $D  
Enter the $Dcommand to disable security. The modem will operate as a  
nonsecure unit except that it will respond to enable and check security  
status commands.  
Modem 3600  
8-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Security  
Setting Passwords $Pn=pw$pw  
Select a password between 4 and 34 printable ASCII characters.  
To store the password enter  
AT$Pn=pw$pw  
where nis the user number (0-50) and pwis the new password which is  
entered twice to ensure that is has been entered correctly.  
The $character is used as the marker between the dual password entries  
and cannot be used as part of the password.  
Passwords cannot be recalled from nonvolatile memory.  
Note  
The superuser password is critical because the security  
feature cannot be configured without it.  
After logon as USER 1and gaining superuser privileges, enter the $Pn  
command to modify passwords.  
For the superuser enter  
AT$P0=pw$pw  
For user 1 enter:  
AT$P1=pw$pw  
Record the passwords in your personal records.  
IMPORTANT: Systems administrator functions cannot be accessed  
without it. If you forget the superuser password, contact Technical  
Support. Refer to the “Calling Technical Support” section on page 12-2.  
Set Security Levels $Ln=m  
The System Administrator (superuser) assigns each user with a security  
level by entering the $Ln=mcommand where nis the user number and  
mis the security level.  
Set User Callback Number $Cn=m  
The callback number, used with level 2 or 3 security, is dialed by the  
modem after a user has successfully called in from a remote location  
and entered his password.  
8-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Security  
Level 1 security does not require a callback number; however, if the  
security level is changed to level 2 or 3 a callback number will be  
required.  
The callback number should be programmed initially using the $Cn=m  
command. Where nis the user number and mis the callback number.  
Extended Features $W  
$W1  
A regular user can change his password and callback number if the local  
superuser has enabled the $W1option.  
$W2  
A remote regular user can gain superuser privilege once the local  
superuser has enabled the $W2command.  
$W0  
The extended feature options can be cleared by a local superuser by  
entering the $W0command.  
Display Extended Feature Status $W?  
Enter the $W?command to display the status of the user changes and  
remote superuser options.  
Display / Reset Illegal Access Attempt Counters $M,  
$Mn, $M*  
These commands inform the superuser of any illegal attempts to gain  
superuser status and the users current status. The status will either be  
"normal," indicating the user is still able to logon to the secure Modem  
3600, or "suspended," indicating that the user made more than seven  
illegal attempts to gain superuser status and has been automatically  
suspended.  
When the superuser logs on, the secure Modem 3600 automatically  
displays any illegal attempts since the last superuser logon. If it is not  
reset, the illegal attempt count will remain and the superuser will not be  
reminded unless more illegal attempts occur.To manually request this  
same information enter  
AT$M  
Modem 3600  
8-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Security  
The Modem 3600 responds by scrolling any illegal attempt information  
onto the screen as in the following example:  
USER NUMBER: 01, ILLEGAL  
ATTEMPTS: 1,  
STATUS: NORMAL  
USER NUMBER: 14, ILLEGAL  
ATTEMPTS: 7,  
STATUS: SUSPENDED  
OK  
Enter the $Mncommand (where nequals user number) to reset a  
specific user's illegal attempt count.  
Enter the $M*command to reset all of the user’s illegal attempt counts.  
Factory Reset $F=pw$pw  
To reinitialize the security feature enter the $F=pw$pwcommand  
(where pwis the "current" superuser password). This command deletes  
all user information and reinstates factory default passwords. User  
information cannot be recalled.  
Removing a User $Rn  
This superuser command removes a user from active status without  
deleting all of the user’s information. The user can be restored to active  
status by setting the password with the corresponding user number as  
previously mentioned. To remove a user, enter  
AT$Rn  
where nis the user numbers 2-50.  
The superuser or user with ID #1 cannot be deleted from the user list.  
Security Status $E?  
System security status can be verified using the $E?command.  
Display User Status $S?  
Enter the $S?command to indicate whether or not the current user has  
superuser status.  
The Modem 3600 responds with one of the following responses:  
SUPERUSER STATUS  
NORMAL STATUS  
8-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Security  
Verify User Information $In, $IBn  
Security level and callback number can be displayed using either the  
$Inor $IBncommand. To display the assigned security level and  
callback number for a single user enter  
AT$In  
where nis the user number. A regular user can only check his own  
information. A user with superuser privileges can check any user's  
information.  
A user with superuser privileges can also display the assigned security  
level and callback number for each valid user within a block of ten  
consecutive user numbers by entering:  
AT$IBn  
where nis the first user number.  
Request Superuser Privilege $S=pw  
Once logged on as a user, superuser privilege can be requested by  
entering the $S=pwcommand, where pwis the superuser password.  
When the correct password has been entered, the Modem 3600 responds  
with  
SUPERUSER STATUS  
OK  
Local Logon Command $n=pw  
Enter the $n=pwcommand to logon locally to the secure Modem 3600  
where nis the user number and pw is the password.  
Local Logoff Command $$  
To logoff after a local session enter  
AT$$  
Remote Logon Procedure $n=pw  
The remote logon procedure is required to access a secure Modem 3600.  
When calling into the secure Modem 3600 from a remote location the  
user is prompted to enter a password. The password must be entered as  
$n=pw  
where nis the user number and pwis the user’s password.  
Modem 3600  
8-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Security  
If the password entry is incorrect, the password entry field will be  
cleared and the remote user will be allowed further entries until the  
number of invalid attempts matches the lockout threshold stored in S77.  
At this point the secure Modem 3600 drops the call.  
If the password entry is correct the secure modem sends the  
PASSWORD ACCEPTED message to the remote site. Depending on  
the assigned security level, the user is given  
• Immediate access to the DTE connected to the secure modem,  
• A callback sequence, or  
• A callback with password reentry.  
When the call is terminated from either end the secure Modem 3600  
automatically resets itself to the secure mode for the next remote or  
local user.  
While a remote caller is initiating a call to the secure Modem 3600, all  
status messages and control leads which would notify the local DTE of  
the incoming call are suppressed. The secure Modem 3600 uses the  
value stored in S0to determine the number of rings on which to  
autoanswer. If S0is set to 0 incoming calls will not be answered.  
If a local user is logged on during an incoming call, aRING message is  
displayed but the call will not be answered until the local user logs off,  
issues an Acommand, or presses the TALK/DATA button.  
If the local user logs off, the call will be answered and the remote user  
must follow the normal password procedure. If the local user enters Aor  
presses TALK/DATA the call to the remote user connects normally.  
8-12  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 9  
Fax Operation  
The Modem 3600 can send and receive fax documents at speeds up to  
14,400 bps, with the appropriate software. As a fax modem, the modem  
conforms to EIA-578, which defines a standard interface between a PC  
with fax software and the DCE as a fax modem.  
When used with a Class 1 fax software package, Modem 3600 is CCITT  
Group 3 compatible and can send and receive documents at 2400, 4800,  
7200, 9600, 12,000, or 14,400 bps with any Group 3 fax machine or PC  
with a fax modem.  
Service Class selection configures the modem for Class 0 data mode or  
Class 1 fax mode. The LCD display indicates when fax mode is enabled.  
The Modem 3600 default configuration is for data mode; Service Class is  
normally only changed by the software as necessary.  
Previous chapters in this manual contain information about the modem  
that should be understood prior to fax operation.  
Read the fax software manual before attempting fax communications.  
Fax Operation  
The user's manual for the Class 1 fax software package should provide  
most information necessary to configure the software and send and receive  
faxes.  
The information in Chapter 2 of this manual should be considered as well,  
and the “Modem Initialization” section on page9-2 provides important  
information for proper fax communications.  
Modem 3600  
9-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fax Operation  
Modem Initialization  
For fax operation, most fax software packages are equipped with a fax  
initialization command string. Entering this command sets the active  
profile for fax operation. In some cases certain options should be  
modified for particular requirements. The fax software manual provides  
information about requirements.  
Fax Defaults  
Factory defaults, along with the initialization command, support fax  
operation. Some initialization commands include the default command  
&Fand will reissue it for each fax operation. Some fax software  
packages do not include the default command, or only issue the default  
command when the fax software is first loaded. Subsequent fax  
operations may not reset the fax profile and, if a fax required option has  
been changed, fax operation will not work.  
An example of a fax initialization command is  
AT&F V E S0=0  
This can be interpreted as:  
AT&FReset the active profile to the factory default.  
VSet response messages to digit code.  
EDisable local echo (off).  
S0=0Disable autoanswer (off).  
Fax Autoanswer  
Some fax software takes control of autoanswer, disables autoanswer for  
the modem, and answers the phone as internally programmed. Other  
programs do not control autoanswer at all and require the modem to  
have autoanswer enabled. You must check the software manual for the  
particular requirements and refer to Chapte r4 for manual/autoanswer  
and TALK/DATA selection. Select the necessary options for fax  
operation.  
9-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fax Operation  
Fax Associated Options  
A number of options can be changed without any effect on fax  
operation. These include items like speaker volume and pause for  
carrier. Appendix E lists the AT commands. These commands can be  
incorporated by personal preference into the initialization command.  
Compare fax operation requirements with Appendi xA and if necessary  
generate an initialization command string compatible with the software  
and the modem.  
Stored Fax Profile  
Another alternative is to develop a fax initialization command and store  
it in one of the user defined profiles. Fax initialization would include the  
command that recalls that profile for fax operation. Keep track of option  
changes between fax transmissions and if required reset the fax profile  
for the next fax transmission.  
Class 1 Details  
Operation as a fax modem complies with EIA-578; details of Class 1  
operation and compatibility are found in that standard. There is no need  
to be familiar with these details since they are handled by the Class 1  
software package, but this section briefly summarizes some of them.  
As a Service Class 1 facsimile DCE, the Modem 3600 provides the  
basic services required to support Group 3 facsimile operation. Support  
from a Class 1 facsimile DTE is required to implement the CCITT T.30  
recommendations for fax document transmission and the CCITT T.4  
recommendations for encoding fax images. Using software control, the  
modem can:  
• Connect calls  
• Generate messages  
• Detect waiting and silence  
• Transmit and receive data  
• Provide HDLC data framing, transparency, and error detection  
The modem also filters data streams to and from the DTE in accordance  
with the Class 1 specification.  
Modem 3600  
9-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Fax Operation  
The Class 1 standard assumes a serial asynchronous DTE-DCE  
connection using EIA-232D (or CCITT V.24) circuits. EIA-232D  
circuits AB (signal ground), BA (transmitted data), and BB (received  
data) are required for fax operation, while additional circuits are  
optional. Refer to Chapter 2 for hardware installation and EIA-232D  
data interface information.  
The modem uses inband unidirectional DC1/DC3 (XON/XOFF) flow  
control to match the DTE-DCE data rate to the line signaling rate  
(hardware RTS/CTS is optional). Since 1200 bps is the minimum rate  
needed to support T.30 Phase C data transfer using V.29 9600 bps, a  
serial port data rate of at least 19,200 bps should be used with the  
modem. Since flow control is used, this rate should not be changed  
during fax operation. The modem detects the DTE-DCE data rate from  
the AT command prefix as described in Chapte r5.  
Class 1 Commands  
The commands in this section are normally issued by the fax software  
and not by the user. They are provided here for reference. While only  
the lower order 7 bits of each character are used for commands and  
parameters, T.30 Phase C data transmission or reception requires all 8  
data bits. Therefore, a data format which uses 8 data bits should be used  
for fax mode.  
Dial Command D  
The dial command D, described in Chapter 5, tells the modem to go off  
hook, dial, and begin call origination. For fax operation, set the modem  
for Service Class 1 operation before the dial command is issued; use the  
+FCLASS=1command.  
The dial modifiers, except R, can also be used in fax mode. Depending  
on the Xoption selected, the modem will return the BUSY and NO  
DIALTONE result codes as appropriate. If the modem is in the online  
command state when a dial command is issued (e.g., a connection has  
already been established), the modem returns an ERROR result code.  
The NO CARRIER result code indicates that a connection could not be  
established (no carrier detected) within the number of seconds specified  
in status register S7, or the dial command has been aborted due to a  
character sent from the DTE.  
9-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Fax Operation  
After dialing the specified number in fax mode, the modem generates  
1100 Hz CNG tones in accordance with T.30 while trying to detect  
either CED (answer back tone) or the HDLC preamble of the first T.30  
frame. The CNG tones cease after detecting either of these two signals.  
To allow proper interaction with manually answered fax stations,  
detection of CED is not required. After detecting 1650 Hz (i.e., the  
HDLC preamble of the first frame), the modem enters V.21 Channel 2  
receive state with HDLC framing and returns a CONNECT result code.  
This is because dialing in fax mode (+FCLASS=1) implies an initial  
+FRH=3command described in the “Fax Transmit and Receive Modes”  
section on pa ge9-7.  
Answer Command A  
The Acommand instructs the modem to answer the call. For fax  
operation, set the modem for Service Class 1 operation before the A  
command is issued; use the +FCLASS=1command.  
If the modem is in the online command state when an answer command  
is issued (e.g., a connection is already established), the modem returns  
an ERROR result code. Otherwise, it answers the call and generates a  
2100 Hz CED (answer back) tone in accordance with T.30. The modem  
then enters V.21 Channel 2 transmit state with HDLC framing and  
returns a CONNECT result code. This is because answering a call in  
fax mode (+FCLASS=1) implies an initial +FTH=3command  
described in the “Fax Transmit and Receive Modes” section on  
page 9-7. To allow proper interaction with a manually originated fax  
call (in accordance with T.30), the modem does not require detection of  
CNG before generating CED or entering HDLC transmit mode.  
If the DTE sends a character while executing the answer command and  
before CED is completed, the call is released and the modem will send  
the NO CARRIER result code.  
On Hook H  
In fax mode, the Hcommand instructs the modem to stop any  
transmission and terminate the call by going on hook.  
Modem 3600  
9-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Fax Operation  
Off Hook H1  
The H1command instructs the modem to go off hook. In fax mode, this  
might be used when the user has used manual dialing to place a fax call.  
In this case, no CNG tones are generated and the initial +FRH=3is not  
implied; it must be explicitly issued by the software.  
Class 0 Operation +FCLASS=0  
Setting the Service Class to 0 with the +FCLASS=0command sets the  
modem in data mode. This default setting is normally only changed by  
software if needed.  
Class 1 Operation +FCLASS=1  
Setting the Service Class to 1 with the +FCLASS=1command  
configures the modem as a Class 1 fax modem. This command is  
normally only issued by the fax software if needed. When set, the LCD  
displays FAX CLASS 1 MODE.  
Service Class Indication +FCLASS?  
The current Service Class setting can be determined with the  
+FCLASS?command. A 0 response indicates the modem is configured  
for data mode while a 1 indicates it is set for fax mode. This information  
text is preceded and followed by <CR><LF>in addition to being  
followed by an appropriate result code response.  
Service Class Capabilities +FCLASS=?  
The available Service Classes can be revealed by the +FCLASS=?  
command. The modem responds with the information text 0, 1  
(preceded and followed by <CR><LF>), indicating that the modem  
supports both data communication and Class 1 fax operation.  
Transmit Silence +FTS=(Time)  
The command +FTS=(Time)causes the modem to wait in silence for  
the specified amount of time and then send the OK result code to the  
DTE. The (Time)value is in 10 ms increments from 0 to 2.55  
seconds. The modem aborts the command and sends an OK result code  
if the DTE sends an additional character, which is discarded, during the  
command execution. This command returns an ERROR result code if  
issued while the modem is on hook.  
9-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Fax Operation  
Receive Silence +FRS=(Time)  
The command +FRS=causes the modem to listen for silence and report  
back an OK result code when the line has been silent for the specified  
amount of time. The (Time)value is in 10 ms increments from 0 to  
2.55 seconds.  
The modem aborts the command and sends an OK result code if the  
DTE sends an additional character, which is discarded, during the  
command execution. This command returns an ERROR result code if  
issued while the modem is on hook.  
Fax Transmit and Receive Modes  
The following commands instruct the modem to transmit or receive  
facsimile data with the designated modulation. Flow control, data  
buffering, and data filtering are used as appropriate, in accordance with  
the Class 1 specification. Each of these commands must be the last  
command on the command line.  
Command  
Operation  
+FTM=(MOD) Transmit data with (MOD) carrier  
+FRM=(MOD) Receive data with (MOD) carrier  
+FTH=(MOD) Transmit HDLC data with (MOD) carrier  
+FRH=(MOD) Receive HDLC data with (MOD) carrier  
The modem accepts one of the values listed in Table 9-1.  
Table 9-1. Values for Fax Modulatio n  
Value  
3
Modulation  
V.21 channel 2  
V.27 ter  
V.27 ter  
V.29  
Speed  
300 bps  
24  
2400 bps  
4800 bps  
7200 bps  
7200 bps  
7200 bps *  
9600 bps  
9600 bps  
48  
72  
73  
V.17  
74  
V.17  
96  
V.29  
97  
V.17  
with short train  
*
Modem 3600  
9-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Fax Operation  
Table 9-1. Values for Fax Modulation (Continued)  
Value  
98  
Modulation  
V.17  
Speed  
9600 bps *  
12000 bps  
12000 bps *  
14400 bps  
14400 bps*  
121  
122  
145  
146  
V.17  
V.17  
V.17  
V.17  
with short train  
*
The Modem 3600 returns an ERROR result code if any of the above  
commands are issued while the modem is on hook.  
Facsimile Transmit +FTM=(Mod)  
+FTM=(Mod)causes the modem to transmit data using the modulation  
and speed selected with the (Mod)parameter. For V.27 ter, V.29, and  
V.17 modulations, the modem first transmits the required training  
sequence (with echo protector tone). After it is appropriately configured  
for transmission, the modem returns the CONNECT result code and  
transmits constant 1 bits until data is received from the DTE. For  
additional information, consult the Class 1 specification.  
Facsimile Receive +FRM=(Mod)  
+FRM=(Mod)causes the modem to receive data using the modulation  
and speed selected with the (Mod)parameter. If the selected carrier is  
detected, a CONNECT result code is sent to the DTE; if a different  
signal is detected, the modem sends a +FCERROR (CONNECT  
ERROR) result code and returns to command mode. This command is  
aborted if the DTE sends any character to the modem other than DC1 or  
DC3 during this mode. For additional information, consult the Class 1  
specification.  
9-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Fax Operation  
HDLC Transmit +FTH=(Mod)  
+FTH=(Mod)causes the modem to transmit HDLC framed data using  
the modulation and speed selected with the (Mod)parameter. For V.27  
ter, V.29, and V.17 modulations, the modem will first transmit the  
required training sequence (with echo protector tone). Configured for  
HDLC transmission, the modem transmits HDLC flags and returns the  
CONNECT result code. HDLC flags will continue to be sent until the  
first byte of data is received from the DTE or until 5 seconds elapses  
with no data. For more information, refer to the Class 1 specification.  
HDLC Receive +FRH=(Mod)  
The command +FRH=(Mod)causes the modem to receive HDLC  
framed data using the modulation and speed selected with the (Mod)  
parameter. If the selected carrier is detected, a CONNECT result code is  
sent to the DTE; if a different signal is detected, the modem sends a  
+FCERROR (CONNECT ERROR) result code and returns to  
command mode. This command will be aborted if the DTE sends any  
character to the modem other than DC1 or DC3 during this mode. For  
additional information, consult the Class 1 specification.  
Test Supported Range of Values +FTx=?, +FRx=?  
The supported range of values for any of the fax transmit or receive  
commands can be determined with the +FTx=?or +FRx=?command  
where xis M, H, or S. The normal transmit and receive capabilities are  
interrogated with +FTM=?and +FRM=?, while the HDLC transmit and  
receive capabilities are interrogated with +FTH=?and +FRH=?. Since  
the modem can send and receive normal data or HDLC data at all valid  
speeds up to 14,400 bps, the modem returns the information text 3, 24,  
48, 72, 73, 74, 96, 97, 98, 121, 122, 145, 146 for any of these four  
commands if xis Mor H. For the commands +FTS=?or +FRS=?the  
modem returns the information text 0-255, indicating an allowed time  
interval from 0 to 2.55 seconds. The appropriate information text is  
always preceded and followed by <CR><LF>and followed by an  
appropriate result code response.  
Modem 3600  
9-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Fax Operation  
Class 1 Result Code +FCERROR  
If the modem detects any carrier or tone that differs from that specified  
in a +FRMor +FRHcommand, it sends the +FCERROR result code  
and returns to command state, allowing the DTE to attempt a recovery.  
The numeric form of this response is +F4.  
Fax Autoanswer +FAA=  
The modem can be set up to automatically detect if a fax or data call is  
being answered. The command +FAA=1enables this function and  
+FAA=0disables it. This feature requires special support by the fax  
software package.  
Command  
+FAA=0  
Description  
Disable fax autoanswer  
Enable fax autoanswer  
+FAA=1  
DTE Autobaud for Fax Autoanswer *FR  
Set the fax autoanswer feature to autobaud at 19.2 kbps or greater, if  
desired.  
Command  
*FR  
Description  
Forced to > = 19,200 bps  
Forced to = 19,200 bps  
Display this option’s current status  
*FR1  
*FR?  
Binary File Transfer  
Some Class 1 software packages may provide an option for transferring  
files between computers with fax modems, using a Binary File Transfer  
(BFT) standard. Although the received file is not a fax image,  
transmitting the file is similar to sending a fax. Since the modem allows  
T.30 error correction mode (with HDLC framing up to 9600 bps), fax  
mode can also be used for BFT if supported by the Class 1 software  
package. The Binary File Transfer is an option in the fax software  
package, not a separate mode of operation.  
9-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 10  
Status Registers  
S-Registers  
Most modem configuration information is stored in a part of memory  
called status (S) registers. During operation this information is used to  
determine modem functions.  
Information stored in S-registers can be changed by theATor V.25  
command sets and by pushbuttons in response to the LCD prompt. These  
are the preferred methods. Some software programs also access  
S-registers by the ATcommand set, but this action is transparent to the  
user. The command indicates which memory bit(s) to alter to select an  
option or to perform a function. The S-register values comprise the  
configuration profile.  
Generally, the user should not directly alter S-register values. However,  
the user has the option of entering S-registers via ATScommands and  
directly altering the register value. This is called "writing" to an S-register.  
Note  
Writing to an S-register is not a preferred method and should  
only be used by programmers who need to manipulate  
S-registers so they can interact with a software program under  
development or a similar activity.  
Some S-registers cannot be altered by the ATScommand series. These are  
called “read only” S-registers. In addition to the definitions in this chapter,  
Appendix E contains a quick list of S-registers and indicates if they are  
read only or read and write.  
Figure 10-1 shows how the inputs to an S-register (S22in this example)  
are used to select a particular option. Bits 3 and 2 of S22control speaker  
options. Some communication software packages may use theAT  
command set. For example purposes, bit values are arbitrary.  
Modem 3600  
10-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Bit values for S-registers must not be confused with the total register  
value. Bit values are counted separately for each option group, called bit  
mapping, while the register value is the cumulative decimal or  
hexadecimal total. The decimal value counts all eight bits as a single  
group. Hexadecimal values split the bits into two groups of four each.  
Writing to an S-register changes the total value. Figure 10-2 shows the  
difference between decimal calculation and hexadecimal calculation.  
Figure 10-1. Changing S-RegisterValues  
Figure 10-2. Calculating S-RegisterValues  
10-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Status Registers  
S-Register Operation  
Sn?, Sn?^  
Enter ATSn?to read a register value, where n=register number for a  
decimal value or ATSn?^for a hexadecimal value.  
For example, to determine the current backspace character enter  
ATS5?  
The screen will show the ASCII value of the backspace character stored  
in register S5.  
Changing Register Values  
Sn=v, Sn=^v  
To change an option using ATScommands requires the operator to  
precalculate the revised decimal (or hexadecimal) total.  
Note  
Because of the chance of miscalculating the bit sum,  
causing unplanned option changes, writing to an  
S-register is discouraged. For operators who prefer this  
method of option selection a much simplified command  
that eliminates the decimal calculation is explained in the  
“Individual Bit Command Sn . # =v” section on pa ge10-4.  
To change a register value, enter  
ATSn=v  
where n= register number and v= decimal value, or enter  
ATSn=^v  
where ^v= hexadecimal value.  
Note  
Not all registers can be set by the ATSn=v(or ^v) command.  
Some registers are for reference only.  
To change the escape character from + to the Esc key (ASCII value of  
27) enter  
ATS2=27  
To return the modem to the command mode press the Esckey three  
times:  
(pause) Esc Esc Esc (pause)  
Modem 3600  
10-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Status Registers  
Individual Bit Command Sn . # =v  
Some operators use AT commands as the primary method of changing  
S-register options. However, some options stored in registers do not  
have an associated AT command. For these options, the individual bit  
AT command can be used to change the setting of the bit controlling the  
option.  
To change a single bit value within a register, enter  
ATSn.#=v  
where n= register number, # = bit position 0 through 7, and v= bit  
value 1 or 0.  
For example, S-register 27, bit 2, selects between dial-up or leased line  
operation:  
AT command method:  
AT&Lselects dial-up operation (sets S27 bit 2 to 0).  
AT&L1selects leased line operation (sets S27 bit 2 to 1).  
Individual bit method:  
ATS27.2=0selects dial-up operation (sets S27 bit 2 to 0)  
ATS27.2=1selects leased line operation (sets S27 bit 2 to 1)  
Note  
This way of selecting options can be used on all S-registers  
except read only registers.  
Autoanswer S0  
This register turns the autoanswer option on or off. Set the register to 0  
to turn autoanswer off.  
Set the register to any value other than zero (1-255) to turn autoanswer  
on. The number selected is the ring count the modem answers on. For  
example, if S0equals 4, the modem answers the call on the fourth ring.  
The default value is 1.  
Ring Count S1  
This register contains the ring count for a current incoming call and  
should not be changed. If you are developing communications software,  
the program can read the register to determine the ring total.  
10-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Status Registers  
Escape Character S2  
The standard escape character is a + sign (ASCII value of 43). To  
change the character, set S2to the desired ASCII value (0-127). To  
disable the escape command, set S2to any value greater than 127  
(128-255).  
End-of-Line Character S3  
The standard end-of-line character is the carriage return (ASCII value of  
13). This character ends each command as it is sent to the modem. It is  
also sent by the modem after each status message or number code. To  
change the character, set S3to the desired ASCII value (0-127).  
Line-Feed Character S4  
The standard character is the line feed (ASCII value of 10). This  
character is sent by the modem after each status message. To change it,  
set S4as desired (0-127).  
Backspace Character S5  
The standard character is the backspace (ASCII value of 8). To change  
it, set S5to the desired value (0-127).  
Pause Before Dialing S6  
When dial tone detection is disabled (command X, X1, or X3in effect),  
the modem waits the number of seconds (0-255) stored in this register  
before dialing. The default value is 2 (seconds).  
Pause for Ringback and Carrier Detection /  
Wait for 2nd Dial Tone S7  
If ringback is not detected in the number of seconds in S7(1-255), the  
modem disconnects and sends the NO CARRIER message or code. If  
ringback is detected, the modem begins to look for a carrier.  
If carrier is not detected within the number of seconds in S7, the modem  
hangs up and sends the NO CARRIER message or code.  
Values between 1 and 255 may be used. The default value is 30  
(seconds).  
Modem 3600  
10-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Pause Interval for Comma S8  
When a dial command contains a comma, the modem pauses the  
number of seconds in S8. Change S8to change the basic pause interval  
(0-255), or use several commas in a row for greater delay during dialing.  
The default value is 2 (seconds).  
Carrier Detect Time S9  
S9contains the amount of time (0-255) in 0.1 second increments that  
the carrier must be present to be recognized. The default value is 6  
(0.6 second). This timer can be extended to lessen the likelihood of false  
detection of carrier.  
Lost Carrier Detect Time S10  
S10contains the amount of time (0-255) in 0.1 second increments that  
the carrier must be absent to be recognized as a loss of carrier. The  
default value is 14 (1.4 seconds).  
DTMF Tone Duration S11  
S11determines the length of DTMF tones. The period of silence is  
equal to the duration of the tone. The value of this register must be  
entered in multiples of 10. Default value is 80 (80 ms).  
Escape Sequence Pause S12  
The escape sequence to return to command mode from data mode  
requires two pauses, one before and one after the escape characters.  
The pauses prevent the modem from responding to a character sequence  
which might contain the escape sequence as part of its normal data  
transmission.  
S12contains the pause interval in 0.02 second increments. The factory  
setting is 50, equivalent to 1 second (50 x 0.02 sec). When S12is 0,  
timing is not a factor.  
The timing between the 3 escape characters must be less than the pause  
interval or the escape sequence will not be detected. The data rate also  
affects the timing and must be taken into account when changing the  
pause interval.  
To disable the escape command, set S2to a value greater than 127  
instead of changing S12. Values between 15 and 255 may be used for  
S12.  
10-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
S13  
Not used  
Bit Mapped S14  
Note  
In the tables for bit mapped S-registers, bold text indicates  
bit value defaults.  
Note  
When bit-mapped S-registers have parallel ATcommands,  
the commands are listed in the register tables as a cross  
reference. If a command does not exist for the option, the  
column is left blank.  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
1
--  
--  
Reserved  
0
E
Local character echo off  
1
E1  
Local character echo on  
2
3
4
0
1
Q
Q1  
Response messages on  
Response messages off  
0
1
V
V1  
Response messages as digit codes  
Response messages as words  
0
Ignore  
1
Q2  
Response messages in originate mode  
only  
5
6
7
0
1
T
P
Tone dial  
Pulse dial  
0
1
H2  
H3  
Allow cleardown  
Disallow cleardown  
0
*OR1  
Forced answer  
1
*OR  
Normal originate  
S15  
Reserved  
Modem 3600  
10-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
System Tests S16  
This register contains the status of system test options.  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
0
1
--  
Analog loopback inactive  
Analog loopback in progress  
1
2
--  
--  
--  
Reserved  
0
1
Digital loopback inactive  
Digital loopback in progress  
3
0
--  
Remote digital loopback requested by  
other modem inactive  
1
Remote digital loopback requested by  
other modem in progress  
4
5
0
1
--  
--  
Remote digital loopback inactive  
Remote digital loopback in progress  
0
1
Self test remote digital loopback inactive  
Self test remote digital loopback in  
progress  
6
0
1
--  
--  
Self test analog loopback inactive  
Self test analog loopback in progress  
7
--  
Reserved  
S17  
Not used  
Test Timeout S18  
Test timeout is the amount of time, in 1 second increments, that a  
diagnostic test will run and is determined by the value assigned to S18  
(0-255). A value of 0 disables the timer allowing a test to run  
indefinitely. The default value is 0.  
S19, 20  
Not used  
10-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Bit Mapped S21  
Comman  
d
Bit Value  
Description  
6, 0 00  
&S  
DSR forced on  
10  
01  
11  
&S1  
&S2  
&S3  
DSR on when online  
DSR off 5 seconds after disconnect  
DSR follows off hook (OH)  
5, 1 00  
10  
&C  
&C1  
&C2  
DCD always on  
DCD on while carrier present  
DCD on except for 5 seconds after  
disconnect  
01  
11  
&C3  
DCD follows RTS on remote modem; not  
valid in reliable mode  
2
0
1
&R  
&R1  
CTS follows RTS by S26 delay  
CTS always on  
4, 3 00  
01  
&D  
&D1  
Modem ignores DTR  
Modem assumes command mode when  
DTR turns off  
10  
11  
&D2  
&D3  
Modem hangs up when DTR turns off  
Modem resets when DTR turns off  
7
0
1
Y
Y1  
Long space disconnect disabled  
Long space disconnect enabled  
Modem 3600  
10-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Bit Mapped S22  
Bit Value Command Description  
1, 0 00  
L
Speaker volume low  
Speaker volume low  
Speaker volume low  
Speaker volume high  
01  
10  
11  
L1  
L2  
L3  
3, 2 00  
M
Speaker off  
01  
10  
11  
M1  
M2  
M3  
Speaker on until carrier detect  
Speaker always on  
Speaker off when modem is dialing  
6-4 000  
X
CONNECT message only, blind dials, no  
busy detect  
001  
X1  
X2  
X3  
X4  
CONNECT / appropriate code for rate,  
blind dials, no busy detect  
CONNECT / appropriate code for rate,  
waits for dial tone, no busy detect  
CONNECT / appropriate code for rate,  
blind dials, reports BUSY  
010  
011  
100  
CONNECT / appropriate code for rate,  
waits for dial tone, reports BUSY  
7
0
&P  
Make / break ratio (US) 39/61  
1
&P1  
Make / break ratio (UK) 33/67  
Bit Mapped S23  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
0
&T5  
Remote digital loop request denied  
1
&T4  
Remote digital loop request granted  
5-1 ---  
---  
Reserved  
7, 6 00  
&G  
&G1  
&G2  
--  
No guard tones  
550 Hz guard tone  
1800 Hz guard tone  
Not used  
01  
10  
11  
S24  
Not used  
10-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
DTR State Recognition S25  
The S25register specifies the amount of time (0-255) in 0.01 second  
(10 ms) increments that DTR must stay high or low in order to be  
recognized as such. The default value is 5 (0.05 second).  
RTS/CTS Delay S26  
The S26register specifies the amount of time (0-255) in 0.01 second  
(10 ms) increments between the RTS signal and the CTS signal. The  
default value is 0.  
Bit Mapped S27  
Bit Value Command Description  
1, 0 00  
&M  
Async  
01  
10  
11  
&M1  
&M2  
&M3  
Sync data / async dial  
Sync data / dial through DTR  
Sync data / manual dial  
2
3
0
1
&L  
Dial-up line  
Leased line  
&L1and  
&L2  
--  
--  
Reserved  
5, 4 00  
&X  
&X1  
&X2  
--  
Internal clock  
External clock  
Receive clock  
Not used  
01  
10  
11  
6
7
1
0
--  
Enable async DTR dialer  
Disable async DTR dialer  
--  
--  
Reserved  
Lookback Timer S28  
The S28register specifies the amount of time in 1.0 minute increments  
that the modem will remain in dial backup mode before retrying leased  
line mode. A zero will disable automatic lookback to leased line. The  
default value is 15 minutes.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7- 0 0-255 --  
Time in 1 minute increments (0=disabled)  
Modem 3600  
10-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Bit Mapped S29  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
1
2
0
1
*NT1  
*NT  
Enable AT command set  
Disable AT command set  
0
1
*RO  
*RO1  
Options retained at disconnect  
Options restored at disconnect  
0
*FT  
Disable V.32 fast train  
1
*FT1  
Enable V.32 fast train  
6, 3 --  
--  
Reserved  
7
0
*FB  
DTE fallback disabled  
1
*FB1  
DTE fallback enabled  
Bit Mapped S30  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
1
--  
--  
--  
Reserved  
0
V.25 ASCII  
1
V.25 EBCDIC  
2
0
--  
V. 25 VA L e n a b l e d  
1
V.25 VAL disabled  
4, 3 --  
--  
--  
Reserved  
5
0
NRZ V.25  
1
NRZI V.25  
7, 6 00  
&M  
V. 25 d i s ab l e d  
01  
10  
11  
&M4  
&M5  
&M6  
V.25 bisync enabled  
V. 25 SDLC e nabl ed  
V.25 Async enabled  
S31  
Reserved  
10-12  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Bit Mapped S32  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
1
2
0
1
&L1  
&L2  
2-wire (leased line only)  
4-wire (leased line only)  
0
1
*LC1  
*LC2  
Line current disconnect = short  
Line current disconnect = long  
0
*LC  
Line current disconnect = disable  
1
*LC1 or  
*LC2  
Line current disconnect = enable  
3
0
*DB  
Dial backup = manual  
1
*DB1  
Dial backup = automatic  
7-4 --  
--  
Reserved  
S33  
Reserved  
Bit Mapped S34  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
1
--  
--  
Reserved  
0
1
*DG  
*DG1  
Bilateral digital = disable  
Bilateral digital = enable  
2
3
0
1
*LA  
*LA1  
DTE commanded LAL = disable  
DTE commanded LAL = enable  
0
1
*RD  
*RD1  
DTE commanded RDL = disable  
DTE commanded RDL = enable  
7-4 --  
--  
Reserved  
DTR / Dial Backup Number to Dial S35  
Select the number to automatically dial (1-9 of stored numbers) for the  
modem to dial in DTR dialing or autodial backup.  
S36-S40  
Reserved  
Remote Configuration Escape Character S41  
Select the remote configuration escape character (1-255). The default is  
ASCII 61 (=).  
Modem 3600  
10-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Status Registers  
Remote Configuration Guard Time S42  
Select the remote configuration guard time (0-255) in 20 ms intervals.  
The default is 50 (1 sec).  
S43  
Reserved  
XON Character from DTE S44  
Select the XON character (0-127) to be sent from the DTE. The default  
value is ASCII 17.  
XOFF Character from DTE S45  
Select the XOFF character (0-127) to be sent from the DTE. The default  
value is ASCII 19.  
S46-48  
Reserved  
XON Character to DTE S49  
Select the XON character (0-127) to be sent to the DTE. The default  
value is ASCII 17.  
XOFF Character to DTE S50  
Select the XOFF character (0-127) to be sent to the DTE. The default  
value is ASCII 19.  
Dial Line Transmit Level S51  
The S51register selects dial line transmit level from -9 to -30 dBm in 1  
dBm increments. The default value is 10.  
Bit Value Command Description  
4-0 0 to 30 *TDn (n=9 Transmit level in dBm (-9 through -30  
to 30)  
--  
dBm)  
7-5 --  
Reserved  
10-14  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status Registers  
Leased Line Transmit Level S52  
The S52register selects leased line transmit level from 0 to -30 dBm in  
1 dBm increments. The default value is 0.  
Bit Value Command Description  
4-0 0 to 30 *TLn (n=0- Transmit level in dBm (0 through -30  
30)  
--  
dBm)  
7-5 --  
Reserved  
Automatic Rate Adaption Threshold S53  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
0
--  
Disable rate renegotiation above initial  
connect  
1
Enable rate renegotiation above initial  
connect  
1
--  
--  
Reserved  
3, 2 00  
%R  
Automatic rate adaption threshold  
disabled  
01  
10  
11  
%R1  
%R2  
%R3  
Low BER  
Medium BER  
High BER  
4
5
--  
--  
Reserved  
0
Protocol negotiation status disabled  
1
Protocol negotiation status enabled  
6
7
--  
--  
Reserved  
0
1
*DR  
*DR=1  
Disable distinctive ring detection  
Enable distinctive ring detection  
Modem 3600  
10-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Flow Control S54  
The S54register selects the flow control options.  
Bit Value Command Description  
1, 0 00  
\Q  
Disable DTE flow control  
01  
10  
11  
\Q1  
\Q2  
\Q3  
Enable DTE XON/XOFF flow control  
Enable CTS flow control to the DTE  
Enable bilateral CTS/RTS flow control  
2
3
--  
--  
Reserved  
0
1
\G  
\G1  
Disable modem port flow control  
Enable modem port XON/XOFF flow  
control  
4
0
\X  
No XON/XOFF characters to remote  
1
\X1  
Pass XON/XOFF characters to remote  
6, 5 00  
\Q4  
\Q5  
\Q6  
\Q7  
Disable flow control from DCE  
Enable XON/XOFF flow control  
Enable CTS flow control to the DTE  
Enable CTS flow control to the DTE  
01  
10  
11  
7
--  
--  
Reserved  
S55  
Reserved  
10-16  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
V.42 Compression Control S56  
Bit Value Command Description  
1, 0 00  
01  
%C  
%C2  
Compression disabled  
Compression enabled on transmit data  
only  
10  
%C3  
Compression enabled on receive data  
only  
11  
%C1  
Compression enabled on transmit and  
receive data  
7-2 --  
--  
Reserved  
Bit Mapped S57  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
0
*RC  
Standard number codes  
15 - 4800 bps  
18 - 9600 bps  
1
*RC1  
Alternate number codes  
11 - 4800 bps  
12 - 9600 bps  
4-1 --  
--  
Reserved  
5
0
Busy out disabled  
1
Busy out enabled during LAL test mode  
(for private PBX use only)  
7, 6 --  
--  
Reserved  
Inactivity Timer S58  
The S58register specifies the number of minutes the modem waits  
before terminating a call when no data is sent or received. This register  
is active when in error control mode. 0 disables timer. Issue the \Tn  
command to load inactivity timer, n=0-255 minutes.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0  
0
\T  
Disable  
1-255 \Tn (n=1-  
255)  
Timer value in minutes  
Modem 3600  
10-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Break Control S59  
The S59register determines the action taken when a break is  
encountered. Refer to the “Break Control \Kn” section on page6-9 for  
further information.  
Bit Value Command Description  
2-0 000  
001  
\K  
Break option 0  
Break option 1  
Break option 2  
Break option 3  
Break option 4  
Break option 5  
\K1  
\K2  
\K3  
\K4  
\K5  
010  
011  
100  
101  
7-3 --  
--  
Reserved  
10-18  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Bit Mapped S60  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
1
2
0
1
%E  
%E1  
Disable auto retrain  
Enable auto retrain  
0
1
MNP compression disabled  
MNP compression enabled  
0
1
\C  
\C1  
Disable auto-reliable data buffer  
Buffer data for 4 seconds or 200  
characters  
5- 3 --  
--  
Reserved  
6
0
\R  
RI blinks for ring and remains on for  
duration of call  
1
\R1  
RI blinks for ring and turns off when  
call is answered  
7
0
\V  
Disable protocol response messages  
1
\V1  
Enable protocol response messages  
DTE Options S61  
The S61register indicates the character size and parity. This register is  
for reference only.  
Bit Value Command Description  
2-0 --  
--  
--  
Reserved  
3
0
1
7 bit word length  
8 bit word length  
5, 4 00  
--  
Mark parity  
No parity  
Odd parity  
Even parity  
01  
10  
11  
7, 6 --  
--  
Reserved  
Modem 3600  
10-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Disconnect Buffer Delay S62  
The S62register determines the delay before disconnect, to allow buff-  
ers to empty, when disconnect conditions exist.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0  
0
%D  
Buffer disabled  
1-255 %Dn  
Disconnect buffer delay value (seconds)  
Maximum Transmit Block Size S63  
The S63register sets the maximum transmit block size.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0 63  
127  
\A  
Maximum block size = 64  
Maximum block size = 128  
Maximum block size = 192  
Maximum block size = 256  
\A1  
\A2  
\A3  
191  
255  
Auto-Reliable Fallback Character S64  
The S64register stores the selected ASCII value of the auto-reliable  
fallback character.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0  
0
%A  
Disable auto-reliable fallback  
character  
1-127 %An  
ASCII value 1-127  
S65-66  
Reserved  
10-20  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Link Speed Status S67  
The S67register indicates the true data link (DCE) speed. This register  
is for reference only.  
Bit Value Command Description  
4-0 00000 --  
00001  
00010  
00011  
00100  
00101  
00110  
00111  
01000  
01001  
01010  
01011  
01100  
01101  
01110  
01111  
10000  
10001  
10010  
N/A  
300 bps  
Reserved  
1200 bps  
2400 bps  
4800 bps  
7200 bps  
9600 bps uncoded  
9600 bps trellis  
12000 bps  
14400 bps  
16800 bps  
19200 bps  
21600 bps  
24000 bps  
26400 bps  
28800 bps  
31200 bps  
33600 bps  
7-5 --  
--  
Reserved  
S68  
Reserved  
Modem 3600  
10-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status Registers  
DCE Independent Speed S69  
The S69register selects the DCE independent rate operation. When  
S69is 0, DTE and DCE rates are equal and the maximum originate  
connect rate up to 14,400 bps is determined by S80. When S69is  
non-zero, the maximum originate connect rate is determined by S69.  
Bit Value Command Description  
4-0 00000 %B  
00001 %B1  
00011 %B2  
00100 %B3  
00101 %B4  
00111 %B5  
01000 %B6  
00110 %B7  
01001 %B8  
01010 %B9  
00010 %B10  
01011 %B11  
01100 %B12  
01101 %B13  
01110 %B14  
01111 %B15  
10000 %B16  
10001 %B17  
10010 %B18  
Use rate indicated by S80  
300 bps  
1200 bps  
2400 bps  
4800 bps  
9600 bps uncoded  
9600 bps trellis  
7200 bps  
12,000 bps  
14,400 bps  
Reserved  
16,800 bps  
19,200 bps  
21,600 bps  
24,000 bps  
26,400 bps  
28,800 bps  
31,200 bps  
33,600 bps  
7-5 --  
--  
Reserved  
10-22  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Operating Mode S70  
The S70register determines the protocol operating mode and action  
taken on an MNP link attempt failure. LAPM is assigned highest  
priority.  
Example: With \N7selected the modem tries an LAPM connection  
first; if unsuccessful the modem tries an MNP connection; if also  
unsuccessful, the modem connects in normal mode. Modes allowing  
protocol fallback are referred to as auto-reliable.  
Bit Value Command Description  
2-0 000  
001  
\N  
Normal  
Direct  
\N1  
\N2  
\N3  
\N4  
\N5  
\N6  
\N7  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
MNP only (reliable)  
MNP or normal (auto-reliable)  
LAPM only (reliable)  
LAPM or normal (auto-reliable)  
LAPM or MNP only (auto-reliable)  
LAPM or MNP or native (auto-  
reliable)  
3
0
1
\M  
\M1  
Disable V.42 fast detect  
Enable V.42 fast detect  
7-4 --  
--  
Reserved  
Operating Mode Status S71  
The S71register indicates the level of error controlling protocol. This  
register is for reference only.  
Bit Value Command Description  
2-0 000  
001  
--  
Protocol not active  
Protocol negotiation in progress  
MNP level 2 active  
010  
011  
MNP level 3 active  
100  
MNP level 4 active  
101  
MNP level 5 active  
110  
LAPM active  
111  
LAPM with data compression active  
7-3 --  
--  
Reserved  
Modem 3600  
10-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Bit Mapped S72  
Bit Value Command Description  
0
0
\J  
Disable slaved DTE/DCE (constant  
speed DTE on)  
1
\J1  
Disable slaved DTE/DCE (constant speed  
DTE on)  
2, 1 --  
--  
Reserved  
3
0
1
&R9  
&R2  
CTS does not follow DCD  
CTS follows DCD  
6-4 --  
--  
--  
Reserved  
7
0
Disable autocallback  
1
Enable autocallback  
Password Timeout S73  
S73 sets the length of time the remote user has to enter a password  
before the secure Modem 3600 drops the call. The default is 0.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0 0-255 --  
Time in seconds (0 = disable)  
Callback Delay S74  
The length of time the secure modem waits to place the callback call  
after the remote user correctly enters a password and the call is dropped.  
The default is 15 seconds.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0 0-255 --  
Time in seconds (0 = disable)  
Callback Retry S75  
The number of times the modem will attempt to place the callback call  
to a remote user if the first attempt is unsuccessful. The default is 0.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0 0-255 --  
Number of attempts to place the call  
10-24  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Callback Retry Delay S76  
The length of time that the modem waits, after an unsuccessful attempt  
to connect to the remote unit at the programmed callback number,  
before trying to place the call again. The default is 15 seconds.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0 0-255 --  
Time in seconds (0 = disable)  
Lockout Threshold S77  
Set the number of incorrect remote user password attempts that can be  
made before the call is dropped. The default is 0. When remote  
configuration is active, the lockout occurs after seven attempts.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0 0-255 --  
Number of incorrect password attempts  
(0 = disable)  
Autocallback Timer S78  
The S78register specifies the time in seconds that the modem waits  
before initiating autocallback. The default is 30 seconds.  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0 0-255 --  
Time in seconds before autocallback  
Break Length S79  
The S79register sets the length of the break sent to the DTE when a  
break signal is received. The range is from 1-255 in 20 ms increments.  
The default is 35 (700 ms).  
Bit Value Command Description  
7-0 0-255 \B  
\Bn  
Send break  
Set break length (n=1-255)  
Modem 3600  
10-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Serial Port or DTE Speed S80  
The S80 register indicates the serial port speed.  
Bit Value Command Description  
4-0 00001 --  
00010  
00011  
00100  
00101  
00110  
00111  
01000  
01001  
01010  
01011  
01100  
01101  
01110  
01111  
10000  
10001  
10010  
10011  
10100  
300 bps  
600 bps  
1200 bps  
2400 bps  
4800 bps  
7200 bps  
9600 bps  
12,000 bps  
14,400 bps  
16,800 bps  
19,200 bps  
21,600 bps  
24,000 bps  
26,400 bps  
28,800 bps  
31,200 bps  
33,600 bps  
38,400 bps  
57,600 bps  
11,5200 bps  
10-26  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Minimum DCE Speed S81  
Bit Value Command Description  
4-0 00000 %L  
00001 %L1  
00011 %L2  
00100 %L3  
00101 %L4  
00111 %L5  
01000 %L6  
00110 %L7  
01001 %L8  
01010 %L9  
00010 %L10  
01011 %L11  
01100 %L12  
01101 %L13  
01110 %L14  
01111 %L15  
10000 %L16  
10001 %L17  
10010 %L18  
Disabled  
Disabled  
1200 bps  
2400 bps  
4800 bps  
9600 bps uncoded  
9600 bps trellis  
7200 bps  
12,000 bps  
14,400 bps  
600 bps  
16,800 bps  
19,200 bps  
21,600 bps  
24,000 bps  
26,400 bps  
28,800 bps  
31,200 bps  
33,600 bps  
7-3 --  
--  
Reserved  
Negotiation Status S82  
Bit  
Value  
Command  
--  
Description  
1-0 --  
Reserved  
3-2 00  
W
Disable negotiation status  
01  
W1  
W2  
Enable negotiation status  
No negotiation status; indicates DCE link  
rates  
10  
7-4 --  
--  
Reserved  
S83  
Reserved  
Modem 3600  
10-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Bit Mapped S84  
Bit  
Value  
Command  
--  
Description  
Enable any key abort  
0
0
1
Disable any key abort  
7-1 --  
--  
Reserved  
S85-S87  
Reserved  
Modulation Type S88  
Bit Value Command Description  
3-0 0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
--  
Auto mode  
V. 21  
B103  
Reserved  
B212A  
V.22 bis  
V.27 (lease line only)  
Reserved  
V.29 (lease line only)  
Reserved  
V.33 (lease line only)  
V.32 bis  
V. 34  
7-4  
Reserved  
S89-S90  
Reserved  
10-28  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
Current Modulation S91  
The S91 register is for reference only.  
Bit Value Command Description  
3-0 0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
--  
Auto mode  
V. 21  
B103  
Reserved  
B212A  
V.22 bis  
V.27 (lease line only)  
Reserved  
V.29 (lease line only)  
Reserved  
V.33 (lease line only)  
V.32 bis  
V. 34  
7-4 --  
--  
Reserved  
S92 - S94  
Reserved  
Modem 3600  
10-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status Registers  
V.34 Settings S95  
Bit  
Value  
Command  
--  
Description  
0
0
Disable V.8 for non-V.34 answer  
1
Enable V.8 for non-V.34 answer  
3-1 --  
--  
--  
Reserved  
4
5
6
7
0
1
Disable non-linear encoding  
Enable non-linear encoding  
0
1
--  
--  
--  
Disable pre-emphasis  
Enable pre-emphasis  
0
1
Disable constellation shaping  
Enable constellation shaping  
0
Precoding disabled  
1
Precoding enabled  
V.34 Asymmetric Settings S96  
Bit  
Value  
Command  
--  
Description  
4-0 --  
Reserved  
5
0
--  
Disable asymmetric bit rates  
1
Enable asymmetric bit rates  
6
7
--  
--  
--  
Reserved  
0
Disable TX power control  
1
Enable TX power control  
Bit Mapped S97  
Bit  
Value  
Command  
Description  
- 6  
1-0 00  
01  
*TH  
*TH1  
*TH2  
V.34 rate threshold low (10 BER)  
- 4  
Medium V.34 threshold (10 BER)  
- 2  
10  
High V.34 threshold (10 BER)  
7-2 --  
--  
Reserved  
S98- S100  
Reserved  
10-30  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11  
V.25 bis Autodialer  
V.25 bis is an option that allows dialing functions to be controlled using  
synchronous data.  
Select V.25 bis through the appropriate &Mcommand in the AT  
command set (refer to the “Asynchronous / Synchronous Mode  
Selection &M” section on pa ge5-25).  
If using the LCD,  
1) Scroll through the menu to Main Menu 5, MODIFY  
CONFIGURATION.  
2) Advance to and enter the DTE PARAMETERS submenu.  
3) Select SYNC DATA.  
4) Advance to DIAL METHOD.  
5) Select one of V.25 BISYNC DIALER, V.25 SDLC DIALER,  
or V.25 ASYNC DIALER, and then select either ASCII or  
EBCDIC character format.  
Note  
The modem must be configured asV.25 SDLC ASCII NRZ for  
use with an AS400 IBM computer.  
Modem 3600  
11-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
V.25 bis Autodialer  
Autodialer Command Strings and Parameters  
Most command strings for the autodialer include two parts: the  
command itself and the parameters that follow. For the purposes of this  
chapter, parameters can be telephone numbers or anything appropriate  
to V.25 bis as described in the following text. Parameters are separated  
by semicolons.  
For example:  
PRN a; nnn . . . n  
where a=the phone number address in memory and nnn...n=the  
phone number. The aand the nnn...nare both parameters. Not all  
commands have parameters. For example the CIC command has no  
parameter.  
Software Guidelines  
• An indicator enclosed in less than/greater than signs represents a  
specific character in the appropriate character set, ASCII or  
EBCDIC.  
<sp> - space  
• Each response below is considered an individual message by V.25  
bis conventions. For example, a dial command with intermediate  
call progress enabled (BISYNC mode ASCII/EBCDIC character  
set) is:  
From computer To computer  
<sy><sy><stx>CRN<sp>(205)555-0124<etx> <sy><sy><stx>VAL<etb>  
• V.25 bis commands can be in one of these data formats:  
ASYNC  
BISYNC  
SDLC NRZ  
SDLC NRZI  
in ASCII or EBCDIC  
Access these formats using:  
&MAsynchronous dial/asynchronous data  
&M1Asynchronous dial/synchronous data  
&M2Dials stored number when DTR off/on transition is detected/sync data  
11-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
V.25 bis Autodialer  
&M3Manual dial/sync data  
&M4V.25 bis dialer/BISYNC protocol/sync data (ASCII)  
&M5V.25 bis dialer/SDLC protocol/sync data (NRZ)  
&M6V.25 bis async dial/sync data  
&M7V.25 bis async dial/async data  
&M8V.25 bis dialer w/BISYNC protocol/sync data (EBCDIC)  
&M9V.25 bis dialer w/SDLC protocol/sync data (EBCDIC) (NRZ)  
&M10V.25 bis dialer w/SDLC protocol/sync data (ASCII) (NRZI)  
&M11V.25 bis dialer w/SDLC protocol/sync data (EBCDIC) (NRZI)  
• Separator fields depend on the data format.  
for ASYNC {sep} = command <CR>  
BISYNC {sep} = <sy><sy><stx> command <etx>  
SDLC {sep} = <Flags><Addr><ctl> command  
<FCS> where:  
<sy> = 16 hexadecimal  
<stx> = 02 hex  
<etx> = 03 hex  
<etb> = 17 hex  
<Flag> = 7E hex  
<Addr> = FF hex  
<ctl> = 13 hex (last frame), 03 hex (not last frame)  
<FCS> = Frame Check Sequence  
<CR> = Carriage Return  
Invalid Responses  
Except when stated otherwise, the following explanations for invalid  
INV responses apply:  
INVCUAny transmission error (parity, framing, etc.).  
INVMSThis message has one of three possible meanings:  
1) Receiving too many characters for any command.  
2) Any command followed by a semicolon ;  
INVPSThis message has one of three possible meanings:  
1) Any parameter set ending with a semicolon ;  
2) Any parameter set containing too many or not enough  
parameters; this includes  
- any command entered without parameters that  
requires parameters  
- any command entered with parameters that  
does not require parameters.  
Modem 3600  
11-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
V.25 bis Autodialer  
3) Any parameter containing too many characters.  
INVPVThis message has one of three possible meanings:  
1) Any parameter set containing invalid characters  
2) Any parameter or parameter set containing no valid (only  
ignored) characters  
3) Any parameter set containing an out-of-range parameter  
Dial Parameters  
Table 11-1 lists and describes the parameters used in autodialing. The  
memory available for dialing can hold up to 40 characters. Parameters  
inserted for readability are not counted.  
Parameters  
Function  
0 thru 9  
DTMF and pulse digit  
DTMF digit  
* and #  
W
>
=
<
P
T
&
;
Wait for 2nd type of dial tone  
Pause for 1 second  
Pause for 3 seconds  
Pause for programmed delay time  
Pulse dialing  
Tone dialing  
Flash (go on hook) for ½ second  
PARM separator  
Space, dash,  
Parameters inserted for readability  
parenthesis, period  
V.25 bis Commands and Responses  
The following sections describe the commands used with the V.25 bis  
autodialer and explain the responses received when each command is  
executed.  
11-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
V.25 bis Autodialer  
Dial Command CRN nn...n  
The dial command is a CRNfollowed by the number to be dialed  
nn...n. The modem accepts up to 40 dial parameters, excluding the  
CRNcommand and any leading spaces.  
Responses:  
VALValid command received. Transmitted on receiving an error-  
free command with no transmission error such as a parity error.  
This confirmation is sent before the command is executed.  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example: TRN (205)-555-0124  
INVMSInvalid command - message syntax error.  
Examples: CRN;(205)-555-0124  
CRN; (semicolon invalid)  
INVPSInvalid command - parameter syntax error.  
Examples: CRN (205)-555-0124  
CRN (205)-555;0124  
CRN  
INVPV Invalid command - parameter value error.  
Examples: CRN (205)-555-012Q  
CRN  
CFIETCall failure - reorder or busy.  
CFIRT Call failure - timeout occurred.  
CFINTCall failure - no answer back tone.  
CFIDTCall failure - no dial tone.  
CFIAB Call failure - ABT detected but no carrier.  
INCIncoming ring detected.  
Program Number Command PRN a;nn...n  
The program number command is PRNfollowed by the one digit decimal  
address a and the number to be stored nn . . . n. Each address can  
store up to 31 dial parameters. Ignored characters in the dial number are  
not stored. Nine stored numbers are available at addresses 1-9.  
Responses:  
Same as for the CRNcommand except for call progress responses.  
Modem 3600  
11-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
V.25 bis Autodialer  
Intermediate Call Progress Response  
The following response is given only if enabled. See Option Definition  
002 below.  
CNX@nnnnnBPS  
where nnnnn is the line speed. This connect response appears after  
handshake completed, but before DSR is activated. This response is  
required if the intermediate call progress option is enabled.  
Dial Stored Number CRS a  
The command for dialing a stored number is CRSfollowed by the one  
digit address a for the stored number to be dialed.  
Responses:  
Same as for the CRNcommand plus  
CFINSCall failure - number not stored.  
If the number is linked with other numbers via a PRLcommand, failure  
responses are returned as  
{sep}a;{call progress messages} . . .  
where a is the address dialed, followed by the separator field and call  
progress messages (CFI, etc.).  
If the call fails to connect and the number is linked with other numbers,  
the autodialer tries to call the next number in the list of linked numbers.  
11-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
V.25 bis Autodialer  
Request List of Stored Numbers RLN  
The request list of stored numbers command is an RLN.  
Responses:  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example:TLN  
INVMSInvalid command - message syntax error.  
Example:RLN;  
If no number is stored at the specified address nothing is returned for  
that address. The separator {sep} is a  
<etb><sy><sy><stx>LSN<sp>  
sequence for BISYNC format (the last LSN string terminates with  
<etx> per V.25 bis). For synchronous bit-oriented operation, each LSN  
string is treated as an individual message per V.25 bis.  
All stored numbers are sent to the DTE as  
LSNa;nn...n{sep}a;nn...n...  
where a is the stored number address and nn....n is the number stored.  
Disregard Incoming Call DIC  
The command for disregarding an incoming call does not require  
parameters. If no call is incoming, the command is ignored.  
Responses:  
VALValid command received. Transmitted on receiving an error-  
free command with no transmission error such as a parity  
error. This confirmation is sent before the command is executed.  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example:TIC  
INVMS Invalid command - message syntax error.  
Example:SIC;  
Modem 3600  
11-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
V.25 bis Autodialer  
Connect Incoming Call CIC  
No parameters are required. If there is an incoming call, the modem  
immediately answers the call. If no call is incoming, the command is  
ignored.  
Responses:  
Same as for the DICcommandI  
Redial Last Number CRR n  
The CRR ncommand redials the last number a maximum of ntimes. If  
no parameters are present, the modem redials once. Also, the maximum  
number of redials, the amount of time between redials, and other  
parameters may vary depending on application and national  
requirements if outside the U. S.  
Responses:  
Same as for the CRScommand.  
Failure response is  
{sep}r;{call progress messages}...  
where r is the recall count (1 ≤ r ≤ n; 1,2...,etc.), followed by a  
separator field and call progress messages (CFI XX, etc.). If the call  
fails to connect, this is repeated for the specified number of times.  
Link Number by Address PRL a;b  
This command links the number at address awith the number at address  
b. The addresses are one digit decimal values. Linking numbers enables  
different numbers to be dialed if a call failure occurs.  
Only forward linking to one other number is allowed, so address 1 can  
be linked to 4 to 8 to 9 etc.; however (using this example), if address 4 is  
dialed by a CRScommand without connection it links forward to 8 then  
to 9.  
If all these fail to connect, the autodialer will not back-link to address 1  
unless circular linking is used. Numbers may be linked as 4 to 5 to 3;  
however, if address 3 is dialed, back-linking to 5 is not allowed.  
11-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
V.25 bis Autodialer  
If circular linking (1 to 8 to 7 to 1) is used, dialing is discontinued after  
the addressed number in the dial command has been dialed twice. If  
only one parameter follows the PRLcommand, the number at address a  
is unlinked from its forward link.  
For example, if the link list 4 to 8 to 3 to 7 to 9 to 1 exists andPRL 7is  
received, 7 would be unlinked from 9, but not from 3. This would result  
in two link lists: 4 to 8 to 3 to 7 and 9 to 1.  
Responses:  
VALValid command received. Transmitted on receiving an error-  
free command with no transmission error such as a parity  
error. This confirmation is sent before the command is executed.  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example:TRL 1;5  
INVMSInvalid command - message syntax error.  
Examples:PRL;1;5  
PRL;  
INVPS Invalid command - parameter syntax error.  
Examples:PRL 1;5;  
PRL 1;0;0  
PRL 1;  
PRL  
PRL 001;5  
INVPVInvalid command - parameter value error.  
Examples:PRL 1;Q  
PRL Q;1  
PRL 1;45 where addresses 01-09 are defined  
CFILDCall failure - no connection from link list.  
Request List of Linked Numbers RLL  
The request list of linked numbers command is an RLLwith no  
parameters.  
Responses:  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example:TLL  
Modem 3600  
11-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
V.25 bis Autodialer  
INVMSInvalid command - message syntax error.  
Example:RLL;  
LSLList linked numbers.  
In all LSL examples, if no number is stored at the specified address no  
response is sent. The separator field for BISYNC is an  
<etb><sp><sp><stx>LSL<sp>  
The last LSL string ends with <etx> per V.25 bis. For synchronous bit  
oriented operation, each LSL string is treated as an individual message  
per V.25 bis. All linked numbers are sent to the DTE as  
LSLa;l{sep}a;l  
where a = stored address and l = link address.  
Request List of Version RLV  
The request list of version information command is an RLVwith no  
parameters.  
Responses:  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example:TLV  
INVMSInvalid command - message syntax error.  
Example: RLV;  
LSVList version  
The version information is sent to the DTE as  
LSV<sp>Sbbbbbbb00sccppddr /  
comment field  
where bbbbbbb is the board number, s is the series number, cc is the  
controller code revision, pp is the data pump code revision, dd is the  
board dash number, and r is the printed circuit board revision followed  
by a comment field.  
MODEM OPTIONS COMMAND PRO xxx;yy;0;0...  
The program options command is PRO followed by the starting register  
address (1 to 3 decimal digits), option count (1 or 2 decimal digits) and  
the data for each option (1 to 3 decimal digits per option). The  
“Options” section on pa ge11-14 lists all available options with  
definitions, possible settings, and default values.  
11-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
V.25 bis Autodialer  
The modem must be able to accept 40 non-ignored characters besides  
the PROcommand (leading zeros and semicolons are not considered  
ignored characters).  
Responses:  
VALValid command received. Transmitted on receiving an error-  
free command with no transmission error such as a parity  
error. This confirmation is sent before the command is executed.  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example: TRO 0;1;1  
INVMS Invalid command - message syntax error.  
Examples:PRO;0;1;1  
PRO;  
INVPSInvalid command - parameter syntax error.  
Examples:PRO 0;1;0;  
PRO 0;1;1;1  
PRO  
PRO 0;001;1  
INVPVInvalid command - parameter value error.  
Examples:PRO 0;1;Q  
PRO Q;1;1  
PRO 0;0;0  
PRO 68;1;0  
when option 68 is undefined for the modem.  
INVPV<sp>xxxInvalid command - parameter value error.  
Example: PRO 10;5;0;0;0;2;1  
This invalid message can be returned when a block of options is being  
changed. The conditions for this invalid response are as follows:  
• An undefined option number is specified. In the above example, if  
option 12 is undefined for a certain modem (and no other error  
conditions apply) options 10 and 11 would be changed as  
specified in the command message. The next option to be changed  
would be option 12. The modem would detect that this is an  
undefined option, stop execution of the command, and return an  
INVPV012 message. Options 10 and 11 would still be changed as  
commanded; options 13 and 14 would be unchanged.  
Modem 3600  
11-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
V.25 bis Autodialer  
• An out-of-range value for a particular option is specified In the  
above example, if the fourth value in the option string is  
undefined or out-of-range for option 13 in a certain modem (and  
no other error conditions apply), options 10 through 12 would be  
changed as specified in the command message. The next option to  
be changed would be option 13. The modem would then detect  
that the value is undefined or out-of-range for that option, stop  
execution of the command, and return an INVPV013 message  
Options 10 through 12 would still be changed as commanded;  
options 13 and 14 would be unchanged.  
Save Current Settings PRK  
PRKsaves the current option settings.  
Responses:  
VALValid command received. Transmitted on receiving an error-  
free command with no transmission error such as a parity  
error. Confirmation is sent before the command is executed.  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example: TRK  
INVMSInvalid command - message syntax error.  
Examples:PRK;0  
PRK Q  
Restore Factory Settings PRP n  
PRP nrestores current option settings to factory option set nwhere nis  
a 1 digit decimal number.  
Note  
Restoring a factory option set other than factory option 9  
disables the V.25 synchronous dialer.  
If no parameter follows the command, the modem automatically selects  
factory option set 1.  
Responses:  
VALValid command received. Transmitted on receiving an error-  
free command with no transmission error such as a parity  
error. This confirmation is sent before the command is executed.  
11-12  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
V.25 bis Autodialer  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example:TRP  
INVMSInvalid command - message syntax error.  
Examples:PRP;1  
PRP Q  
INVPS Invalid command - parameter syntax error.  
Examples:PRP 1;  
PRP 1;1  
PRP 001  
INVPV Invalid command - parameter value error.  
Example:PRP 5  
where factory default 5 is not defined for the modem. Current modem  
factory options are 1-9.  
Request List of Stored Options RLO xxx; yy  
The request list of stored options command is RLOfollowed by an  
optional 1 to 3 digit decimal address and a 1 or 2 digit decimal count.  
The “Options” section on page 11-14 lists all available options with  
definitions, possible settings, and default values.  
Responses:  
INVCUInvalid command - command unknown.  
Example:TLO 0;1  
INVMS Invalid command - message syntax error.  
Examples:RLO;0;1  
RLO Q;1  
INVPSInvalid command - parameter syntax error.  
Examples:RLO 0;1;  
RLO 0;1;4  
RLO 0;001  
INVPV Invalid command - parameter value error.  
Examples:RLO 0;Q  
RLO 0;0  
RLO999;45  
LSOList stored options.  
Modem 3600  
11-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
V.25 bis Autodialer  
The separator {sep} for BISYNC is an  
<etb><sp><sp><stx>LSO<sp>  
sequence for the sync format (the last LSO string terminates with <etx>  
per V.25 bis). For synchronous bit oriented operation, each LSO string  
is treated as an individual message per V.25 bis.  
If no parameters follow, all stored options are sent to the DTE as  
LSOxxx;ooo{sep}xxx;ooo...  
Each value must be padded with leading zeros so that each field has  
three characters. Option zero would be sent as  
LSO000;000  
If only an address follows the command, the single requested option is  
sent to the DTE as  
LSOxxx;ooo  
If address and count follow the command, the requested count of  
options starting with the specified address are sent to the DTE as  
LSOxxx;ooo{sep}xxx;ooo...  
Options  
You can change the options for the V.25 bis autodialer using the PRO  
command or list them using the RLOcommand. Options are listed in  
Table 11-2.  
Table 11-2. V.25 Autodialer Options  
Option  
Definition  
Settings  
Default  
002:  
Intermediate call progress  
messages  
0 - Disable  
1 - Enable  
0
003:  
007:  
Blind dial  
0 - Disable  
1 - Enable  
0
1
Long space disconnect  
0 - Disable  
1 - Enable  
11-14  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
V.25 bis Autodialer  
Table 11-2. V.25 Autodialer Options (Continued)  
Option  
Definition  
Settings  
Default  
051:  
Primary transmit / receive  
rate  
007: 1200 bps 54  
008: 2400 bps (28800  
034: 4800 bps bps)  
035: 9600 bps  
uncoded  
036: 9600 bps  
046: 7200 bps  
047: 12,000  
bps  
048: 14,400  
bps  
049: 16,800  
bps  
050: 19,200  
bps  
051: 21,600  
bps  
052: 24,000  
bps  
053: 26,400  
bps  
054: 28,800  
bps  
055: 31,200  
bps  
056: 33,600  
bps  
055:  
063:  
Transmit clock  
Autoanswer  
0 - Internal  
1 - External  
2 - Receive  
(slave)  
0
0
0 - Disable  
1 - Enable  
(answer after  
1 to 255 rings)  
Modem 3600  
11-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
V.25 bis Autodialer  
Table 11-2. V.25 Autodialer Options (Continued)  
Option  
Definition  
Settings  
Default  
064:  
Line current disconnect  
0 - Off  
2
1 - Short (8  
ms)  
2 - Long (90  
ms)  
076:  
Speaker control  
0 - Off  
4
1 - On  
4 - On until  
CD  
6 - Off when  
dialing  
077:  
085:  
087:  
Speaker volume  
0 - Low  
1 - Medium  
2 - High  
1
0
Constant carrier RTS/CTS  
delay  
0 to 250 ms  
10 ms  
increments  
DTR dropout timer  
DTR must turn off for this  
length of time to be  
recognized.  
0 to 255 in 10 5 (50 ms)  
ms  
increments  
089:  
090:  
Pause in dial string  
0 - Invalid  
1 to 255  
seconds  
2
Carriage return character  
ASCII or  
EBCDIC  
character  
range  
13 dec  
091:  
Line feed character  
ASCII or  
EBCDIC  
character  
range  
10 dec  
ASCII;  
37 dec  
EBCDIC  
11-16  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
V.25 bis Autodialer  
Table 11-2. V.25 Autodialer Options (Continued)  
Option  
Definition  
Settings  
Default  
092:  
Guard tone  
0 = None  
0
1 = 550 Hz  
2 = 1800 Hz  
093:  
094:  
095:  
Carrier detect delay  
0 - Off; 1 to  
255  
10 ms  
6
(60 ms)  
increments  
Loss of carrier disconnect  
0 - Off 1 to  
255  
100 ms  
14  
(1.4 sec)  
increments  
DTR dial address - Stored  
telephone number address to  
dial on DTR off-to-on  
transition  
1
096:  
098:  
103:  
DTR dial  
0 - Disable  
1 - Enable  
0
Call timeout  
0 - Off  
1-255 sec  
30 sec  
1
Signal quality retrain  
0 - Disable  
1 - Send  
training  
sequence on  
poor quality  
111:  
Modulation mode  
000: Auto-  
mode  
001: V.21  
002: B103  
005: V.22  
006: V.22 bis  
007: V.27 ter  
009: V.29  
012: V.32 bis  
013: V.34  
Modem 3600  
11-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
V.25 bis Autodialer  
Table 11-2. V.25 Autodialer Options (Continued)  
Option  
Definition  
Settings  
Default  
112  
V.34 Select Threshold  
000: Low  
001: Medium  
002: High  
113  
V.34 Asymmetric bit rates  
000: Disabled  
001: Enabled  
903:  
Bilateral loop - If enabled and 0 - Disabled  
a test is commanded, bilateral 1 - Enabled  
loop is defined as follows:  
0
Test Bilateral Commanded  
Loop  
Loop 1  
Loop 2  
Loop 3  
Loop 4  
Loop 2  
Loop 1  
Loop 4  
Loop 3  
Loop definitions per CCITT  
V.54.  
904:  
905:  
906:  
907:  
Computer commanded  
remote digital loopback  
0 - Disable  
1 - Enable  
0
0
1
0
Computer commanded local 0 - Disable  
analog loopback  
1 - Enable  
Remote commanded test  
0 - Disable  
1 - Enable  
Test timer  
0 - Until DTR  
drops  
TTT - 1 to 255  
sec  
11-18  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 12  
Maintenance  
Warning  
Disconnect power before performing maintenance.  
Although dangerous voltage levels are not exposed,  
disconnecting power ensures that no electric shock hazard  
is present.  
General  
The modem contains no internal electronic components that can be  
serviced or replaced by the user. Repairs should not be attempted by the  
user.  
Fuse Replacement  
If a fuse fails, replace it with one of equal rating. Repeated failure  
indicates a more serious problem.  
Maintenance  
The modem provides maintenance-free service. Periodically it is advisable  
to remove dust that has collected on internal components. If attempting to  
clean the modem, remove dust with a soft bristle brush and low pressure  
air or vacuum.  
Before attempting diagnostic tests, verify that all connectors and plugs are  
firmly inserted. The test procedures identify the faulty component in a bad  
communications link.  
Modem 3600  
12-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintenance  
Calling Technical Support  
The Service and Support page at the back of this User’s Guide contains  
several phone and faxback numbers and the Web address. If calling  
Technical Support, please call from a location near the computer with  
the modem. It helps expedite the call to have the following information  
available:  
• Type of modem -- Modem 3600  
• Modem serial number  
• Date code  
• Purchase date  
• Type and version of software, including data communications,  
fax, and browser/reader software  
• Type and version of other software running at the same time  
Note  
Do not return the modem to the manufacturer without prior  
authorization.  
If the unit appears faulty, contact Black Box Technical Support at  
724-746-5500 (USA) for service and assistance.  
12-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix A  
Specifications  
Size  
Width7.0 inches (17.78 cm)  
Depth10.5 inches (26.67 cm)  
Height2.25 inches (5.72 cm)  
Weight2 lbs. 13 oz. (1.28 kg)  
Front Panel32 ASCII character LCD  
Environmental Conditions  
Temperature:  
Operation +32° F to +122° F  
(0° C to +50° C)  
Storage -40° F to +158° F  
(-40° C to +70° C)  
Humidity:0 to 95% relative humidity, noncondensing  
Power Requirements  
Voltage:115 Vac 10%; 50-60 Hz,  
or  
12 to 60 Vdc  
Power consumption: 14 watts  
Telephone Line  
Balanced 600 ohm type 3002 orequivalent 16 dB nominal loss, frequency  
translation up to 10 Hz  
Digital Interface  
Conforms to EIA-232D and CCITT V.24  
V.3600  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Specifications  
Modem Data Rates  
300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 7200, 9600, 12000, 14400, 16800, 19200,  
21600, 24000, 26400, 28800, 31200, 33600 bps.  
Fax Rates  
14400, 12000, 9600, 7200, 4800, and 2400  
Modulations  
V.34, V.32, V.22, V.21, V.27 bis, V.29, Bell 103, Bell 1200, V.17, V.33,  
V.22 bis, V.32 bis  
Fax Modulation  
Modulation Speed  
V.21 channel 2300 bps  
V.27 ter 2400 bps  
V.27 ter 4800 bps  
V.297200 bps  
V.177200 bps  
V.177200 bps with short train  
V.299600 bps  
V.179600 bps  
V.179600 bps with short train  
V.1712000 bps  
V.1712000 bps with short train  
V.1714400 bps  
V.1714400 bps with short train  
Internal Transmit Clock Frequency  
Selected bit rate 0.01%  
External Transmit Clock Frequency  
Selected bit rate 0.01%  
Transmit Output Level  
0 to -30 dBm, selectable.  
Operation  
4-wire, full-duplex, leased (private) line  
2-wire, full-duplex, leased (private) line or PSTN  
A-2  
V.3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Specifications  
Carrier Detect Level  
Dynamic to -43 dBm  
Telco Connection  
8-pin modular jack, dial and private lines  
Testing  
511 PN pattern (per V.52) V.54 remote loopback control  
Line Equalization  
Automatic adaptive  
RTS/CTS Delay  
From 0 2 ms to 90 2 ms, user selectable in 10 ms increments  
(The default is 0 ms.)  
Link Layer Protocols  
V.42/V.42 bis error correction and compression protocol  
MNP levels 2-5 error correction and compression protocol  
V.3600  
A-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix B  
Phone Jack Descriptions  
DIAL Pin Functions  
The DIAL jack connects to the PSTN dial-up lines. Pin functions are as  
follows:  
Pin  
Function  
1, 2, 3  
4 R  
Not used  
Ring side of telephone line  
Tip side of telephone line  
Not used  
5 T  
6, 7, 8  
TELSET/LEASED LINE Pin Functions  
The 8-pin TELSET/LEASED LINE jack allows a standard telephone or a  
leased line to be connected to the modem. Pin functions are as follows:  
Pin  
Function  
1, 2  
Transmit pair - 4-wire leased line or Tx and Rx for 2-wire  
leased line  
4, 5  
7, 8  
Ring and tip (respectively) of telephone line for a telephone  
Receive pair - 4-wire leased line  
V.3600  
B-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C  
Hardware Options  
Jumper Option Selection  
Modem configuration is controlled by front panel pushbuttons and the  
LCD, AT or V.25 bis commands, and one hardware option jumper located  
on the PC board. Normally, jumpers do not have to be changed. If a  
change is required, remove the modem cover. The jumper diagrams on the  
following pages indicate the factory settings.  
Removing the Cover  
Warning  
Disconnect power before removing the cover. Although  
dangerous voltage levels are not exposed, disconnecting  
power ensures an electrical shock hazard is not present.  
1) Place the unit on its side on a flat surface.  
2) To disengage the cover’s locks from the the base of the modem,  
insert a medium size flat screwdriver blade in one of the slots as  
illustrated in Figure C-1. DO NOT PUSH the screwdriver, but pry  
the lock open by applying pressure toward the unit.  
3) Assist removal by pushing the cover from the base.  
4) Repeat this procedure with the remaining three slots.  
Modem 3600  
C-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Hardware Options  
Bottom of  
the modem  
Slots - Open the two slots  
on one side of the modem  
first. Then open the two on  
the other side.  
Figure C-1. Cover Removal  
C-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Hardware Options  
Figure C-2 shows a typical jumper configuration.  
Figure C-2. Jumper Location for Ground Option  
Modem 3600  
C-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Hardware Options  
Figure C-3 shows a typical jumper configuration.  
Figure C-3. Typical Jumper Configuration  
Ground Option Jumper  
Signal ground is normally connected to chassis ground. If interference  
exists, isolate signal ground from chassis ground.  
factory setting  
*
Replacing the Cover  
To replace the cover, align the lock clips, rear guide grooves, and front  
lock tabs. Press the cover in place until the lock clips engage the lock  
prongs.  
C-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix D  
Fault Isolation Procedure  
Fault Isolation Procedure  
This diagnostic test procedure and the indicator lights built into the  
modem allow a rapid check of the terminals, modems, and telephone line  
interface. This procedure can be used to verify normal system operation  
and to isolate faulty equipment in case of failure.  
Ensure the units are turned on and remote loops are enabled at both sites  
before starting the fault isolation procedure.  
Note  
In some cases the observer must distinguish between rapid LED  
blinking and steady on in tests.  
Telephone Interface  
1) Connect the modem to the dial-in line by the LINE jack on the back  
panel.  
2) If the dial line is installed with a standard data jack, connect a  
standard telephone to the TELSET/LEASED LINE jack on the  
back panel of the modem and use the standard telephone procedure.  
Standard Phone  
1) Configure the modem to V.34 33600 IDLE mode by pressing the  
TALK/ DATA button, and then lift the receiver. No dial tone is  
heard. Press the TALK/DATA button to display V.34 IDLE and  
wait for dial tone.  
2) Dial out; the phone should operate normally.  
Modem 3600  
D-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Modem and Telephone Line Check  
Part I  
1) Configure the modem for LOCAL ANALOG LOOP WITH  
TEST PATTERN. This terminates the local modem telephone  
lines into 600 ohms and connects the local modem transmit  
output amplifier back to its own receiver through the AGC.  
Transmit input data from the terminal is inhibited and is  
substituted with a V.52 test pattern.  
2) This test checks operation of the local modem modulator and  
demodulator circuitry and should be attempted at both local and  
remote sites if operators are available.  
3) When random errors are present, the TEST PATTERN ERRORS  
display counts receive errors.  
4) If the circuitry is working properly, the front panel indicators  
show the following:  
5) Configure the modem for LOCAL ANALOG LOOP to switch  
the transmitter back to its normal data input.  
6) If the transmit data input is in a mark hold condition, both the TD  
and RD indicators should remain off.  
7) If the transmit data input is in a space hold condition, both the  
TD and RD indicators should come on. All other indicators  
should remain the same.  
8) If the indicators are correct, the modem is probably operating  
correctly.  
9) If the preceding tests were not successful, call Technical  
Services. Refer to the “CallingTechnical Support” section on  
page 12-2.  
D-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Part II  
This part determines the performance of the local and remote modems  
and the telephone circuits. It also determines each modem's ability to  
receive a transmitted signal from the other site, properly equalize and  
decode the signal and then loop this regenerated signal into the  
transmitter for transmission back to the other modem. This test applies  
to both leased line and dial line operation.  
1) Configure the local modem for REMOTE DIGITAL LOOP  
WITH TEST PATTERN. This signals the remote modem to go  
into digital loop. The remote modem receives and then  
retransmits the data back to the local mode. If the digital bilateral  
loop is enabled at the remote, the remote DTE is looped back to  
itself.  
2) An alternative to the above procedure is to request the operator at  
the remote modem to configure his modem for LOCAL  
DIGITAL LOOP. Configure the local modem for TEST  
PATTERN. The remote modem receives and retransmits the data  
back to the local modem.  
3) The TEST PATTERN ERRORS display will count received  
errors.  
4) At the local modem, the indicators should be as follows:  
5) To further test the modem and communications link, reverse the  
system loopback. First exit the existing loopback test. Reverse  
the roles of the local and remote modems and repeat step two.  
Note  
If the bilateral digital loop is enabled at the local modem, the  
DTE interface is looped to itself and permits the DTE to  
check the interface circuitry as well as itself.  
Modem 3600  
D-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix E  
Command Index and Defaults  
General  
This reference guide provides asynchronous command characters and  
their descriptions. The pages listed provide initial information on the  
commands. The S-registers listed are cross references (see the“Status  
Registers” section on page -21).  
Note  
Bold text indicates command parameter defaults.  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
AT  
page 5- -- Attention code - command prefix  
3
A/  
page 5- --  
4
Repeat last command  
+ + +  
A
page 5- S2,  
Escape sequence (pause, + + +, pause)  
22  
S12  
page 5- --  
17  
Answer  
Dial  
D
page 5- --  
13,  
page 9-  
4
Dial Modifiers:  
T
P
,
page 5- S14  
Tone dial  
14  
S14  
S8  
Pulse dial  
Long pause (2 sec or S8 value)  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
Modem 3600  
E-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
W
!
page 5- S7 Wait for 2nd dial tone (S7 value)  
14  
--  
--  
--  
Flash switchboard  
R
;
Switch to answer mode after dialing  
Return to command mode after dialing  
Wait for 5 seconds of silence  
Dial stored command line  
Local character echo off  
Local character echo on  
Hang up †  
@
Sn  
page 5- --  
15  
page 5- S14  
22  
page 5- --  
--  
E
E1  
H
S14  
23  
H1  
H2  
H3  
I
--  
Forces modem off hook †  
Set H command to V.32 †  
Set H command to fast †  
Request product code  
S14  
S14  
page 5- --  
24  
I1  
--  
--  
--  
--  
Request EPROM CRC value  
Request product version  
Returns Modem 3600  
Disconnect reason  
I3  
I4  
I5  
L, L1, L2 page 5- S22  
Speaker volume low  
24  
L3  
M
S22  
Speaker volume high  
page 5- S22  
Speaker off  
24  
M1  
M2  
M3  
S22  
S22  
S22  
Speaker off when carrier is present  
Speaker always on  
Speaker off when dialing and carrier is  
present  
O
page 5- --  
25  
Restore data mode (after escape) †  
O1  
--  
Retrain and restores data mode (after  
escape) †  
Q
page 5- S14  
Response displays on  
Response displays off  
6
Q1  
Q2  
S14  
S14  
Response displays on in originate mode  
only  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
E-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
Sn?  
page 10 -- Read value in register n(decimal)  
-3  
Sn?^  
--  
--  
Read value in register n  
(hexadecimal)  
Sn=v  
Set v(value) in register n(decimal)  
Sn=v^  
page 10 --  
-3  
Set v(value) in register n  
(hexadecimal)  
Sn.#=v  
page 10 --  
-4  
Set single bit value in register n,#=bit  
position 0-7, v= bit value 1 or 0  
V
page 5- S14  
Response codes  
6
V1  
W
S14  
page 5- S82  
Response messages  
Negotiation display disabled  
Negotiation display enabled  
Displays DCE link rate  
6
W1  
W2  
X
S82  
S82  
S22  
CONNECT (code 1), for all speeds, no  
dial tone or busy signal detection  
X1  
X2  
X3  
X4  
S22  
S22  
S22  
S22  
Appropriate connect codes for rate, no  
dial tone detection  
Wait for dial tone (appropriate  
connect codes)  
Detect busy signal (appropriate  
connect codes)  
Wait for dial tone, detect busy signal  
(appropriate connect codes)  
Y
page 5- S21  
25  
page 5- --  
39  
page 5- S21  
Long space disconnect disabled  
Long space disconnect enabled  
Reset to user option set #1 †  
Reset to user option set #2 †  
DCD always on  
Y1  
S21  
Z
Z1  
--  
&C  
&C1  
&C2  
&C3  
19  
S21  
S21  
S21  
DCD on while carrier is present  
DCD off 5 seconds after disconnect  
DCD follows remote RTS  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
Modem 3600  
E-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
&D  
page 5- S21  
DTR ignored  
20  
&D1  
&D2  
&D3  
S21  
S21  
DTR recalls command mode  
DTR disconnects  
page 5- S21  
20  
DTR disconnects and resets modem to  
stored configuration  
&For &F1 page 5- --  
Restore factory configuration 1 †  
Restore factory configuration 2 †  
Restore factory configuration 3 †  
Restore factory configuration 4 †  
Restore factory configuration 5 †  
Restore factory configuration 6 †  
Restore factory configuration 7 †  
Restore factory configuration 8 †  
Restore factory configuration 9 †  
No guard tone  
39  
&F2  
&F3  
&F4  
&F5  
&F6  
&F7  
&F8  
&F9  
&G  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
page 5- S23  
25  
&G1  
&G2  
&L  
S23  
S23  
550 Hz tone  
1800 Hz tone  
page 5- S27  
Dial line †  
36  
&L1  
S27,  
S32  
Leased line 2-wire †  
&L2  
S27,  
S32  
Leased line 4-wire †  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
E-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
&M  
page 5- S27,  
Asynchronous dial / asynchronous data  
25  
S30  
S27  
S27  
&M1  
&M2  
Asynchronous dial / synchronous data  
Dials stored number when DTR off / on  
transition is detected / sync data  
&M3  
&M4  
S27  
S30  
Manual dial / sync data  
V.25 bis autodialer with BISYNC  
protocol / sync data  
&M5  
S30  
V.25 bis autodialer with SDLC protocol  
/sync data  
&M6  
&M7  
&M8  
S30  
--  
V.25 bis async dialer / sync data  
V.25 bis async dialer / async data  
page 5- --  
25  
V.25 bis async dialer / BISYNC  
protocol / sync data (EBCDIC)  
&M9  
--  
V.25 bis async dialer / SDLC protocol/  
sync data (EBCDIC, NRZ)  
&M10  
&M11  
--  
--  
V.25 bis async dialer / SDLC protocol/  
sync data (ASCII, NRZ1)  
V.25 bis async dialer / sync data  
(EBCDIC, NRZ1)  
&P  
page 5- S22  
39/61 pulse make / break ratio  
33/67 pulse make / break ratio  
CTS normal operating state  
CTS forced on  
26  
&P1  
&R  
S22  
page 5- S21  
21  
&R1  
&R2  
&R9  
&S  
S21  
S72  
S72  
CTS follows DCD  
CTS equals RTS  
page 5- S21  
DSR always on  
20  
&S1  
&S2  
&S3  
&T  
S21  
S21  
S21  
DSR on when ready to accept data  
DSR off for 5 seconds after disconnect  
DSR follows off hook (OH)  
Terminate current test †  
page 7- --  
2
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
Modem 3600  
E-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
&T1  
&T3  
&T4  
&T5  
page 7- -- Initiate analog loopback †  
3
page 7- --  
5
Initiate digital loopback †  
page 7- S23  
6
Grant remote commanded digital  
loopback †  
S23  
Denies remote commanded digital  
loopback †  
&T6  
&T7  
--  
Initiate remote digital loopback †  
page 7- --  
7
Initiate self test remote digital loopback  
†
&T8  
&V  
page 7- --  
4
Initiate self test analog loopback †  
page 5- --  
40  
View configuration profiles  
&V1  
&V2  
&W  
page 5- --  
Display received signal status  
Display active profile  
40  
--  
page 5- --  
38  
Store current configuration to user  
option set #1  
&W1  
--  
Store current configuration to user  
option set #2  
&X  
page 5- S27  
Internal clock  
27  
&X1  
&X2  
&Y  
S27  
S27  
External clock  
Receive clock  
page 5- --  
38  
Powerup with user option set #1  
Powerup with user option set #2  
Display powerup option set  
&Y1  
&Y?  
&Zn=x  
--  
--  
page 5- --  
40  
Store dial string xto location n  
(n=0-9)  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
E-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
page 6- S64 Disable auto-reliable fallback  
character  
%A  
6
%An  
S64  
Set auto-reliable fallback character to n  
(n= ASCII 1-127) †  
%B  
page 5- S69  
Use DTE speed/maximum DCE speed  
300 bps max  
28  
%B1  
%B2  
%B3  
%B4  
%B5  
%B6  
%B7  
%B8  
%B9  
%B10  
%B11  
%B12  
%B13  
%B14  
%B15  
%B16  
%B17  
%B18  
%C  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
1200 bps max  
2400 bps max  
4800 bps max  
9600 bps uncoded max  
9600 bps max  
7200 bps max  
12000 bps max  
14400 bps max  
600 bps  
16800 bps max  
19200 bps max  
21600 bps max  
24000 bps max  
26400 bps max  
28800 bps max  
31200 bps max  
33600 bps max  
Compression disabled  
page 5- S69  
28  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
S69  
page 6- S56  
12  
%C1  
S56  
S56  
S56  
Compression enabled on transmit and  
receive data  
%C2  
%C3  
Compression enabled on transmit data  
only  
Compression enabled on receive data  
only  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
Modem 3600  
E-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
%D  
page 6- S62 Disable disconnect buffer delay  
4
%Dn  
S62  
Set disconnect buffer delay in seconds n  
(n= 1-255)  
%E  
page 5- S60  
30  
page 5- S81  
29  
Disable auto retrain  
Enable auto retrain  
Disabled minimum DCE speed  
Disabled  
%E1  
S60  
%L  
%L1  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
%L2  
1200 bps min  
%L3  
2400 bps min  
%L4  
4800 bps min  
%L5  
9600 bps uncoded min  
9600 bps min  
%L6  
%L7  
7200 bps min  
%L8  
12000 bps min  
%L9  
14400 bps min  
%L10  
%L11  
%L12  
%L13  
%L14  
%L15  
%L16  
%L17  
%L18  
%P1=pw  
%P1=D  
%P1?  
600 bps  
16800 bps min  
19200 bps min  
21600 bps min  
page 5- S81  
24000 bps min  
29  
S81  
S81  
S81  
S81  
26400 bps min  
28800 bps min  
31200 bps min  
33600 bps min  
page 5- --  
Set software download password  
Disable software download  
Display software download password  
41  
--  
--  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
E-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
page 5- S53 Disable automatic rate adaption  
Enable automatic rate adaption low  
%R  
30  
%R1  
S53  
S53  
S53  
BER  
%R2  
%R3  
%T  
Enable automatic rate adaption medium  
BER  
Enable automatic rate adaption using  
high BER  
page 7- --  
7
Transmit test pattern †  
%T=  
page 5- --  
43  
Followed by a remote configuration  
security code, establishes remote  
configuration †  
%V  
page 5- --  
31  
Display product revision level  
\A  
page 6- S63  
Maximum block size of 64 characters  
11  
\A1  
S63  
S63  
S63  
Maximum block size of 128  
characters  
\A2  
\A3  
Maximum block size of 192  
characters  
Maximum block size of 256  
characters  
\B  
page 6- S79  
11  
Transmit a break signal  
\Bn  
S79  
Sets break length in 20 ms increments,  
n=1-255, default is 35 (700 ms)  
\C  
page 6- S60  
11  
Disable auto-reliable buffer  
\C1  
S60  
Buffer data for 4 seconds or 200  
characters  
\G  
page 6- S54  
Disable modem port flow control  
8
\G1  
S54  
Enable modem port XON/XOFF flow  
control  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
Modem 3600  
E-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
\J  
page 6- S72 Disable slaved DTE/DCE speed  
5
(constant speed DTE on)  
\J1  
S72  
Enable slaved DTE/DCE speed  
(constant speed DTE off)  
\J2  
\J3  
--  
--  
Enable 230.4 kbps DTE speed  
Disable 230.4 kbps DTE speed  
Note  
The 230.4 kbps DTE speed is available, but the DTE will not  
autobaud to 230.4 kbps. With the modem set for 115.2 kbps,  
enter AT\J2to enable the speed, and reset the DTE for 230.4  
kbps. When the modem is set for 230.4 kbps, enter AT\J3to  
disable it if needed. Reset the DTE for 115.2 kbps.  
\Kn  
page 6- S59  
9
Selects action when encountering a  
break  
\K  
S59  
Break option 0  
\K1  
\K2  
\K3  
\K4  
\K5  
\M  
S59  
S59  
Break option 1  
Break option 2  
S59  
Break option 3  
S59  
Break option 4  
S59  
Break option 5  
page 6- S70  
V.42 fast detect data sequence disabled  
V.42 fast detect data sequence enabled  
Normal mode  
5
\M1  
\N  
S70  
page 6- S70  
6
\N1  
\N2  
\N3  
\N4  
\N5  
\N6  
\N7  
S70  
page 6- S70  
Direct mode  
MNP only  
6
S70  
S70  
S70  
S70  
S70  
MNP or normal  
LAPM only  
LAPM with normal fallback  
LAPM with MNP fallback  
LAPM with MNP and normal fallback  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
E-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
page 6- S54 Disable DTE flow control  
Enable DTE XON/XOFF flow  
\Q  
7
\Q1  
S54  
control  
\Q2  
\Q3  
S54  
S54  
Enable CTS flow control to the DTE  
Enables bilateral CTS/RTS flow  
control  
\Q4  
\Q5  
S54  
S54  
Disable DCE flow control  
Enable DCE XON/XOFF flow  
control  
\Q6  
\Q7  
\R  
S54  
S54  
Enable CTS flow control to the DTE  
Enable CTS flow control to the DTE  
page 5- S60  
21  
Ring indicate, blinks for ring and  
remains on for duration of call  
\R1  
S60  
Ring indicate, blinks for ring and turns  
off when call is answered  
\T  
page 6- S58  
Disable inactivity timer  
10  
\Tn  
S58  
Set inactivity timer to n(n= 1-255  
minutes)  
\V  
page 5- S60  
Disable protocol result codes  
Enable protocol result codes  
6
\V1  
\X  
S60  
page 6- S54  
8
No XON/XOFF characters to remote  
DCE  
\X1  
S54  
Pass XON/XOFF characters to remote  
DCE  
*AS  
page 5- --  
Disable V.34 asymmetric bit rate  
Enable V.34 asymmetric bit rate  
27  
*AS1  
*AUn  
--  
page 5- --  
16  
Dial number stored at location nupon  
transition of DTR in command mode  
(n= 1-9)  
*CNx,n  
page 5- --  
40  
Store phone number nin location x  
(x= 1-9)  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
Modem 3600  
E-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
Switches modem to talk mode †  
*DA  
page 5- --  
32  
page 5- S32  
36  
page 7- S34  
*DA1  
*DB  
--  
Switches modem to data mode †  
Manual dial backup operation  
Automatic dial backup operation  
Disables bilateral digital loop  
Enables bilateral digital loop  
Ignore pin 23  
*DB1  
*DG  
*DG1  
*FB  
S32  
7
S34  
page 5- S29  
22  
*FB1  
S29  
Pin 23 transition causes DTE speed  
fallback  
*FT  
page 5- S29  
Disable fast train  
32  
*FT1  
*IC  
S29  
--  
Enable fast train  
Disregard incoming call  
Ignore pin 18  
*LA  
*LA1  
*LB  
page 7- S34  
8
S34  
DTE commanded LAL enabled  
Return to leased line from dial backup†  
page 5- --  
36  
*LC  
page 5- S32  
Line current disconnect disabled  
Short (8 ms) line current disconnect  
Long (90 ms) line current disconnect  
Manual dial backup  
32  
*LC1  
*LC2  
*LD  
S32  
S32  
page 5- --  
36  
*MM  
page 5- --  
Automode (modulation)  
V.21  
27  
*MM1  
*MM2  
*MM3  
*MM4  
*MM5  
*MM6  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
Bell 103J  
Reserved  
Bell 212A  
V.22 bis  
V.27 bis 4-wire leased only  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
E-12  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
*MM7  
*MM8  
*MM9  
*MM10  
*MM11  
*MM12  
*ND  
page 5- --  
27  
Reserved  
--  
V.29 4-wire leased only  
Reserved  
--  
--  
--  
--  
V.33 4-wire leased only  
V.32 bis  
V.34  
page 5- --  
40  
Displays the nine stored numbers  
*NT  
page 5- S29  
AT command set disabled  
AT command set enabled  
Originate  
33  
page 5- S14  
36  
page 5- S57  
*NT1  
*OR  
S29  
*OR1  
*RC  
S14  
Forced answer  
15 - 4800 bps, 18 - 9600 bps  
11 - 4800 bps, 12 - 9600 bps  
Ignore pin 21  
8
*RC1  
*RD  
S57  
page 7- S34  
8
*RD1  
*RO  
S34  
page 5- S29  
41  
page 5- --  
DTE commanded RDL enabled  
Retain options at disconnect  
Restore options at disconnect  
Rate negotiate to 2400†  
Rate negotiate to 4800†  
Rate negotiate to 7200†  
Rate negotiate to 9600†  
Rate negotiate to 12000 †  
Rate negotiate to 14400 †  
Rate negotiate to 16800 †  
Rate negotiate to 19200 †  
Rate negotiate to 21600 †  
Rate negotiate to 24000 †  
Rate negotiate to 26400 †  
Rate negotiate to 28800 †  
Rate negotiate to 31200 †  
*RO1  
*RR  
S29  
31  
*RR1  
*RR2  
*RR3  
*RR4  
*RR5  
*RR6  
*RR7  
*RR8  
*RR9  
*RR10  
*RR11  
*RR12  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
Modem 3600  
E-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
*RR13  
*TDn  
*TH  
page 5- -- Rate negotiate to 33600 †  
31  
page 5- S51  
33  
Sets dial transmit level -10 to -30 dBm  
Low V.34 rate selection threshold  
page 5- S97  
27  
-6  
(10 BER)  
*TH1  
*TH2  
*TLn  
S97  
Medium V.34 rate selection threshold  
(10 BER)  
-4  
S97  
High rate selection threshold  
-2  
(10 BER)  
page 5- S52  
36  
Sets leased line transmit level to n  
where nis a number between 0 and 30  
corresponding to 0 to -30 db †  
$H  
page 5- --  
Online quick reference  
32  
$H=  
--  
Online quick reference for string  
string  
$V  
$Y  
--  
Display product serial number  
Enable soft download flash  
page 5- --  
41  
† cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
E-14  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Caller ID Commands  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
*ID  
page 5- --  
17  
Disable Caller ID  
Enable Caller ID  
*ID1  
--  
Distinctive Ring Commands  
Command Page  
S-Reg Description  
page 5- S53 Disable Distinctive Ring  
18  
*DR  
*DR=1  
S53  
Enable Distinctive Ring  
Fax Commands  
Fax Command  
+FCLASS=0  
+FCLASS=1  
+FCLASS?  
+FCLASS=?  
+FAA=  
Page  
Description  
page 9- Service Class 0 (data modem) †  
6
Service Class 1 (fax modem) †  
Display current Service Class settin g †  
Display available Service Class settings †  
page 9- Enables fax auto answer function  
10  
*FR  
Fax auto answer DTE autobaud forced to  
>=19200  
*FR1  
*FR?  
Fax auto answer DTE autobaud forced to  
=19200  
Display option status  
Cannot executed from remote configuration  
*
Class 1 Commands Valid in Only Fax Mode  
Command  
Page Description  
+FTH=(MOD) page Transmit HDLC data with (MOD) carrier *  
9-9  
+FRH=(MOD) page Receive HDLC data with (MOD) carrier *  
9-9  
+FRM=(MOD) page Receive data with (MOD) carrier *  
9-8  
+FRS=(Time)  
page Waits for silence (10 ms intervals, 0-255) *  
9-7  
Modem 3600  
E-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command  
Page Description  
+FTM=(MOD) page Transmit data with (MOD) carrier *  
9-8  
+FTS=(Time)  
page Stop transmission and pause (10 ms  
9-6 intervals, 0-255) *  
cannot be executed from remote configuration  
*
NOTE: The (MOD) parameter can be one of the following values: 0 or  
ValueModulationSpeed  
3V.21 channel 300 bps  
24V.27 ter2400 bps  
38V.27 ter4800 bps  
72V.297200 bps  
73V.177200 bps  
74V.177200 bps with short train  
96V.299600 bps  
97V.179600 bps  
98V.179600 bps with short train  
121V.1712000 bps  
122V.1712000 bps with short train  
145V.1714400 bps  
146V.1714400 bps with short train  
+FTx=?  
+FRx=?  
page Check range for values supported where x  
9-9  
may be M, S, or H. If xis Mor H, the modem  
returns 3, 24, 48, 72, 73, 96, 97, 98, 121,  
122, 145, 146. If xis S, the modem returns  
0-255.  
+FCERROR  
Carrier different from specified in +FRMor  
+FRH  
E-16  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Security Commands  
Command Page  
Low Security  
Description  
$S=x  
page 8- Sets an empty password location to x  
4
$C=x,y  
Changes either password where xrepresents the  
old password and yis the new one  
$C=x,-  
$DR  
Deletes password x from memory  
Reset security  
$D=x  
Disables security where xis either password  
Displays the current status of security  
Enables security where xis either password  
$D? or $E?  
$E=x  
High Security  
$Cn=m  
page 8- Set user callback number. n= user number and  
m= the callback number  
8
$D  
page 8- Disable security  
7
$E? or $D? page 8- Display current security status  
10  
$EH=pw  
page 8- Enable security (pw= superuser password) †  
7
$F=  
pw$pw  
page 8- Reinitialize security  
10  
$IBn  
page 8- Display user information for a block of up to  
11  
ten valid users (n= first user number)  
$In  
Display user information (n= user number)  
$Ln=m  
page 8- Set security level for the user specified by n(m  
8
= security level)  
$M  
Display illegal attempts information  
$M*  
Reset illegal attempts registers/restore  
suspended users to normal status  
$Mn  
Reset illegal attempts registers and restore  
suspended user nto normal status  
†cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
Modem 3600  
E-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
$Pn=  
pw$pw  
page 8- Set user password; n= user number and new  
8 password (n= 0 for superuser pw = password)  
$Rn  
$S?  
page 8- Remove a user (n= user number)  
10  
page 8- Display current user status (superuser / user)  
10  
$W0  
$W1  
page 8- Disable user changes (password and callback  
9
number) †  
Enable user changes (password and callback  
number) †  
$W2  
$W?  
Enable remote superuser †  
Display user changes remote superuser option  
status  
$$  
page 8- Local logoff  
11  
$n=pw  
page 8- Local logon (n= user number and pw=  
11  
password)  
page 8-  
11  
$S=pw  
page 8- Request to enter superuser status (pw=  
11 password)  
†cannot be executed from remote configuration mode  
E-18  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Remote Configuration Commands  
Command Page Description  
%P=n  
%P?  
page Set remote configuration security code to value  
5-42 n(0 to 99999999)  
Display local modem remote configuration  
security code  
%P=  
Clear security code  
(blank)  
*RA  
page Disable remote configuration  
5-44  
*RA1  
*RB  
Enable remote configuration  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 300 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 600 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 1200 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 2400 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 4800 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 7200 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 9600 bps  
*RB1  
*RB2  
*RB3  
*RB4  
*RB5  
*RB6  
*RB7  
*RB8  
*RB9  
*RB10  
*RB11  
*RB12  
*RB13  
*RB14  
*RB15  
*RB16  
*RB17  
page Remote configuration DTE speed = 12000 bps  
5-44  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 14400 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 16800 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 19200 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 21600 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 24000 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 26400 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 28800 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 28400 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 57600 bps  
Remote configuration DTE speed = 115200 bps  
Modem 3600  
E-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Command Page Description  
*RF  
page 7 data bits, mark parity, 1 stop bit  
5-44  
*RF1  
*RF2  
*RF3  
*RF4  
*RF5  
*RF6  
*RF7  
*RQ  
7 data bits, no parity, 2 stop bits  
7 data bits, odd parity, 1 stop bit  
7 data bits, even parity, 1 stop bit  
8 data bits, mark parity, 1 stop bit  
8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit  
8 data bits, odd parity, 1 stop bit  
8 data bits, even parity, 1 stop bit  
page Exit remote configuration, save new  
5-45 configuration  
*RQ1  
Exit remote configuration, discard new  
configuration  
E-20  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Status Registers  
Default  
Factory Set  
#1  
RO/  
RW  
S-Reg  
Page  
Function  
S0  
RW  
RO  
page 1 Ring to answer  
1
0-4  
S1  
Ring count  
0
S2  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
Escape sequence character  
End-of-line character  
Line-feed character  
43 (+)  
S3  
13 (CR)  
10 (LF)  
8 (BS)  
S4  
S5  
page 1 Backspace character  
0-5  
S6  
Pause before blind dialing  
Pause for carrier  
2 (2 sec)  
30 (30 sec)  
2 (2 sec)  
6 (0.6 sec)  
14 (1.4 sec)  
80 ms  
S7  
S8  
Pause for comma  
S9  
Carrier validation  
S10  
S11  
S12  
S14  
Loss carrier delay time  
page 1 DTMF tone duration  
0-6  
RW  
RW  
Escape sequence pause  
50 (1 sec)  
8A hex  
page 1 Bit mapped  
0-7  
S16  
S18  
S21  
RO  
page 1 System tests  
0
0-8  
RW  
RW  
Test timer  
0
page 1 Bit mapped  
0-9  
B4 hex  
S22  
S23  
S25  
S26  
S27  
S28  
S29  
S30  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
page 1 Bit mapped  
46 hex  
0-10  
Bit mapped  
01 hex  
page 1 DTR recognition time  
5 (0.5 sec)  
0-11  
RTS/CTS delay  
Bit mapped  
0
0
Lookback timer  
15 min  
page 1 Bit mapped  
0-12  
0
0
V.25 mode selection  
RO=Read only RW=Read or write  
Modem 3600  
E-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Hardware Options  
Default  
Factory Set  
#1  
RO/  
RW  
S-Reg  
Page  
Function  
S32  
S34  
S35  
S41  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
page 1 Bit mapped  
06 hex  
60 hex  
1
0-13  
Bit mapped  
Default dial number  
page 1 Remote configuration escape 3d hex  
0-13  
character  
S42  
RW  
Remote configuration guard  
time  
32 hex  
S44  
S45  
S49  
S50  
S51  
S52  
S53  
S54  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DTE XON character  
DTE XOFF character  
DCE XON character  
DCE XOFF character  
Dial transmit level  
11 hex  
13 hex  
11 hex  
13 hex  
10  
page 1 Lease transmit level  
0-15  
0
Bit mapped  
0
page 1 Bit mapped  
0-16  
63 hex  
S56  
S57  
S58  
S59  
S60  
S61  
S62  
S63  
S64  
S67  
S69  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
page 1 V.42 compression  
03 hex  
0-17  
Bit mapped  
0
Inactivity timer  
0
page 1 MNP break control  
0-18  
page 1 DTE word length, parity  
0-19  
5
Bit mapped  
5b hex  
18 hex  
0
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
Disconnect buffer delay  
Maximum protocol block size 255  
page 1 Auto-reliable character  
0-20  
0
Link speed status  
0
RW  
page 1 Maximum DCE speed  
0-22  
18  
RO=Read only RW=Read or write  
E-22  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Default  
Factory Set  
#1  
RO/  
RW  
S-Reg  
Page  
Function  
S70  
S71  
RW  
RO  
page 1 Protocol operating mode  
0f hex  
0
0-23  
Protocol operating mode  
status  
S72  
S73  
S74  
S75  
S76  
S77  
S78  
S79  
S80  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RO  
page 1 Bit mapped  
0
0-24  
Password timeout security  
Callback delay  
0
15  
0
Callback retry  
page 1 Callback retry delay  
15  
0
0-25  
Lockout threshold  
Autocallback timer  
Break length  
30  
35  
20  
page 1 Serial port speed  
0-26  
S81  
S82  
S84  
S88  
S91  
S95  
S96  
S97  
RW  
RW  
RO  
page 1 Minimum DCE rate  
1
0-27  
page 1 Negotiation status  
0-28  
page 1 Current modulation  
0-29  
page 1 V.34 settings  
0-30  
Bit mapped  
0 hex  
0
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
Modulation type  
0
0
V.34 settings  
f3 hex  
a0 hex  
06 hex  
Bit mapped  
RO=Read only RW=Read or write  
Modem 3600  
E-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
V.25 bis Dialer Commands  
Synchronous  
Page Description  
Command  
CIC  
page Connect incoming call command  
11-8  
CRN nn...n  
page Dial command (nn...n= number to be dialed)  
11-5  
0 - 9  
* #  
W
>
DTMF and pulse digit  
DTMF digit  
Wait for second type of dial tone  
Pause for 1 second  
=
Pause for 3 seconds  
Pause for programmed delay time  
Pulse dial  
<
P
T
Tone dial  
&
;
Flash (go on hook) for 1/2 second  
Parameter separator  
Space, dash, page Clarity characters  
parenthesis,  
period  
11-4  
CRRn  
page Redial the last number a maximum of ntimes  
11-8  
CRSa  
page Dial stored number command (a= address)  
11-6  
DIC  
page Disregard incoming call command  
11-7  
PRK  
page Save current option settings  
11-12  
PRLa;b  
PRNa; nn...n  
page Link number at address awith number at  
11-8 address b  
page Program number command (nn...n= number  
11-5 to be dialed, a= address)  
PROxxx;yy;0; page Program options command (xxx= register  
0...  
11-10 address, yy= option count)  
E-24  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Synchronous  
Command  
Page Description  
PRPn  
page Restores current option settings to the factory  
11-12 defaults in default bank n(1-9)  
RLL  
page Request list of linked numbers command  
11-9  
RLN  
page Request list of stored numbers command  
11-7  
RLOxxx;yy  
RLV  
page Request list of stored options command  
11-13 (xxx= register address, yy= option count)  
page Request list of version information command  
11-10  
Modem 3600  
E-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
V.25 Response Messages  
Response Message  
Meaning  
CFIAB  
Call failure - answer back tone but no  
connection  
CFIDT  
CFIET  
CFILD  
CFINS  
CFINT  
Call failure - no dial tone  
Call failure - reorder or busy  
Call failure - link list complete  
Call failure - number not stored  
Call failure - no answer back tone, no  
ringback  
CFIRT  
Call failure - timeout occurred  
CNX @ 33600 bps  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 33600  
CNX @ 31200 bps  
CNX @ 28800 bps  
CNX @ 26400 bps  
CNX @ 24000 bps  
CNX @ 21600 bps  
CNX @ 19200 bps  
CNX @ 16800 bps  
CNX @ 14400 bps  
CNX @ 12000 bps  
CNX @ 9600 bps  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 31200  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 28800  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 26400  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 24000  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 21600  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 19200  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 16800  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 14400  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 12000  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 9600  
E-26  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Response Message  
Meaning  
CNX @ 7200 bps  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 7200  
CNX @ 4800 bps  
CNX @ 2400 bps  
CNX @ 1200 bps  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 4800  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 2400  
Intermediate call progress - connection  
made at 1200  
INC  
Incoming ring detected  
INVCU  
INVMS  
INVPS  
Invalid command - command unknown  
Invalid command - message syntax error  
Invalid command - parameter syntax  
error  
INVPV  
VAL  
Invalid command - parameter value error  
Valid command received  
Modem 3600  
E-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Factory Option Sets  
Factory Option Set #1  
(Asynchronous Dial-up with V.42 bis Protocol)  
(AT&F orAT&F1)  
MODEM OPTIONS  
DCE rate - 33600  
Modulation automode  
V.34 rate threshold high  
V.34 asymmetric rate enabled  
Normal originate  
TEST OPTIONS  
Bilateral digital loop disabled  
DTE local test disabled  
DTE remote test disabled  
Remote commanded test enabled  
Test timeout off  
Fast train disabled  
Auto retrain enabled  
SQ auto rate disabled  
Transmit clock internal  
Dial line  
DIAL LINE OPTIONS  
Tone dial  
Auto dial #1  
Wait for dial tone  
Wait delay 2 seconds  
Pause delay 2 seconds  
Call timeout 30 seconds  
Answer on 1 ring  
Autocallback disabled  
Jack type RJ11  
Line current disconnect long  
Long space disconnect enabled  
V.22 guard tone disabled  
PROTOCOL OPTIONS  
LAPM protocol enabled  
MNP protocol enabled  
Protocol fallback enabled  
Data compression normal  
Constant DTE speed  
DTE OPTIONS  
Async data  
DTE rate - 115200  
8 bit, no parity  
Async controlled dialer  
AT command set enabled  
DTR disconnects  
DSR forced high  
DTE flow control RTS  
DCE flow control CTS  
XON/XOFF pass through disabled DCD normal  
Inactivity timer off  
Break control 5  
V.42 fast detect enabled  
CTS forced high  
DTE fallback disabled  
Options retained at disconnect  
SPEAKER OPTIONS  
Volume l ow  
On until carrier detect  
E-28  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Factory Option Set # 2  
(Asynchronous Dial-up without V.42 bis Protocol)  
(AT&F2)  
MODEM OPTIONS  
DCE rate - 33600  
Modulation automode  
V.34 rate threshold low *  
V.34 asymmetric rate enabled  
Normal originate  
TEST OPTIONS  
Bilateral digital loop disabled  
DTE local test disabled  
DTE remote test disabled  
Remote commanded test enabled  
Test timeout off  
Fast train disabled  
Auto retrain enabled  
SQ auto rate disabled  
Transmit clock internal  
Dial line  
DIAL LINE OPTIONS  
Tone dial  
Auto dial #1  
Wait for dial tone  
Wait delay 2 seconds  
Pause delay 2 seconds  
Call timeout 30 seconds  
Answer on 1 ring  
Autocallback disabled  
Jack type RJ11  
Line current disconnect long  
Long space disconnect enabled  
V.22 guard tone disabled  
PROTOCOL OPTIONS  
LAPM protocol disabled *  
MNP protocol disabled *  
Normal buffer mode *  
DTE OPTIONS  
Async data  
DTE rate - 115200  
8 bit, no parity  
Constant DTE speed  
DTE flow control disabled *  
DCE flow control disabled *  
Async controlled dialer  
AT command set enabled  
DTR disconnects  
XON/XOFF pass through disabled *DSR forced high  
Inactivity timer off  
DCD normal  
Break control 0 *  
CTS forced high  
V.42 fast detect disabled *  
DTE fallback disabled  
Options retained at disconnect  
SPEAKER OPTIONS  
Volume l ow  
On until carrier detect  
Indicates variation from factory option set #1  
*
Modem 3600  
E-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Factory Option Set #3  
(Synchronous Dial-up)  
(AT&F3)  
MODEM OPTIONS  
DCE rate - 33600  
Modulation automode  
V.34 rate threshold low *  
V.34 asymmetric rate disabled *  
Normal originate  
TEST OPTIONS  
Bilateral digital loop disabled  
DTE local test disabled  
DTE remote test disabled  
Remote commanded test enabled  
Test timeout off  
Fast train disabled  
Auto retrain enabled  
SQ auto rate disabled  
Transmit clock internal  
Dial line  
Jack type RJ11  
Line current disconnect long  
DIAL LINE OPTIONS  
Tone dial  
Auto dial #1  
Wait for dial tone  
Wait delay 2 seconds  
Pause delay 2 seconds  
Long space disconnect disabled * Call timeout 30 seconds  
V.22 guard tone disabled  
Answer on 1 ring  
Autocallback disabled  
PROTOCOL OPTIONS  
LAPM protocol disabled *  
MNP protocol disabled *  
Direct buffer mode *  
DTE flow control disabled *  
DCE flow control disabled *  
DTE OPTIONS  
Sync data *  
Dial method manual *  
AT command set disabled *  
DTR disconnects *  
DSR normal *  
XON/XOFF pass through disabled DCD normal  
Inactivity timer off  
CTS follows RTS *  
Break control 0 *  
RTS/CTS delay 0 ms *  
V.42 fast detect disabled *  
DTE fallback disabled  
Options retained at disconnect  
SPEAKER OPTIONS  
Volume l ow  
On until carrier detect  
Indicates variation from factory option set #1  
*
E-30  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Factory Option Set # 4  
(Synchronous 4-wire Leased Line)  
(AT&F4)  
MODEM OPTIONS  
DCE rate - 33600  
TEST OPTIONS  
Bilateral digital loop enabled *  
V.34 modulation *  
DTE local test disabled  
DTE remote test disabled  
Remote commanded test enabled  
Test timeout off  
V.34 rate threshold low *  
V.34 asymmetric rate disabled *  
Normal originate  
Fast train disabled  
Auto retrain enabled  
SQ auto rate disabled  
Transmit clock internal  
Leased line *  
DIAL LINE OPTIONS  
Tone dial  
Auto dial #1  
Wait for dial tone  
Wait delay 2 seconds  
Pause delay 2 seconds  
Call timeout 60 seconds *  
Answer on 1 ring  
4-wire *  
Transmit level - 0 dBm *  
Dial backup manual *  
Lookback timer - 15 min *  
Jack type RJ11  
Autocallback disabled  
Line current disconnect long  
Long space disconnect enabled  
V.22 guard tone disabled  
DTE OPTIONS  
Sync data *  
AT command set disabled *  
Ignores DTR *  
DSR normal *  
PROTOCOL OPTIONS  
LAPM protocol disabled *  
MNP protocol disabled *  
Direct buffer mode *  
DTE flow control disabled *  
DCE flow control disabled *  
DCD normal  
CTS follows RTS *  
RTS/CTS delay 0 ms *  
DTE fallback disabled  
XON/XOFF pass through disabled Options retained at disconnect  
Inactivity timer off  
Break control 0 *  
V.42 fast detect disabled *  
SPEAKER OPTIONS  
Volume l ow  
On until carrier detect  
Indicates variation from factory option set #1  
*
Modem 3600  
E-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Factory Option Set #5  
(Asynchronous 4-wire Leased Line withV.42bis Protocol)  
(AT&F5)  
MODEM OPTIONS  
DCE rate - 33600  
V.34 modulation *  
V.34 rate threshold high  
V.34 asymmetric rate enabled  
Normal originate  
TEST OPTIONS  
Bilateral digital loop disabled  
DTE local test disabled  
DTE remote test disabled  
Remote commanded test enabled  
Test timeout off  
Fast train disabled  
Auto retrain enabled  
DIAL LINE OPTIONS  
Tone dial  
Auto dial #1  
Wait for dial tone  
Wait delay 2 seconds  
Pause delay 2 seconds  
Call timeout 30 seconds  
Answer on 1 ring  
Autocallback disabled  
SQ auto rate disabled  
Transmit clock internal  
Leased line, 4-wire *  
Transmit level - 0 dBm *  
Dial backup manual *  
Lookback timer - 15 min *  
Jack type RJ11  
Line current disconnect long  
Long space disconnect enabled  
V.22 guard tone disabled  
DTE OPTIONS  
Async data  
PROTOCOL OPTIONS  
LAPM protocol enabled  
MNP protocol disabled *  
Protocol fallback disabled *  
Data compression normal  
Constant DTE speed  
DTE rate - 115200  
8 bit, no parity  
AT command set enabled  
Ignores DTR *  
DSR forced high  
DCD normal  
DTE flow control RTS  
DCE flow control CTS  
CTS forced high  
DTE fallback disabled  
XON/XOFF pass through disabled Options retained at disconnect  
Inactivity timer off  
Break control 5  
V.42 fast detect enabled  
SPEAKER OPTIONS  
Volume l ow  
On until carrier detect  
Indicates variation from factory option set #1  
*
E-32  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Factory Option Set # 6  
(Asynchronous 4-wire Leased Line withoutV.42bis Protocol)  
(AT&F6)  
MODEM OPTIONS  
DCE rate - 33600  
V.34 modulation *  
V.34 rate threshold low *  
V.34 asymmetric rate enabled  
Normal originate  
TEST OPTIONS  
Bilateral digital loop disabled  
DTE local test disabled  
DTE remote test disabled  
Remote commanded test enabled  
Test timeout off  
Fast train disabled  
Auto retrain enabled  
DIAL LINE OPTIONS  
Tone dial  
Auto dial #1  
Wait for dial tone  
Wait delay 2 seconds  
Pause delay 2 seconds  
Call timeout 30 seconds  
Answer on 1 ring  
Autocallback disabled  
SQ auto rate disabled  
Transmit clock internal  
Leased line, 4-wire *  
Transmit level - 0 dBm *  
Dial backup manual *  
Lookback timer - 15 min *  
Jack type RJ11  
Line current disconnect long  
Long space disconnect enabled  
V.22 guard tone disabled  
DTE OPTIONS  
Async data  
PROTOCOL OPTIONS  
LAPM protocol disabled *  
MNP protocol disabled *  
Normal buffer mode  
DTE rate - 115200  
8 bit, no parity  
AT command set enabled  
Ignores DTR *  
Constant DTE speed  
DTE flow control disabled *  
DSR forced high  
DCD normal  
DCE flow control disabled *  
CTS forced high  
XON/XOFF pass through disabled DTE fallback disabled  
Inactivity timer off  
Options retained at disconnect  
Break control 0 *  
V.42 fast detect disabled *  
SPEAKER OPTIONS  
Volume l ow  
On until carrier detect  
Indicates variation from factory option set #1  
*
Modem 3600  
E-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Factory Option Set # 7  
(Synchronous 2-wire Leased Line Normal Originate)  
(AT&F7)  
MODEM OPTIONS  
DCE rate - 33600  
V.34 modulation *  
V.34 rate threshold low *  
V.34 asymmetric rate disabled *  
Normal originate  
TEST OPTIONS  
Bilateral digital loop enabled  
DTE local test disabled  
DTE remote test disabled  
Remote commanded test enabled  
Test timeout off  
Fast train disabled  
Auto retrain enabled  
DIAL LINE OPTIONS  
Tone dial  
Auto dial #1  
Wait for dial tone  
Wait delay 2 seconds  
Pause delay 2 seconds  
Call timeout 30 seconds  
Answer on 1 ring  
Autocallback disabled  
SQ auto rate disabled  
Transmit clock internal  
Leased line, 2-wire *  
Transmit level - 0 dBm *  
Dial backup manual *  
Lookback timer - 15 min *  
Jack type RJ11  
Line current disconnect long  
Long space disconnect disabled *  
V.22 guard tone disabled  
DTE OPTIONS  
Sync data *  
PROTOCOL OPTIONS  
LAPM protocol disabled *  
MNP protocol disabled *  
Direct buffer mode *  
AT command set disabled *  
Ignores DTR *  
DSR normal *  
DCD normal  
DTE flow control disabled *  
DCE flow control disabled *  
CTS follows RTS *  
RTS/CTS delay 0 ms *  
XON/XOFF pass through disabled DTE fallback disabled  
Inactivity timer off  
Options retained at disconnect  
Break control 0 *  
V.42 fast detect disabled *  
SPEAKER OPTIONS  
Volume l ow  
On until carrier detect  
Indicates variation from factory option set #1  
*
E-34  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Factory Option Set # 8  
(Synchronous 2-wire Leased Line Forced Answer)(AT&F8)  
MODEM OPTIONS  
DCE rate - 33600  
V.34 modulation *  
V.34 rate threshold low *  
V.34 asymmetric rate disabled *  
Forced answer *  
TEST OPTIONS  
Bilateral digital loop enabled *  
DTE local test disabled  
DTE remote test disabled  
Remote commanded test enabled  
Test timeout off  
Fast train disabled  
Auto retrain enabled  
DIAL LINE OPTIONS  
Tone dial  
Auto dial #1  
Wait for dial tone  
Wait delay 2 seconds  
Pause delay 2 seconds  
Call timeout 30 seconds *  
Answer on 1 ring  
SQ auto rate disabled  
Transmit clock internal  
Leased line, 2-wire *  
Transmit level - 0 dBm*  
Dial backup manual *  
Lookback timer - 15 min *  
Jack type RJ11  
Line current disconnect long  
Long space disconnect enabled  
V.22 guard tone disabled  
Autocallback disabled  
DTE OPTIONS  
Sync data *  
PROTOCOL OPTIONS  
LAPM protocol disabled *  
MNP protocol disabled *  
Direct mode *  
AT command set disabled *  
Ignores DTR *  
DSR normal *  
DCD normal  
DTE flow control disabled *  
DCE flow control disabled *  
CTS follows RTS *  
RTS/CST delay 0 ms *  
XON/XOFF pass through disabled DTE fallback disabled  
Inactivity timer off  
Options retained at disconnect  
Break control 0 *  
V.42 fast detect disabled *  
SPEAKER OPTIONS  
Volume l ow  
On until carrier detect  
Indicates variation from factory option set #1  
*
Modem 3600  
E-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Factory Option Set #9  
(Synchronous V.25bis Dialer) (AT&F9)  
MODEM OPTIONS  
DCE rate - 33600  
Modulation automode  
V.34 rate threshold low *  
V.34 asymmetric rate disabled *  
Normal originate  
TEST OPTIONS  
Bilateral digital loop disabled  
DTE local test disabled  
DTE remote test disabled  
Remote commanded test enabled  
Test timeout off  
Fast train disabled  
Auto retrain enabled  
SQ auto rate disabled  
Transmit clock internal  
Dial line  
DIAL LINE OPTIONS  
Tone dial  
Auto dial #1  
Wait for dial tone  
Wait delay 2 seconds  
Pause delay 2 seconds  
Call timeout 30 seconds  
Answer on 1 ring  
Autocallback disabled  
Jack type RJ11  
Line current disconnect long  
Long space disconnect disabled  
V.22 guard tone disabled  
PROTOCOL OPTIONS  
LAPM protocol disabled *  
MNP protocol disabled *  
Direct mode *  
DTE flow control disabled *  
DCE flow control disabled *  
DTE OPTIONS  
Sync data *  
V.25 SDLC dialer *  
Character type ASCII  
SDLC data format NRZ *  
XON/XOFF pass through disabled DTR disconnect *  
Inactivity timer off  
DSR normal *  
Break control 0 *  
DCD normal *  
V.42 fast detect disabled *  
CTS follows RTS *  
RTS/CTS delay 0 ms *  
DTE fallback disabled  
SPEAKER OPTIONS  
Volume l ow  
Options retained at disconnect  
On until carrier detect  
Indicates variation from factory option set #1  
*
E-36  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix F  
ASCII and EBCDIC Characters  
Hexadecimal equivalents of binary and decimal numbers are as follows.  
Binary  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
Decimal  
Hexadecimal  
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
A
B
C
D
E
F
Hexadecimal Examples:  
0101  
1001  
1110  
1011  
1101 =9D hex  
0010 =E2 hex  
=5B hex  
Modem 3600  
F-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
The following table lists ASCII decimal, hexadecimal, and equivalent  
character values, and EBCDIC characters. The table shows only  
available keyboard symbols. Control keys are shown in the right column  
of the first table.  
ASCII  
Decimal  
Hex  
EBCDIC  
Control  
Key  
Symbol  
(NUL)  
(SOH)  
(STX)  
(ETX)  
(EOT)  
(ENQ)  
(ACK)  
(BEL)  
(BS)  
0
00  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
08  
09  
0A  
0B  
0C  
0D  
0E  
0F  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
29  
1A  
NU (null)  
@
A
B
C
D
E
1
SH (start of header)  
SX (start of text)  
EX (end of text)  
PF  
2
3
4
5
HT (horizontal tab)  
LC (lower case)  
delete  
6
F
7
G
H
I
8
--  
(HT)  
9
--  
(LF)  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
(SMM)  
J
(VT)  
VT (vertical tab)  
FF (form feed)  
CR (carriage return)  
SO (shift out)  
SI (shift in)  
K
L
(FF)  
(CR)  
M
N
O
P
(SO)  
(SI)  
(DLE)  
(DC1)  
(DC2)  
(DC3)  
(DC4)  
(NAK)  
(SYN)  
(ETB)  
(CAN)  
(EM)  
(SUB)  
DL (data link escape)  
D1 (device control 1)  
D2 (device control 2)  
D3 (device control 3)  
RE (restore)  
Q
R
S
T
NL (new line)  
BS (back space)  
IL (light)  
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
CN (cancel)  
EM (end of message)  
CC  
F-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
ASCII  
Decimal  
Hex  
EBCDIC  
Control  
Key  
Symbol  
(ESC)  
(FS)  
(GS)  
(RS)  
(US)  
(SP)  
!
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
1B  
1C  
1D  
1E  
1F  
20  
21  
22  
23  
C1 (CU1)  
[
FS (form separator)  
\
GS (group separator)  
]
RS (record separator)  
^
US (unit separator)  
DEL  
--  
DS  
SS (SOS)  
--  
"
--  
--  
--  
#
--  
ASCII  
Decimal  
Hex  
EBCDIC  
Symbol  
$
%
&
'
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
2A  
2B  
2C  
2D  
2E  
2F  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
CP (bypass)  
LF (line feed)  
EB (end of block)  
EC (escape)  
(
--  
)
--  
*
+
,
SM  
C2 (CU2)  
--  
-
EQ (enquiry)  
.
AK (acknowledgment)  
/
BL (bell)  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
--  
--  
SY (sync)  
--  
PN  
--  
UC (uppercase)  
Modem 3600  
F-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
ASCII  
Decimal  
Hex  
EBCDIC  
Symbol  
7
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
37  
38  
39  
3A  
3B  
3C  
3D  
3E  
3F  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
4A  
4B  
4C  
4D  
4E  
4F  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
ET (end of transmission)  
8
--  
9
--  
:
--  
;
C3 (CU3)  
<
=
>
?
D4 (device control 4)  
NK (no acknowledgment)  
--  
SB (substitute)  
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
space  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
¢ (cent)  
J
. (period)  
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
< (less than)  
( (open parenthesis)  
+ (plus)  
--  
& (ampersand)  
--  
--  
--  
--  
(leading pad)  
--  
F-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
ASCII  
Decimal  
Hex  
EBCDIC  
Symbol  
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
86  
56  
57  
58  
59  
5A  
5B  
5C  
5D  
5E  
5F  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
6A  
6B  
6C  
6D  
6E  
6F  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
--  
--  
--  
87  
88  
89  
! (exclamation)  
90  
$ (dollar sign)  
91  
* (asterisk)  
\
92  
) (close parenthesis)  
]
93  
; (semicolon)  
^
_
`
94  
^ (caret or ¬)  
--  
95  
96  
/ (ACK1)  
a
b
c
d
e
f
97  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
|
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
g
h
i
j
k
l
,
%
_
m
n
o
p
q
r
>
?
ACK0  
--  
--  
--  
--  
s
t
Modem 3600  
F-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
ASCII  
Decimal  
Hex  
EBCDIC  
Symbol  
u
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
7A  
7B  
7C  
7D  
7E  
7F  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
8A  
8B  
8C  
8D  
8E  
8F  
90  
91  
--  
v
--  
w
x
--  
--  
y
` (single quote)  
z
: (colon)  
{
# (pound)  
|
@ (at)  
}
' (apostrophe)  
~
= (equal)  
DEL  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
" (double quote)  
--  
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
--  
--  
≤ (less than or equal)  
(
+
--  
--  
j
F-6  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Decimal  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
Hex  
EBCDIC  
93  
l
94  
m
n
o
p
q
r
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
9A  
9B  
9C  
9D  
9E  
9F  
--  
--  
x
)
--  
--  
~
s
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
A8  
A9  
AA  
AB  
AC  
AD  
AE  
AF  
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
--  
Î
È
[
Š
•
Modem 3600  
F-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Decimal  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
Hex  
B0  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4  
B5  
B6  
B7  
B8  
B9  
BA  
BB  
BC  
BD  
BE  
BF  
C0  
C1  
C2  
C3  
C4  
C5  
C6  
C7  
C8  
C9  
CA  
CB  
CC  
CD  
CE  
EBCDIC  
S0 (SM0)  
S1 (SM1)  
S2 (SM2)  
S3 (SM3)  
S4 (SM4)  
S5 (SM5)  
S6 (SM6)  
S7 (SM7)  
S9 (SM9)  
--  
°
] (close bracket)  
≠ (not equal)  
--  
{ (open brace)  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
--  
--  
(unprintable character)  
--  
(unprintable character)  
F-8  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Decimal  
207  
208  
209  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
226  
227  
228  
229  
230  
231  
232  
233  
234  
235  
236  
237  
Hex  
CF  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
D9  
DA  
DB  
DC  
DD  
DE  
DF  
E0  
EBCDIC  
} (close bracket)  
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
\ (back slash)  
E1  
--  
E2  
S
E3  
T
E4  
U
E5  
V
E6  
W
E7  
X
E8  
Y
E9  
Z
EA  
EB  
EC  
ED  
--  
--  
(unprintable character)  
--  
Modem 3600  
F-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hardware Options  
Decimal  
238  
239  
240  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
248  
249  
250  
251  
252  
253  
254  
255  
Hex  
EE  
EF  
F0  
F1  
F2  
F3  
F4  
F5  
F6  
F7  
F8  
F9  
FA  
FB  
FC  
FD  
FE  
FF  
EBCDIC  
--  
--  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
|
--  
--  
--  
--  
(trailing pad)  
F-10  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix G  
Abbreviations and Acronyms  
A
COS  
CR  
Call Originate Status  
Carriage Return  
CRC  
CRQ  
CTRL  
Cyclic Redundancy Check  
Call Request  
ABT  
Abort Timer OR Answer  
Back Tone  
Alternating Current  
Acknowledgment, positive  
Abort Call, Retry  
Automatic Call Unit  
Address Field  
Control Field  
ac  
CTS, CS Clear to Send  
ACK  
ACR  
ACU  
ADD  
D
DAA  
Data Access Arrangement  
(AT&T)  
Decibel  
Direct Current  
Data Communications  
Equipment (modem)  
Data Carrier Detect  
ADDR Address  
ASCII  
American Standard Code  
dB, db  
dc  
DCE  
for Information  
Interchange (7 level)  
AT&T American Telephone and  
Telegraph  
DCD  
DCPSK Differentially Coherent  
Phase-Shift Keying  
B
DIC  
Disregard Incoming Call  
BER  
BERT  
Bit Error Rate  
DIS, DS Disable  
Bit-Error-Rate-Test (set)  
DLE  
DLO  
DMS  
DOS  
DPR  
DSR  
DTE  
Data Link Escape  
BIL LB Bilateral Loopback  
Data Line Occupied  
Digital Multiplexer System  
Disk Operating System  
Digit Present  
Bit  
bps  
BSC  
Binary Digit  
Bits Per Second  
Binary Synchronous  
Communications  
Data Set Ready  
Data Terminal Equipment  
C
DTMF Dual Tone Multi  
Frequency  
C
CA  
CC  
Celsius  
Circuit Assurance  
Carrier Control  
DTR  
Data Terminal Ready  
CCITT International Consultative  
Committee for Telegraph  
and Telephone  
E
CD  
Carrier Detect  
EBCDIC Extended Binary Coded  
Decimal Interchange Code  
(8 level)  
CFICB Call Failure Indication -  
Local DCE Busy  
CFIDT Call Failure Indication -  
No Dial Tone  
CFINT Call Failure Indication -  
No Answer Back Tone  
EIA  
Electronic Industries  
Association  
EIA-232C,Interface between DTE  
EIA-232Dand Data Interchange  
Communication  
CFIRT Call Failure Indication -  
Ringback Detected  
Equipment employing  
serial binary data  
Enabled  
Enquiry  
End of Address  
Ch Gnd Chassis Ground  
EN  
ENQ  
EOA  
CIC  
CO  
Connect Incoming Call  
Central Office  
Modem 3600  
G-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Abbreviations and Acronyms  
EOM  
EON  
EOT  
End of Message  
End of Number  
End of Text OR  
End of Transmission  
K
KBD  
kbps  
Keyboard  
Kilobits Per Second  
EPROM Erasable Programmable  
Read Only Memory  
L
LAL  
LAPD  
ER  
Error  
Local Analog Loopback  
Link Access Protocol -  
D Channel  
ESC  
ETB  
ETC  
ETX  
EXT  
Escape Key  
End of Block  
External Transmit Clock  
End of Text  
External  
LAPM Link Access Protocol for  
Modems  
LB OPTS Loopback Options  
LCD  
Liquid Crystal Display OR  
Line Current Disconnect  
Local Digital Loopback  
Light Emitting Diode  
Line Feed  
Local Loopback  
Line Occupancy  
Longitudinal Redundancy  
Check  
Long Space Disconnect  
List of Stored Options  
List Version  
F
LDL  
LED  
LF  
FB  
Fallback  
FCC  
Federal Communications  
Commission  
LL  
FF  
Form Feed  
LO  
FGND Frame Ground  
LRC  
FL  
Flag  
Fixed loss loop  
Frequency Modulation  
Test message (The quick  
FLL  
FM  
Fox  
LSD  
LSO  
LSV  
message brown fox jumps over the  
lazy dog) 0123456789  
FSK  
Frequency-Shift Keying  
M
mA  
MHz  
Milliamps  
MegaHertz  
H
Modem Modulator / Demodulator  
HDLC High Level Data Link  
Control  
Hz  
MR  
ms  
Modem Ready  
Millisecond  
Hertz (cycles per second)  
N
NAK  
I
Negative  
INC  
IC  
INV  
Incoming Call  
Industry Canada  
Invalid  
Acknowledgment  
NET STAT Network Status  
NRZ  
NRZI  
Inverted  
NS  
Non Return to Zero  
Non Return to Zero  
INVCU Invalid Command -  
Command Unknown  
INVMS Invalid Command -  
Message Syntax Error  
No Signal  
Network Termination  
NT  
INVPS Invalid Command -  
Parameter Syntax Error  
INVPV Invalid Command -  
Parameter Value Error  
O
OH  
OS  
Off Hook  
Out-of-Service  
I/O  
IS  
Input / Output  
International Standard  
G-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Abbreviations and Acronyms  
P
S
PBX  
PC  
Private Branch Exchange  
Personal Computer  
Printed circuit (board)  
Power Indication  
Pseudo random  
Present Next Digit  
Plain Old Telephone  
Service  
SD  
Send Data  
SDLC  
Synchronous Data Link  
Control (IBM)  
pc  
PIW  
PN  
PND  
POTS  
SGND, Signal Ground  
SG  
SH  
SNR  
SPID  
SQ  
SQM  
SS  
STX  
SYN  
Switch Hook  
Signal / Noise Ratio  
Service Profile Identifier  
Signal Quality  
PRI  
PRO  
Primary  
Program Option  
Signal Quality Monitor  
Systems Status  
PROG, Programmable  
PR  
PROM Programmable -  
Read Only Memory  
PSK  
PSTN  
Start of Text  
Synchronization Character  
Phase Shift Keying  
Public Service Telephone  
Network  
T
TC  
TD  
TE  
Transmit Clock  
Transmit Data  
Terminal Equipment  
Terminal Endpoint  
Identifier  
PWI  
Power Indication  
TEI  
Q
QAM  
Quadrature Amplitude  
Modulation  
TELCO Telephone Company  
TELSET Telephone Set  
TM  
TP  
TR  
TST  
TX  
Test Mode  
Test Pattern  
Terminal Ready  
Test  
R
RAD  
RAL  
RAM  
RC  
RCD  
RCV,  
RCVR  
RD  
RDL  
RI  
RL  
RLO  
Random Access Method  
Remote Analog Loopback  
Random Access Memory  
Receive Clock  
Receiver-Carrier Detector  
Receiver  
Transmit  
U
UART Universal Asynchronous  
Receiver / Transmitter  
USOC Universal Service  
Ordering Code  
Receive Data  
Remote Digital Loopback  
Ring Indication  
Remote Loopback  
Request List of Stored  
Options  
Received Line Signal  
Detector  
Request List of Version  
Root-Mean-Square  
V
V.  
V.24  
CCITT Code Designation  
List of definitions for  
interchange circuits  
between data terminal  
equipment and data  
circuit-terminating  
equipment (and  
RLSD  
RLV  
rms  
RMT LB Remote Loopback  
RNG  
RO  
ROM  
RT  
Ringback Detection  
Receive Only  
Read Only Memory  
Remote Terminal  
provisional  
amendments, May 1977)  
Volts Alternating Current  
Valid  
Vac  
VAL  
Vdc  
RTS, RS Request to Send  
RX Receive  
Volts Direct Current  
Modem 3600  
G-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Abbreviations and Acronyms  
X
X.  
CCITT Recommendation  
Designation  
XMIT  
XOFF  
XON  
Transmit  
Transmitter Off  
Transmitter On  
G-4  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix H  
Flash Upgrade  
Upgrade your modem easily using this flash update procedure.  
What You Need  
• A data communications software package that supports a 57.6 kbps  
DTE rate and “X modem CRC” protocol  
• Flash upgrade file  
Look for modem software upgrades on the Web at this address:  
http://www.mot.com/MIMS/ISG/Service_Support/software.html  
Steps For Downloading  
IMPORTANT: Do not abort this process, once started!  
1) Activate your data communications software package, and set up  
your DTE for 57.6 kbps.  
2) Enter AT.  
You should receive an OK response message.  
3) Enter AT%P1=password (8 digits)  
For example: AT%P1=12345678  
This entry sets a soft download password. (See theAT command  
set for further information on the %P commands if needed.)  
You should receive an OK response message.  
4) Enter  
AT$Y=password (8 digits)  
For example:  
AT$Y=123456768  
You should receive this response message:  
SOFTLOAD XM86-1  
READY  
This means that your modem is ready to be upgraded.  
Modem 3600  
H-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Flash Upgrade  
5) From your terminal software package, send the “flash upgrade  
file” to the modem. You know the download is working because  
the LCD displays:  
FLASH UPGRADE  
IN PROGRESS  
Note  
Be sure you use the “X modem CRC” protocol.  
The modem automatically resets after the upgrade is complete. The  
process can take several minutes.  
One of two messages returns.  
DOWNLOAD OK  
indicates a successful upgrade.  
DOWNLOAD ERROR  
indicates a problem with the download.  
Enter ATI3if you want to verify the latest software update.  
Troubleshooting  
1) You did not choose the correct download protocol.  
Response: Repeat the process.  
2) The upgrade flash file is corrupted.  
Response: Get a clean file and redo the steps.  
3) If all else fails:  
Response: See the “Calling Technical Support” section on  
page 12-2  
H-2  
Modem 3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service and Support  
Introduction  
U.S.A. customers who have questions about products or services should refer to  
the following sections. Non-U.S.A. customers should contact their local  
distributor.  
Questions About Product Shipment or Technical Assistance  
Please call Black Box at 724-746-5500.  
To Access the Black Box Internet Web Pages  
Additional company and product information can be found on our Internet Web  
site: http://www.blackbox.com/  
Sales-Related Issues  
Call Black Box at 724-746-5500.  
Questions About Billing  
Call Black Box at 724-746-5500.  
Modem 3600  
Service - 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
$S=x 8-4  
$S? 8-10  
$V 5-32  
$W 8-9  
$W? 8-9  
%A 10-20  
%An 6-6  
A
Analog loopback 10-8  
Answer / originate 10-7  
Answer mode  
switching to after dialing 5-15  
Answering a call 3-3  
ASCII  
%B 5-28, 10-22  
%C 6-12, 10-17  
%D 6-4, 10-20  
%E 5-30, 10-19  
%L 5-29, 10-27  
%P 5-42  
%R 5-30, 10-15  
%T 5-43  
%V 5-31  
character table F-1  
Async DTR dialer  
DTR async dialer 10-11  
Async/sync mode  
s-register settings 10-11  
AT command  
answer 5-17  
AT command set  
disable 5-33  
&D 5-20, 10-9  
&F 5-39  
S-register enable/disabling 10-12  
AT command statement 5-3  
AT commands  
$$ 8-11  
$C=x, - 8-4  
$C=x, y 8-4  
$Cn=m 8-8  
$D 8-7  
$D=x 8-4  
$D? 8-4  
&G 5-25, 10-10  
&L 5-36, 10-11, 10-13  
&M 5-25, 10-11, 10-12  
&P 5-26, 10-10  
&R 5-21, 10-9, 10-24  
&S 5-20, 10-9  
&T 5-43, 10-10  
&V 5-40  
&W 5-38  
$DR 8-4  
&X 5-27, 10-11  
&Y 5-38  
&Z 5-40  
$E=x 8-4  
$E? 8-4, 8-10  
$EH=pw 8-7  
*CNx,n 5-40  
*DA 5-32  
$F=pw$pw 8-10  
$IBn 8-11  
*DB 5-36, 10-13  
*DG 10-13  
$In 8-11  
$Ln=m 8-8  
*FB 5-22, 10-12  
*FT 5-32, 10-12  
*IC 5-32  
$M 8-9  
$n=pw 8-11  
$Pn=pw$pw 8-8  
$Rn 8-10  
*LA 10-13  
*LC 5-32, 10-13  
*MM 5-27  
$S=pw 8-11  
V.3600  
Index-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
*ND 5-40  
Auto retrain  
*NT 5-33, 10-12  
*OR 5-36, 10-7  
*RC 5-8, 10-17  
*RD 10-13  
*RO 5-41, 10-12  
*RR 5-31  
*TDn 5-33  
*TLn 5-36, 10-14, 10-15  
+++ 5-22  
s-register settings 10-19  
Autobaud 5-3  
Autocallback  
s-register settings 10-24  
Autodial backup number to dial  
DTR number to dial 10-13  
Autodialing from front panel 3-2  
Auto-reliable fallback character 6-6  
Auto-reliable mode 6-2  
+FCLASS 9-4  
` 10-16  
B
BER  
A 5-17, 6-11, 10-20  
A/ 5-4  
AT 5-3  
s-register settings 10-15  
Binary File Transfer (BFT) standard  
9-10  
B 6-11, 10-25  
C 6-11, 10-19  
categories 5-1  
D 5-13  
E 5-22, 10-7  
F 5-23  
Block size  
maximum reliable 6-11  
s-register settings controlling size  
10-20  
G 6-8, 10-16  
H 5-23, 10-7  
I 5-24  
Break control 6-9  
Buffer  
disconnect delay 6-4  
set auto-reliable 6-11  
J 6-5, 10-24  
K 10-18  
Kn 6-9  
C
L 5-24, 10-10  
M 5-24, 6-5, 10-10, 10-23  
N 6-6, 10-23  
O 5-25, 10-19  
P 10-7  
Call termination conditions 3-4  
Caller ID 5-17  
Carrier detect level A-3  
CCITT 9-1, 9-3  
Q 5-6, 6-7, 10-7  
R 5-21, 10-19  
response commands 5-5  
T 6-10, 10-7, 10-17  
V 5-6, 10-7, 10-19  
W 5-6  
Clock  
external transmit frequency A-2  
internal transmit frequency A-2  
s-register settings 10-11  
synchronous transmit source of  
5-27  
X 6-8, 10-10, 10-16  
Y 5-25, 10-9  
Z 5-39  
Attention code (AT) 5-3  
Auto reliable data buffer  
s-register settings 10-19  
Command Index and Defaults E-1  
Compression  
s-register settings 10-17  
Configuration  
remote 5-41  
resetting stored 5-39  
Index-2  
V.3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Configuration profile 5-40  
Connect messages  
Direct mode 6-3, 6-10  
Disconnect  
s-register settings 10-10  
Constant speed interface 6-2  
Cover  
removal of C-1  
CTS  
buffer delay 6-4  
fast 5-23  
long space 5-25  
Distinctive ring 5-18  
DSR  
s-register settings 10-9  
CTS control  
s-register settings 10-9  
DSR control  
Clear to send (CTS) 10-9  
CTS flow control  
Data set ready (DSR) control 10-9  
DTE  
s-register settings 10-16  
CTS follows DCD option  
s-register settings 10-24  
CTS/RTS flow control 10-16  
connection of 2-2  
serial port adjust 6-5  
DTE fallback  
S-register enable/disable 10-12  
DTE flow control  
s-register settings 10-16  
DTE/DCE constant speed  
s-register settings 10-24  
DTR  
s-register settings 10-9  
DTR control  
Data terminal ready (DTR) control  
10-9  
DTR dialer  
D
Data compression 6-2  
V.42 bis 6-12  
Data link flow control 6-8  
Data rates A-2  
DCD  
s-register settings 10-9  
DCD control  
Data carrier detect (DCD) control  
10-9  
s-register settings 10-11  
DTR in autoanswer 5-17  
DCE speed  
s-register settings 10-21  
Dial  
E
pulse ratio 5-26  
Dial backup  
s-register settings 10-13  
Dial modifiers  
"!" 5-15  
Echo 10-7  
local character 5-22  
online character 5-23  
EIA-578 9-1, 9-3  
Environmental conditions A-1  
Error control 6-1  
Escape sequence  
P 5-14  
R 5-15  
Sn 5-16  
Changing from data mode to  
command mode 5-22  
Dial, tone/pulse  
s-register settings 10-7  
Dialing 3-2  
F
Digital interface  
specifications A-1  
Digital loopback 10-8  
Factory option set  
loading 5-39  
V.3600  
Index-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Factory option sets  
set #1 E-28  
J
Jack  
Fallback character 6-6  
Fault isolation procedure D-1  
Fax commands  
DIAL pin functions B-1  
TELSET/LEASED LINE pin  
functions B-1  
class1 quick reference E-15  
D 11-5, 11-6, 11-7, 11-10, 11-12  
quick reference E-15, E-19  
fax initialization command string 9-2  
Fax mode  
L
LAPM 6-1  
LCD menu 4-2  
Leased line  
features of 1-3  
Fax Modulation 9-7  
Fax modulation rates A-2  
Fax operation 11-5, 11-6, 11-7,  
11-10, 11-12  
Fax rates A-2  
fax transmit/receive modes 9-7  
Features 1-2  
Flow control 6-3  
data link 6-8  
s-register settings 10-16  
Flow control, serial port 6-7  
4-wire operation 5-33  
Full duplex 5-34  
s-register settings 10-13  
Leased lines 2-8  
Line current disconnect  
s-register settings 10-13  
Line equalization A-3  
Line type  
s-register settings 10-11  
Link layer protocols A-3  
Local analog loopback, DTE  
commanded  
s-register settings 10-13  
Local character echo  
s-register settings 10-7  
Logon  
Fuse 12-1  
Security 8-11  
Long space disconnect 10-9  
s-register settings 10-9  
G
Ground C-4  
Guard tones  
s-register settings 10-10  
M
Make/break ratio  
s-register settings 10-10  
MNP 6-1, 10-23  
MNP compression  
H
HDLC data framing 9-3  
s-register settings 10-19  
MNP or normal mode 6-9  
MODEM AND TELEPHONE LINE  
CHECK D-2  
Modem Options command 11-10  
Modulation rates A-2  
I
IC requirements vi  
Inactivity timer 6-10  
Installation 2-1  
Internet web pages 1  
Index-4  
V.3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Profile  
fax operation 9-3  
Protocol  
N
Normal mode 6-2, 6-10  
compatible with 1-2  
Protocol commands 6-3  
Protocol response messages  
s-register settings 10-19  
PSTN  
O
Off hook  
command description 5-23  
Offline command mode 5-2  
Online command mode 5-2  
Operating mode selection 6-6  
Operating mode status  
s-registers settings 10-23  
Operation with security  
local 8-3  
connection 2-7  
R
Rate renegotiation 5-31  
Reliable mode 6-1  
Remote configuration  
security 5-42  
Remote 8-2  
Option Sets E-28  
Remote digital loop request  
s-register settings 10-10  
Remote digital loopback 10-8  
Remote digital loopback, DTE  
commanded  
Options  
retaining/restoring 5-41  
Options retained / restored 10-12  
s-register settings 10-13  
P
Request List of Stored Options 11-13  
Response messages 5-6, 10-7, 10-10  
Restore Factory Settings 11-12  
Returning the modem 12-2  
Revision Level 5-31  
Parity  
s-register settings 10-19  
Password 8-3, 8-6  
change 8-4  
default 8-7  
RI LED -- ring indicator  
s-register settings 10-19  
Ring indicator  
command description 5-21  
RTS/CTS delay A-3  
delete 8-4  
set 8-4, 8-8  
Pause 5-14, 10-5, 10-6  
Phone Jack Descriptions B-1  
Phone jack pin descriptions B-1  
Power  
AC connection 2-2  
DC connection 2-2  
modem requirements A-1  
Power-up procedure 3-1  
PRK 11-12  
PRO 11-10  
Profile  
active 5-37  
factory 5-37  
S
Save Current Settings 11-12  
Security 8-1  
disabling/enabling 8-4  
display extended feature status 8-9  
display status 8-10  
display user status 8-10  
enable/disable high 8-7  
extended features 8-9  
factory reset 8-10  
stored 5-37  
V.3600  
Index-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
levels 8-5  
S25 10-11  
S26 10-11  
S27 10-11  
S28 10-11  
S29 10-12  
S3 10-5  
passwords 8-6  
remote code 5-42  
remote logon procedure 8-11  
removing a user 8-10  
set levels 8-8  
setting passwords 8-8  
superuser status 8-11  
verify user 8-11  
Serial Number 5-32  
Serial port  
S30 10-12  
S32 10-13  
S34 10-13  
S35 10-13  
S4 10-5  
DTE adjust 6-5  
Serial Port flow control 6-7  
Signal options  
displaying received 5-40  
Size A-1  
S44 10-14  
S45 10-14  
S49 10-14  
S5 10-5  
S50 10-14  
S52 10-14, 10-15  
S53 10-15  
S54 10-16  
S56 10-17  
S57 10-17  
S58 10-17  
S59 10-18  
S6 10-5  
Speaker  
s-register settings 10-10  
Specifications A-1  
S-register  
autoanswer 10-4  
hexadecimal/decimal values 10-2  
S-register commands  
Sn.#=v 10-4  
Sn=^v 10-3  
Sn=v 10-3  
Sn? 10-3  
Sn?^ 10-3  
S60 10-19  
S61 10-19  
S62 10-20  
S63 10-20  
S64 10-20  
S67 10-21  
S69 10-22  
S7 10-5  
S70 10-23  
S71 10-23  
S72 10-24  
S73 10-24  
S74 10-24  
S75 10-24  
S76 10-25  
S77 10-25  
S78 10-25  
S79 10-25  
S8 10-6  
S-registers  
changing values 10-3  
individual bit command 10-4  
quick reference E-21  
reading 10-3  
S0 10-4  
S1 10-4  
S10 10-6  
S11 10-6  
S12 10-6  
S16 10-8  
S18 10-8  
S2 10-5  
S21 10-9  
S22 10-10  
S23 10-10  
S80 10-26  
Index-6  
V.3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
S81 10-27  
S88 10-28  
S9 10-6  
11-14  
V.25 bis autodialer commands  
quick reference E-26  
V.25 NRZ/NRZI  
S91 10-29  
Straps  
ground option C-4  
Superuser  
See Security 8-11  
Sync clock selection 10-11  
s-register settings 10-12  
V.25 protocol selection  
s-register settings 10-12  
V.25 VAL  
s-register settings 10-12  
V.32 fast train 5-32  
s-register enable/disable 10-12  
V.42 optional detect phase 6-5  
V.42 bis 6-1  
T
Table 5-1 5-9  
Technical support 12-2  
Teephone line  
Version level 5-24  
specifications A-1  
Telco connection A-3  
Telephone  
W
Web pages 1  
line connection 2-6  
Telephone Interface D-1  
Telephone number  
storing 5-40  
Word length --7/8 bit  
s-register settings 10-19  
X
Temperature A-1  
Test, system 10-8  
Testing A-3  
XON/XOFF 6-7, 6-8, 9-4  
XON/XOFF characters  
s-register settings 10-16  
XON-XOFF characters from DTE  
s-register settings 10-14  
Tests 7-1  
Timer  
inactivity 6-10  
Transmit break/set break length 6-11  
Transmit level  
dial line 5-33  
leased line 5-36  
Transmit output level A-2  
2-wire operation 5-34  
V
V.25 ASCII / EBCDIC  
s-register settings 10-12  
V.25 bis  
response messages E-26  
V.25 bis auto dialer commands  
quick reference E-24  
V.25 bis Autodialer 11-7, 11-8, 11-9,  
V.3600  
Index-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Index-8  
V.3600  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Blaupunkt Car Stereo System Mnchen RDM 169 User Manual
Blue Rhino Patio Heater GWU512B User Manual
Bosch Appliances Boiler 28CDI User Manual
Bosch Appliances Smoke Alarm D125B User Manual
Boston Acoustics Speaker G510RS User Manual
Brainboxes Network Card UC 260 User Manual
Breville Espresso Maker BES860XL User Manual
Centro Gas Grill 4000B User Manual
Chief Manufacturing TV Mount PRO 2000 User Manual
Chromalox Fan ISFS 02 User Manual